File: | tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp |
Warning: | line 2233, column 17 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===--- CGExpr.cpp - Emit LLVM Code from Expressions ---------------------===// | ||||
2 | // | ||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||
6 | // | ||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
8 | // | ||||
9 | // This contains code to emit Expr nodes as LLVM code. | ||||
10 | // | ||||
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
12 | |||||
13 | #include "CGCXXABI.h" | ||||
14 | #include "CGCall.h" | ||||
15 | #include "CGCleanup.h" | ||||
16 | #include "CGDebugInfo.h" | ||||
17 | #include "CGObjCRuntime.h" | ||||
18 | #include "CGOpenMPRuntime.h" | ||||
19 | #include "CGRecordLayout.h" | ||||
20 | #include "CodeGenFunction.h" | ||||
21 | #include "CodeGenModule.h" | ||||
22 | #include "ConstantEmitter.h" | ||||
23 | #include "TargetInfo.h" | ||||
24 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | ||||
25 | #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" | ||||
26 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | ||||
27 | #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" | ||||
28 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" | ||||
29 | #include "clang/Basic/CodeGenOptions.h" | ||||
30 | #include "llvm/ADT/Hashing.h" | ||||
31 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" | ||||
32 | #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" | ||||
33 | #include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h" | ||||
34 | #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h" | ||||
35 | #include "llvm/IR/MDBuilder.h" | ||||
36 | #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h" | ||||
37 | #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" | ||||
38 | #include "llvm/Support/Path.h" | ||||
39 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SanitizerStats.h" | ||||
40 | |||||
41 | #include <string> | ||||
42 | |||||
43 | using namespace clang; | ||||
44 | using namespace CodeGen; | ||||
45 | |||||
46 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
47 | // Miscellaneous Helper Methods | ||||
48 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
49 | |||||
50 | llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitCastToVoidPtr(llvm::Value *value) { | ||||
51 | unsigned addressSpace = | ||||
52 | cast<llvm::PointerType>(value->getType())->getAddressSpace(); | ||||
53 | |||||
54 | llvm::PointerType *destType = Int8PtrTy; | ||||
55 | if (addressSpace) | ||||
56 | destType = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(getLLVMContext(), addressSpace); | ||||
57 | |||||
58 | if (value->getType() == destType) return value; | ||||
59 | return Builder.CreateBitCast(value, destType); | ||||
60 | } | ||||
61 | |||||
62 | /// CreateTempAlloca - This creates a alloca and inserts it into the entry | ||||
63 | /// block. | ||||
64 | Address CodeGenFunction::CreateTempAllocaWithoutCast(llvm::Type *Ty, | ||||
65 | CharUnits Align, | ||||
66 | const Twine &Name, | ||||
67 | llvm::Value *ArraySize) { | ||||
68 | auto Alloca = CreateTempAlloca(Ty, Name, ArraySize); | ||||
69 | Alloca->setAlignment(llvm::MaybeAlign(Align.getQuantity())); | ||||
70 | return Address(Alloca, Align); | ||||
71 | } | ||||
72 | |||||
73 | /// CreateTempAlloca - This creates a alloca and inserts it into the entry | ||||
74 | /// block. The alloca is casted to default address space if necessary. | ||||
75 | Address CodeGenFunction::CreateTempAlloca(llvm::Type *Ty, CharUnits Align, | ||||
76 | const Twine &Name, | ||||
77 | llvm::Value *ArraySize, | ||||
78 | Address *AllocaAddr) { | ||||
79 | auto Alloca = CreateTempAllocaWithoutCast(Ty, Align, Name, ArraySize); | ||||
80 | if (AllocaAddr) | ||||
81 | *AllocaAddr = Alloca; | ||||
82 | llvm::Value *V = Alloca.getPointer(); | ||||
83 | // Alloca always returns a pointer in alloca address space, which may | ||||
84 | // be different from the type defined by the language. For example, | ||||
85 | // in C++ the auto variables are in the default address space. Therefore | ||||
86 | // cast alloca to the default address space when necessary. | ||||
87 | if (getASTAllocaAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { | ||||
88 | auto DestAddrSpace = getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); | ||||
89 | llvm::IRBuilderBase::InsertPointGuard IPG(Builder); | ||||
90 | // When ArraySize is nullptr, alloca is inserted at AllocaInsertPt, | ||||
91 | // otherwise alloca is inserted at the current insertion point of the | ||||
92 | // builder. | ||||
93 | if (!ArraySize) | ||||
94 | Builder.SetInsertPoint(AllocaInsertPt); | ||||
95 | V = getTargetHooks().performAddrSpaceCast( | ||||
96 | *this, V, getASTAllocaAddressSpace(), LangAS::Default, | ||||
97 | Ty->getPointerTo(DestAddrSpace), /*non-null*/ true); | ||||
98 | } | ||||
99 | |||||
100 | return Address(V, Align); | ||||
101 | } | ||||
102 | |||||
103 | /// CreateTempAlloca - This creates an alloca and inserts it into the entry | ||||
104 | /// block if \p ArraySize is nullptr, otherwise inserts it at the current | ||||
105 | /// insertion point of the builder. | ||||
106 | llvm::AllocaInst *CodeGenFunction::CreateTempAlloca(llvm::Type *Ty, | ||||
107 | const Twine &Name, | ||||
108 | llvm::Value *ArraySize) { | ||||
109 | if (ArraySize) | ||||
110 | return Builder.CreateAlloca(Ty, ArraySize, Name); | ||||
111 | return new llvm::AllocaInst(Ty, CGM.getDataLayout().getAllocaAddrSpace(), | ||||
112 | ArraySize, Name, AllocaInsertPt); | ||||
113 | } | ||||
114 | |||||
115 | /// CreateDefaultAlignTempAlloca - This creates an alloca with the | ||||
116 | /// default alignment of the corresponding LLVM type, which is *not* | ||||
117 | /// guaranteed to be related in any way to the expected alignment of | ||||
118 | /// an AST type that might have been lowered to Ty. | ||||
119 | Address CodeGenFunction::CreateDefaultAlignTempAlloca(llvm::Type *Ty, | ||||
120 | const Twine &Name) { | ||||
121 | CharUnits Align = | ||||
122 | CharUnits::fromQuantity(CGM.getDataLayout().getABITypeAlignment(Ty)); | ||||
123 | return CreateTempAlloca(Ty, Align, Name); | ||||
124 | } | ||||
125 | |||||
126 | void CodeGenFunction::InitTempAlloca(Address Var, llvm::Value *Init) { | ||||
127 | assert(isa<llvm::AllocaInst>(Var.getPointer()))((isa<llvm::AllocaInst>(Var.getPointer())) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<llvm::AllocaInst>(Var.getPointer())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 127, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
128 | auto *Store = new llvm::StoreInst(Init, Var.getPointer()); | ||||
129 | Store->setAlignment(Var.getAlignment().getQuantity()); | ||||
130 | llvm::BasicBlock *Block = AllocaInsertPt->getParent(); | ||||
131 | Block->getInstList().insertAfter(AllocaInsertPt->getIterator(), Store); | ||||
132 | } | ||||
133 | |||||
134 | Address CodeGenFunction::CreateIRTemp(QualType Ty, const Twine &Name) { | ||||
135 | CharUnits Align = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty); | ||||
136 | return CreateTempAlloca(ConvertType(Ty), Align, Name); | ||||
137 | } | ||||
138 | |||||
139 | Address CodeGenFunction::CreateMemTemp(QualType Ty, const Twine &Name, | ||||
140 | Address *Alloca) { | ||||
141 | // FIXME: Should we prefer the preferred type alignment here? | ||||
142 | return CreateMemTemp(Ty, getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty), Name, Alloca); | ||||
143 | } | ||||
144 | |||||
145 | Address CodeGenFunction::CreateMemTemp(QualType Ty, CharUnits Align, | ||||
146 | const Twine &Name, Address *Alloca) { | ||||
147 | return CreateTempAlloca(ConvertTypeForMem(Ty), Align, Name, | ||||
148 | /*ArraySize=*/nullptr, Alloca); | ||||
149 | } | ||||
150 | |||||
151 | Address CodeGenFunction::CreateMemTempWithoutCast(QualType Ty, CharUnits Align, | ||||
152 | const Twine &Name) { | ||||
153 | return CreateTempAllocaWithoutCast(ConvertTypeForMem(Ty), Align, Name); | ||||
154 | } | ||||
155 | |||||
156 | Address CodeGenFunction::CreateMemTempWithoutCast(QualType Ty, | ||||
157 | const Twine &Name) { | ||||
158 | return CreateMemTempWithoutCast(Ty, getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty), | ||||
159 | Name); | ||||
160 | } | ||||
161 | |||||
162 | /// EvaluateExprAsBool - Perform the usual unary conversions on the specified | ||||
163 | /// expression and compare the result against zero, returning an Int1Ty value. | ||||
164 | llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::EvaluateExprAsBool(const Expr *E) { | ||||
165 | PGO.setCurrentStmt(E); | ||||
166 | if (const MemberPointerType *MPT = E->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) { | ||||
167 | llvm::Value *MemPtr = EmitScalarExpr(E); | ||||
168 | return CGM.getCXXABI().EmitMemberPointerIsNotNull(*this, MemPtr, MPT); | ||||
169 | } | ||||
170 | |||||
171 | QualType BoolTy = getContext().BoolTy; | ||||
172 | SourceLocation Loc = E->getExprLoc(); | ||||
173 | if (!E->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) | ||||
174 | return EmitScalarConversion(EmitScalarExpr(E), E->getType(), BoolTy, Loc); | ||||
175 | |||||
176 | return EmitComplexToScalarConversion(EmitComplexExpr(E), E->getType(), BoolTy, | ||||
177 | Loc); | ||||
178 | } | ||||
179 | |||||
180 | /// EmitIgnoredExpr - Emit code to compute the specified expression, | ||||
181 | /// ignoring the result. | ||||
182 | void CodeGenFunction::EmitIgnoredExpr(const Expr *E) { | ||||
183 | if (E->isRValue()) | ||||
184 | return (void) EmitAnyExpr(E, AggValueSlot::ignored(), true); | ||||
185 | |||||
186 | // Just emit it as an l-value and drop the result. | ||||
187 | EmitLValue(E); | ||||
188 | } | ||||
189 | |||||
190 | /// EmitAnyExpr - Emit code to compute the specified expression which | ||||
191 | /// can have any type. The result is returned as an RValue struct. | ||||
192 | /// If this is an aggregate expression, AggSlot indicates where the | ||||
193 | /// result should be returned. | ||||
194 | RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitAnyExpr(const Expr *E, | ||||
195 | AggValueSlot aggSlot, | ||||
196 | bool ignoreResult) { | ||||
197 | switch (getEvaluationKind(E->getType())) { | ||||
198 | case TEK_Scalar: | ||||
199 | return RValue::get(EmitScalarExpr(E, ignoreResult)); | ||||
200 | case TEK_Complex: | ||||
201 | return RValue::getComplex(EmitComplexExpr(E, ignoreResult, ignoreResult)); | ||||
202 | case TEK_Aggregate: | ||||
203 | if (!ignoreResult && aggSlot.isIgnored()) | ||||
204 | aggSlot = CreateAggTemp(E->getType(), "agg-temp"); | ||||
205 | EmitAggExpr(E, aggSlot); | ||||
206 | return aggSlot.asRValue(); | ||||
207 | } | ||||
208 | llvm_unreachable("bad evaluation kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad evaluation kind", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 208); | ||||
209 | } | ||||
210 | |||||
211 | /// EmitAnyExprToTemp - Similar to EmitAnyExpr(), however, the result will | ||||
212 | /// always be accessible even if no aggregate location is provided. | ||||
213 | RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitAnyExprToTemp(const Expr *E) { | ||||
214 | AggValueSlot AggSlot = AggValueSlot::ignored(); | ||||
215 | |||||
216 | if (hasAggregateEvaluationKind(E->getType())) | ||||
217 | AggSlot = CreateAggTemp(E->getType(), "agg.tmp"); | ||||
218 | return EmitAnyExpr(E, AggSlot); | ||||
219 | } | ||||
220 | |||||
221 | /// EmitAnyExprToMem - Evaluate an expression into a given memory | ||||
222 | /// location. | ||||
223 | void CodeGenFunction::EmitAnyExprToMem(const Expr *E, | ||||
224 | Address Location, | ||||
225 | Qualifiers Quals, | ||||
226 | bool IsInit) { | ||||
227 | // FIXME: This function should take an LValue as an argument. | ||||
228 | switch (getEvaluationKind(E->getType())) { | ||||
229 | case TEK_Complex: | ||||
230 | EmitComplexExprIntoLValue(E, MakeAddrLValue(Location, E->getType()), | ||||
231 | /*isInit*/ false); | ||||
232 | return; | ||||
233 | |||||
234 | case TEK_Aggregate: { | ||||
235 | EmitAggExpr(E, AggValueSlot::forAddr(Location, Quals, | ||||
236 | AggValueSlot::IsDestructed_t(IsInit), | ||||
237 | AggValueSlot::DoesNotNeedGCBarriers, | ||||
238 | AggValueSlot::IsAliased_t(!IsInit), | ||||
239 | AggValueSlot::MayOverlap)); | ||||
240 | return; | ||||
241 | } | ||||
242 | |||||
243 | case TEK_Scalar: { | ||||
244 | RValue RV = RValue::get(EmitScalarExpr(E, /*Ignore*/ false)); | ||||
245 | LValue LV = MakeAddrLValue(Location, E->getType()); | ||||
246 | EmitStoreThroughLValue(RV, LV); | ||||
247 | return; | ||||
248 | } | ||||
249 | } | ||||
250 | llvm_unreachable("bad evaluation kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad evaluation kind", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 250); | ||||
251 | } | ||||
252 | |||||
253 | static void | ||||
254 | pushTemporaryCleanup(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *M, | ||||
255 | const Expr *E, Address ReferenceTemporary) { | ||||
256 | // Objective-C++ ARC: | ||||
257 | // If we are binding a reference to a temporary that has ownership, we | ||||
258 | // need to perform retain/release operations on the temporary. | ||||
259 | // | ||||
260 | // FIXME: This should be looking at E, not M. | ||||
261 | if (auto Lifetime = M->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||
262 | switch (Lifetime) { | ||||
263 | case Qualifiers::OCL_None: | ||||
264 | case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: | ||||
265 | // Carry on to normal cleanup handling. | ||||
266 | break; | ||||
267 | |||||
268 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: | ||||
269 | // Nothing to do; cleaned up by an autorelease pool. | ||||
270 | return; | ||||
271 | |||||
272 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: | ||||
273 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: | ||||
274 | switch (StorageDuration Duration = M->getStorageDuration()) { | ||||
275 | case SD_Static: | ||||
276 | // Note: we intentionally do not register a cleanup to release | ||||
277 | // the object on program termination. | ||||
278 | return; | ||||
279 | |||||
280 | case SD_Thread: | ||||
281 | // FIXME: We should probably register a cleanup in this case. | ||||
282 | return; | ||||
283 | |||||
284 | case SD_Automatic: | ||||
285 | case SD_FullExpression: | ||||
286 | CodeGenFunction::Destroyer *Destroy; | ||||
287 | CleanupKind CleanupKind; | ||||
288 | if (Lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { | ||||
289 | const ValueDecl *VD = M->getExtendingDecl(); | ||||
290 | bool Precise = | ||||
291 | VD && isa<VarDecl>(VD) && VD->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>(); | ||||
292 | CleanupKind = CGF.getARCCleanupKind(); | ||||
293 | Destroy = Precise ? &CodeGenFunction::destroyARCStrongPrecise | ||||
294 | : &CodeGenFunction::destroyARCStrongImprecise; | ||||
295 | } else { | ||||
296 | // __weak objects always get EH cleanups; otherwise, exceptions | ||||
297 | // could cause really nasty crashes instead of mere leaks. | ||||
298 | CleanupKind = NormalAndEHCleanup; | ||||
299 | Destroy = &CodeGenFunction::destroyARCWeak; | ||||
300 | } | ||||
301 | if (Duration == SD_FullExpression) | ||||
302 | CGF.pushDestroy(CleanupKind, ReferenceTemporary, | ||||
303 | M->getType(), *Destroy, | ||||
304 | CleanupKind & EHCleanup); | ||||
305 | else | ||||
306 | CGF.pushLifetimeExtendedDestroy(CleanupKind, ReferenceTemporary, | ||||
307 | M->getType(), | ||||
308 | *Destroy, CleanupKind & EHCleanup); | ||||
309 | return; | ||||
310 | |||||
311 | case SD_Dynamic: | ||||
312 | llvm_unreachable("temporary cannot have dynamic storage duration")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("temporary cannot have dynamic storage duration" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 312); | ||||
313 | } | ||||
314 | llvm_unreachable("unknown storage duration")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown storage duration", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 314); | ||||
315 | } | ||||
316 | } | ||||
317 | |||||
318 | CXXDestructorDecl *ReferenceTemporaryDtor = nullptr; | ||||
319 | if (const RecordType *RT = | ||||
320 | E->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||
321 | // Get the destructor for the reference temporary. | ||||
322 | auto *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); | ||||
323 | if (!ClassDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) | ||||
324 | ReferenceTemporaryDtor = ClassDecl->getDestructor(); | ||||
325 | } | ||||
326 | |||||
327 | if (!ReferenceTemporaryDtor) | ||||
328 | return; | ||||
329 | |||||
330 | // Call the destructor for the temporary. | ||||
331 | switch (M->getStorageDuration()) { | ||||
332 | case SD_Static: | ||||
333 | case SD_Thread: { | ||||
334 | llvm::FunctionCallee CleanupFn; | ||||
335 | llvm::Constant *CleanupArg; | ||||
336 | if (E->getType()->isArrayType()) { | ||||
337 | CleanupFn = CodeGenFunction(CGF.CGM).generateDestroyHelper( | ||||
338 | ReferenceTemporary, E->getType(), | ||||
339 | CodeGenFunction::destroyCXXObject, CGF.getLangOpts().Exceptions, | ||||
340 | dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(M->getExtendingDecl())); | ||||
341 | CleanupArg = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(CGF.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
342 | } else { | ||||
343 | CleanupFn = CGF.CGM.getAddrAndTypeOfCXXStructor( | ||||
344 | GlobalDecl(ReferenceTemporaryDtor, Dtor_Complete)); | ||||
345 | CleanupArg = cast<llvm::Constant>(ReferenceTemporary.getPointer()); | ||||
346 | } | ||||
347 | CGF.CGM.getCXXABI().registerGlobalDtor( | ||||
348 | CGF, *cast<VarDecl>(M->getExtendingDecl()), CleanupFn, CleanupArg); | ||||
349 | break; | ||||
350 | } | ||||
351 | |||||
352 | case SD_FullExpression: | ||||
353 | CGF.pushDestroy(NormalAndEHCleanup, ReferenceTemporary, E->getType(), | ||||
354 | CodeGenFunction::destroyCXXObject, | ||||
355 | CGF.getLangOpts().Exceptions); | ||||
356 | break; | ||||
357 | |||||
358 | case SD_Automatic: | ||||
359 | CGF.pushLifetimeExtendedDestroy(NormalAndEHCleanup, | ||||
360 | ReferenceTemporary, E->getType(), | ||||
361 | CodeGenFunction::destroyCXXObject, | ||||
362 | CGF.getLangOpts().Exceptions); | ||||
363 | break; | ||||
364 | |||||
365 | case SD_Dynamic: | ||||
366 | llvm_unreachable("temporary cannot have dynamic storage duration")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("temporary cannot have dynamic storage duration" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 366); | ||||
367 | } | ||||
368 | } | ||||
369 | |||||
370 | static Address createReferenceTemporary(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
371 | const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *M, | ||||
372 | const Expr *Inner, | ||||
373 | Address *Alloca = nullptr) { | ||||
374 | auto &TCG = CGF.getTargetHooks(); | ||||
375 | switch (M->getStorageDuration()) { | ||||
376 | case SD_FullExpression: | ||||
377 | case SD_Automatic: { | ||||
378 | // If we have a constant temporary array or record try to promote it into a | ||||
379 | // constant global under the same rules a normal constant would've been | ||||
380 | // promoted. This is easier on the optimizer and generally emits fewer | ||||
381 | // instructions. | ||||
382 | QualType Ty = Inner->getType(); | ||||
383 | if (CGF.CGM.getCodeGenOpts().MergeAllConstants && | ||||
384 | (Ty->isArrayType() || Ty->isRecordType()) && | ||||
385 | CGF.CGM.isTypeConstant(Ty, true)) | ||||
386 | if (auto Init = ConstantEmitter(CGF).tryEmitAbstract(Inner, Ty)) { | ||||
387 | if (auto AddrSpace = CGF.getTarget().getConstantAddressSpace()) { | ||||
388 | auto AS = AddrSpace.getValue(); | ||||
389 | auto *GV = new llvm::GlobalVariable( | ||||
390 | CGF.CGM.getModule(), Init->getType(), /*isConstant=*/true, | ||||
391 | llvm::GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage, Init, ".ref.tmp", nullptr, | ||||
392 | llvm::GlobalValue::NotThreadLocal, | ||||
393 | CGF.getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(AS)); | ||||
394 | CharUnits alignment = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty); | ||||
395 | GV->setAlignment(alignment.getQuantity()); | ||||
396 | llvm::Constant *C = GV; | ||||
397 | if (AS != LangAS::Default) | ||||
398 | C = TCG.performAddrSpaceCast( | ||||
399 | CGF.CGM, GV, AS, LangAS::Default, | ||||
400 | GV->getValueType()->getPointerTo( | ||||
401 | CGF.getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS::Default))); | ||||
402 | // FIXME: Should we put the new global into a COMDAT? | ||||
403 | return Address(C, alignment); | ||||
404 | } | ||||
405 | } | ||||
406 | return CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty, "ref.tmp", Alloca); | ||||
407 | } | ||||
408 | case SD_Thread: | ||||
409 | case SD_Static: | ||||
410 | return CGF.CGM.GetAddrOfGlobalTemporary(M, Inner); | ||||
411 | |||||
412 | case SD_Dynamic: | ||||
413 | llvm_unreachable("temporary can't have dynamic storage duration")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("temporary can't have dynamic storage duration" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 413); | ||||
414 | } | ||||
415 | llvm_unreachable("unknown storage duration")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown storage duration", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 415); | ||||
416 | } | ||||
417 | |||||
418 | LValue CodeGenFunction:: | ||||
419 | EmitMaterializeTemporaryExpr(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *M) { | ||||
420 | const Expr *E = M->GetTemporaryExpr(); | ||||
421 | |||||
422 | assert((!M->getExtendingDecl() || !isa<VarDecl>(M->getExtendingDecl()) ||(((!M->getExtendingDecl() || !isa<VarDecl>(M->getExtendingDecl ()) || !cast<VarDecl>(M->getExtendingDecl())->isARCPseudoStrong ()) && "Reference should never be pseudo-strong!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!M->getExtendingDecl() || !isa<VarDecl>(M->getExtendingDecl()) || !cast<VarDecl>(M->getExtendingDecl())->isARCPseudoStrong()) && \"Reference should never be pseudo-strong!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 424, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
423 | !cast<VarDecl>(M->getExtendingDecl())->isARCPseudoStrong()) &&(((!M->getExtendingDecl() || !isa<VarDecl>(M->getExtendingDecl ()) || !cast<VarDecl>(M->getExtendingDecl())->isARCPseudoStrong ()) && "Reference should never be pseudo-strong!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!M->getExtendingDecl() || !isa<VarDecl>(M->getExtendingDecl()) || !cast<VarDecl>(M->getExtendingDecl())->isARCPseudoStrong()) && \"Reference should never be pseudo-strong!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 424, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
424 | "Reference should never be pseudo-strong!")(((!M->getExtendingDecl() || !isa<VarDecl>(M->getExtendingDecl ()) || !cast<VarDecl>(M->getExtendingDecl())->isARCPseudoStrong ()) && "Reference should never be pseudo-strong!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!M->getExtendingDecl() || !isa<VarDecl>(M->getExtendingDecl()) || !cast<VarDecl>(M->getExtendingDecl())->isARCPseudoStrong()) && \"Reference should never be pseudo-strong!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 424, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
425 | |||||
426 | // FIXME: ideally this would use EmitAnyExprToMem, however, we cannot do so | ||||
427 | // as that will cause the lifetime adjustment to be lost for ARC | ||||
428 | auto ownership = M->getType().getObjCLifetime(); | ||||
429 | if (ownership != Qualifiers::OCL_None && | ||||
430 | ownership != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { | ||||
431 | Address Object = createReferenceTemporary(*this, M, E); | ||||
432 | if (auto *Var = dyn_cast<llvm::GlobalVariable>(Object.getPointer())) { | ||||
433 | Object = Address(llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Var, | ||||
434 | ConvertTypeForMem(E->getType()) | ||||
435 | ->getPointerTo(Object.getAddressSpace())), | ||||
436 | Object.getAlignment()); | ||||
437 | |||||
438 | // createReferenceTemporary will promote the temporary to a global with a | ||||
439 | // constant initializer if it can. It can only do this to a value of | ||||
440 | // ARC-manageable type if the value is global and therefore "immune" to | ||||
441 | // ref-counting operations. Therefore we have no need to emit either a | ||||
442 | // dynamic initialization or a cleanup and we can just return the address | ||||
443 | // of the temporary. | ||||
444 | if (Var->hasInitializer()) | ||||
445 | return MakeAddrLValue(Object, M->getType(), AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
446 | |||||
447 | Var->setInitializer(CGM.EmitNullConstant(E->getType())); | ||||
448 | } | ||||
449 | LValue RefTempDst = MakeAddrLValue(Object, M->getType(), | ||||
450 | AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
451 | |||||
452 | switch (getEvaluationKind(E->getType())) { | ||||
453 | default: llvm_unreachable("expected scalar or aggregate expression")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("expected scalar or aggregate expression" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 453); | ||||
454 | case TEK_Scalar: | ||||
455 | EmitScalarInit(E, M->getExtendingDecl(), RefTempDst, false); | ||||
456 | break; | ||||
457 | case TEK_Aggregate: { | ||||
458 | EmitAggExpr(E, AggValueSlot::forAddr(Object, | ||||
459 | E->getType().getQualifiers(), | ||||
460 | AggValueSlot::IsDestructed, | ||||
461 | AggValueSlot::DoesNotNeedGCBarriers, | ||||
462 | AggValueSlot::IsNotAliased, | ||||
463 | AggValueSlot::DoesNotOverlap)); | ||||
464 | break; | ||||
465 | } | ||||
466 | } | ||||
467 | |||||
468 | pushTemporaryCleanup(*this, M, E, Object); | ||||
469 | return RefTempDst; | ||||
470 | } | ||||
471 | |||||
472 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 2> CommaLHSs; | ||||
473 | SmallVector<SubobjectAdjustment, 2> Adjustments; | ||||
474 | E = E->skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(CommaLHSs, Adjustments); | ||||
475 | |||||
476 | for (const auto &Ignored : CommaLHSs) | ||||
477 | EmitIgnoredExpr(Ignored); | ||||
478 | |||||
479 | if (const auto *opaque = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { | ||||
480 | if (opaque->getType()->isRecordType()) { | ||||
481 | assert(Adjustments.empty())((Adjustments.empty()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Adjustments.empty()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 481, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
482 | return EmitOpaqueValueLValue(opaque); | ||||
483 | } | ||||
484 | } | ||||
485 | |||||
486 | // Create and initialize the reference temporary. | ||||
487 | Address Alloca = Address::invalid(); | ||||
488 | Address Object = createReferenceTemporary(*this, M, E, &Alloca); | ||||
489 | if (auto *Var = dyn_cast<llvm::GlobalVariable>( | ||||
490 | Object.getPointer()->stripPointerCasts())) { | ||||
491 | Object = Address(llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast( | ||||
492 | cast<llvm::Constant>(Object.getPointer()), | ||||
493 | ConvertTypeForMem(E->getType())->getPointerTo()), | ||||
494 | Object.getAlignment()); | ||||
495 | // If the temporary is a global and has a constant initializer or is a | ||||
496 | // constant temporary that we promoted to a global, we may have already | ||||
497 | // initialized it. | ||||
498 | if (!Var->hasInitializer()) { | ||||
499 | Var->setInitializer(CGM.EmitNullConstant(E->getType())); | ||||
500 | EmitAnyExprToMem(E, Object, Qualifiers(), /*IsInit*/true); | ||||
501 | } | ||||
502 | } else { | ||||
503 | switch (M->getStorageDuration()) { | ||||
504 | case SD_Automatic: | ||||
505 | if (auto *Size = EmitLifetimeStart( | ||||
506 | CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(Alloca.getElementType()), | ||||
507 | Alloca.getPointer())) { | ||||
508 | pushCleanupAfterFullExpr<CallLifetimeEnd>(NormalEHLifetimeMarker, | ||||
509 | Alloca, Size); | ||||
510 | } | ||||
511 | break; | ||||
512 | |||||
513 | case SD_FullExpression: { | ||||
514 | if (!ShouldEmitLifetimeMarkers) | ||||
515 | break; | ||||
516 | |||||
517 | // Avoid creating a conditional cleanup just to hold an llvm.lifetime.end | ||||
518 | // marker. Instead, start the lifetime of a conditional temporary earlier | ||||
519 | // so that it's unconditional. Don't do this with sanitizers which need | ||||
520 | // more precise lifetime marks. | ||||
521 | ConditionalEvaluation *OldConditional = nullptr; | ||||
522 | CGBuilderTy::InsertPoint OldIP; | ||||
523 | if (isInConditionalBranch() && !E->getType().isDestructedType() && | ||||
524 | !SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::HWAddress) && | ||||
525 | !SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::Memory) && | ||||
526 | !CGM.getCodeGenOpts().SanitizeAddressUseAfterScope) { | ||||
527 | OldConditional = OutermostConditional; | ||||
528 | OutermostConditional = nullptr; | ||||
529 | |||||
530 | OldIP = Builder.saveIP(); | ||||
531 | llvm::BasicBlock *Block = OldConditional->getStartingBlock(); | ||||
532 | Builder.restoreIP(CGBuilderTy::InsertPoint( | ||||
533 | Block, llvm::BasicBlock::iterator(Block->back()))); | ||||
534 | } | ||||
535 | |||||
536 | if (auto *Size = EmitLifetimeStart( | ||||
537 | CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(Alloca.getElementType()), | ||||
538 | Alloca.getPointer())) { | ||||
539 | pushFullExprCleanup<CallLifetimeEnd>(NormalEHLifetimeMarker, Alloca, | ||||
540 | Size); | ||||
541 | } | ||||
542 | |||||
543 | if (OldConditional) { | ||||
544 | OutermostConditional = OldConditional; | ||||
545 | Builder.restoreIP(OldIP); | ||||
546 | } | ||||
547 | break; | ||||
548 | } | ||||
549 | |||||
550 | default: | ||||
551 | break; | ||||
552 | } | ||||
553 | EmitAnyExprToMem(E, Object, Qualifiers(), /*IsInit*/true); | ||||
554 | } | ||||
555 | pushTemporaryCleanup(*this, M, E, Object); | ||||
556 | |||||
557 | // Perform derived-to-base casts and/or field accesses, to get from the | ||||
558 | // temporary object we created (and, potentially, for which we extended | ||||
559 | // the lifetime) to the subobject we're binding the reference to. | ||||
560 | for (unsigned I = Adjustments.size(); I != 0; --I) { | ||||
561 | SubobjectAdjustment &Adjustment = Adjustments[I-1]; | ||||
562 | switch (Adjustment.Kind) { | ||||
563 | case SubobjectAdjustment::DerivedToBaseAdjustment: | ||||
564 | Object = | ||||
565 | GetAddressOfBaseClass(Object, Adjustment.DerivedToBase.DerivedClass, | ||||
566 | Adjustment.DerivedToBase.BasePath->path_begin(), | ||||
567 | Adjustment.DerivedToBase.BasePath->path_end(), | ||||
568 | /*NullCheckValue=*/ false, E->getExprLoc()); | ||||
569 | break; | ||||
570 | |||||
571 | case SubobjectAdjustment::FieldAdjustment: { | ||||
572 | LValue LV = MakeAddrLValue(Object, E->getType(), AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
573 | LV = EmitLValueForField(LV, Adjustment.Field); | ||||
574 | assert(LV.isSimple() &&((LV.isSimple() && "materialized temporary field is not a simple lvalue" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LV.isSimple() && \"materialized temporary field is not a simple lvalue\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 575, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
575 | "materialized temporary field is not a simple lvalue")((LV.isSimple() && "materialized temporary field is not a simple lvalue" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LV.isSimple() && \"materialized temporary field is not a simple lvalue\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 575, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
576 | Object = LV.getAddress(); | ||||
577 | break; | ||||
578 | } | ||||
579 | |||||
580 | case SubobjectAdjustment::MemberPointerAdjustment: { | ||||
581 | llvm::Value *Ptr = EmitScalarExpr(Adjustment.Ptr.RHS); | ||||
582 | Object = EmitCXXMemberDataPointerAddress(E, Object, Ptr, | ||||
583 | Adjustment.Ptr.MPT); | ||||
584 | break; | ||||
585 | } | ||||
586 | } | ||||
587 | } | ||||
588 | |||||
589 | return MakeAddrLValue(Object, M->getType(), AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
590 | } | ||||
591 | |||||
592 | RValue | ||||
593 | CodeGenFunction::EmitReferenceBindingToExpr(const Expr *E) { | ||||
594 | // Emit the expression as an lvalue. | ||||
595 | LValue LV = EmitLValue(E); | ||||
596 | assert(LV.isSimple())((LV.isSimple()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LV.isSimple()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 596, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
597 | llvm::Value *Value = LV.getPointer(); | ||||
598 | |||||
599 | if (sanitizePerformTypeCheck() && !E->getType()->isFunctionType()) { | ||||
600 | // C++11 [dcl.ref]p5 (as amended by core issue 453): | ||||
601 | // If a glvalue to which a reference is directly bound designates neither | ||||
602 | // an existing object or function of an appropriate type nor a region of | ||||
603 | // storage of suitable size and alignment to contain an object of the | ||||
604 | // reference's type, the behavior is undefined. | ||||
605 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); | ||||
606 | EmitTypeCheck(TCK_ReferenceBinding, E->getExprLoc(), Value, Ty); | ||||
607 | } | ||||
608 | |||||
609 | return RValue::get(Value); | ||||
610 | } | ||||
611 | |||||
612 | |||||
613 | /// getAccessedFieldNo - Given an encoded value and a result number, return the | ||||
614 | /// input field number being accessed. | ||||
615 | unsigned CodeGenFunction::getAccessedFieldNo(unsigned Idx, | ||||
616 | const llvm::Constant *Elts) { | ||||
617 | return cast<llvm::ConstantInt>(Elts->getAggregateElement(Idx)) | ||||
618 | ->getZExtValue(); | ||||
619 | } | ||||
620 | |||||
621 | /// Emit the hash_16_bytes function from include/llvm/ADT/Hashing.h. | ||||
622 | static llvm::Value *emitHash16Bytes(CGBuilderTy &Builder, llvm::Value *Low, | ||||
623 | llvm::Value *High) { | ||||
624 | llvm::Value *KMul = Builder.getInt64(0x9ddfea08eb382d69ULL); | ||||
625 | llvm::Value *K47 = Builder.getInt64(47); | ||||
626 | llvm::Value *A0 = Builder.CreateMul(Builder.CreateXor(Low, High), KMul); | ||||
627 | llvm::Value *A1 = Builder.CreateXor(Builder.CreateLShr(A0, K47), A0); | ||||
628 | llvm::Value *B0 = Builder.CreateMul(Builder.CreateXor(High, A1), KMul); | ||||
629 | llvm::Value *B1 = Builder.CreateXor(Builder.CreateLShr(B0, K47), B0); | ||||
630 | return Builder.CreateMul(B1, KMul); | ||||
631 | } | ||||
632 | |||||
633 | bool CodeGenFunction::isNullPointerAllowed(TypeCheckKind TCK) { | ||||
634 | return TCK == TCK_DowncastPointer || TCK == TCK_Upcast || | ||||
635 | TCK == TCK_UpcastToVirtualBase || TCK == TCK_DynamicOperation; | ||||
636 | } | ||||
637 | |||||
638 | bool CodeGenFunction::isVptrCheckRequired(TypeCheckKind TCK, QualType Ty) { | ||||
639 | CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||
640 | return (RD && RD->hasDefinition() && RD->isDynamicClass()) && | ||||
641 | (TCK == TCK_MemberAccess || TCK == TCK_MemberCall || | ||||
642 | TCK == TCK_DowncastPointer || TCK == TCK_DowncastReference || | ||||
643 | TCK == TCK_UpcastToVirtualBase || TCK == TCK_DynamicOperation); | ||||
644 | } | ||||
645 | |||||
646 | bool CodeGenFunction::sanitizePerformTypeCheck() const { | ||||
647 | return SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::Null) | | ||||
648 | SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::Alignment) | | ||||
649 | SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::ObjectSize) | | ||||
650 | SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::Vptr); | ||||
651 | } | ||||
652 | |||||
653 | void CodeGenFunction::EmitTypeCheck(TypeCheckKind TCK, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
654 | llvm::Value *Ptr, QualType Ty, | ||||
655 | CharUnits Alignment, | ||||
656 | SanitizerSet SkippedChecks, | ||||
657 | llvm::Value *ArraySize) { | ||||
658 | if (!sanitizePerformTypeCheck()) | ||||
659 | return; | ||||
660 | |||||
661 | // Don't check pointers outside the default address space. The null check | ||||
662 | // isn't correct, the object-size check isn't supported by LLVM, and we can't | ||||
663 | // communicate the addresses to the runtime handler for the vptr check. | ||||
664 | if (Ptr->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace()) | ||||
665 | return; | ||||
666 | |||||
667 | // Don't check pointers to volatile data. The behavior here is implementation- | ||||
668 | // defined. | ||||
669 | if (Ty.isVolatileQualified()) | ||||
670 | return; | ||||
671 | |||||
672 | SanitizerScope SanScope(this); | ||||
673 | |||||
674 | SmallVector<std::pair<llvm::Value *, SanitizerMask>, 3> Checks; | ||||
675 | llvm::BasicBlock *Done = nullptr; | ||||
676 | |||||
677 | // Quickly determine whether we have a pointer to an alloca. It's possible | ||||
678 | // to skip null checks, and some alignment checks, for these pointers. This | ||||
679 | // can reduce compile-time significantly. | ||||
680 | auto PtrToAlloca = dyn_cast<llvm::AllocaInst>(Ptr->stripPointerCasts()); | ||||
681 | |||||
682 | llvm::Value *True = llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(getLLVMContext()); | ||||
683 | llvm::Value *IsNonNull = nullptr; | ||||
684 | bool IsGuaranteedNonNull = | ||||
685 | SkippedChecks.has(SanitizerKind::Null) || PtrToAlloca; | ||||
686 | bool AllowNullPointers = isNullPointerAllowed(TCK); | ||||
687 | if ((SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::Null) || AllowNullPointers) && | ||||
688 | !IsGuaranteedNonNull) { | ||||
689 | // The glvalue must not be an empty glvalue. | ||||
690 | IsNonNull = Builder.CreateIsNotNull(Ptr); | ||||
691 | |||||
692 | // The IR builder can constant-fold the null check if the pointer points to | ||||
693 | // a constant. | ||||
694 | IsGuaranteedNonNull = IsNonNull == True; | ||||
695 | |||||
696 | // Skip the null check if the pointer is known to be non-null. | ||||
697 | if (!IsGuaranteedNonNull) { | ||||
698 | if (AllowNullPointers) { | ||||
699 | // When performing pointer casts, it's OK if the value is null. | ||||
700 | // Skip the remaining checks in that case. | ||||
701 | Done = createBasicBlock("null"); | ||||
702 | llvm::BasicBlock *Rest = createBasicBlock("not.null"); | ||||
703 | Builder.CreateCondBr(IsNonNull, Rest, Done); | ||||
704 | EmitBlock(Rest); | ||||
705 | } else { | ||||
706 | Checks.push_back(std::make_pair(IsNonNull, SanitizerKind::Null)); | ||||
707 | } | ||||
708 | } | ||||
709 | } | ||||
710 | |||||
711 | if (SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::ObjectSize) && | ||||
712 | !SkippedChecks.has(SanitizerKind::ObjectSize) && | ||||
713 | !Ty->isIncompleteType()) { | ||||
714 | uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty).getQuantity(); | ||||
715 | llvm::Value *Size = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, TySize); | ||||
716 | if (ArraySize) | ||||
717 | Size = Builder.CreateMul(Size, ArraySize); | ||||
718 | |||||
719 | // Degenerate case: new X[0] does not need an objectsize check. | ||||
720 | llvm::Constant *ConstantSize = dyn_cast<llvm::Constant>(Size); | ||||
721 | if (!ConstantSize || !ConstantSize->isNullValue()) { | ||||
722 | // The glvalue must refer to a large enough storage region. | ||||
723 | // FIXME: If Address Sanitizer is enabled, insert dynamic instrumentation | ||||
724 | // to check this. | ||||
725 | // FIXME: Get object address space | ||||
726 | llvm::Type *Tys[2] = { IntPtrTy, Int8PtrTy }; | ||||
727 | llvm::Function *F = CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::objectsize, Tys); | ||||
728 | llvm::Value *Min = Builder.getFalse(); | ||||
729 | llvm::Value *NullIsUnknown = Builder.getFalse(); | ||||
730 | llvm::Value *Dynamic = Builder.getFalse(); | ||||
731 | llvm::Value *CastAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Ptr, Int8PtrTy); | ||||
732 | llvm::Value *LargeEnough = Builder.CreateICmpUGE( | ||||
733 | Builder.CreateCall(F, {CastAddr, Min, NullIsUnknown, Dynamic}), Size); | ||||
734 | Checks.push_back(std::make_pair(LargeEnough, SanitizerKind::ObjectSize)); | ||||
735 | } | ||||
736 | } | ||||
737 | |||||
738 | uint64_t AlignVal = 0; | ||||
739 | llvm::Value *PtrAsInt = nullptr; | ||||
740 | |||||
741 | if (SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::Alignment) && | ||||
742 | !SkippedChecks.has(SanitizerKind::Alignment)) { | ||||
743 | AlignVal = Alignment.getQuantity(); | ||||
744 | if (!Ty->isIncompleteType() && !AlignVal) | ||||
745 | AlignVal = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity(); | ||||
746 | |||||
747 | // The glvalue must be suitably aligned. | ||||
748 | if (AlignVal > 1 && | ||||
749 | (!PtrToAlloca || PtrToAlloca->getAlignment() < AlignVal)) { | ||||
750 | PtrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Ptr, IntPtrTy); | ||||
751 | llvm::Value *Align = Builder.CreateAnd( | ||||
752 | PtrAsInt, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AlignVal - 1)); | ||||
753 | llvm::Value *Aligned = | ||||
754 | Builder.CreateICmpEQ(Align, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, 0)); | ||||
755 | if (Aligned != True) | ||||
756 | Checks.push_back(std::make_pair(Aligned, SanitizerKind::Alignment)); | ||||
757 | } | ||||
758 | } | ||||
759 | |||||
760 | if (Checks.size() > 0) { | ||||
761 | // Make sure we're not losing information. Alignment needs to be a power of | ||||
762 | // 2 | ||||
763 | assert(!AlignVal || (uint64_t)1 << llvm::Log2_64(AlignVal) == AlignVal)((!AlignVal || (uint64_t)1 << llvm::Log2_64(AlignVal) == AlignVal) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!AlignVal || (uint64_t)1 << llvm::Log2_64(AlignVal) == AlignVal" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 763, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
764 | llvm::Constant *StaticData[] = { | ||||
765 | EmitCheckSourceLocation(Loc), EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(Ty), | ||||
766 | llvm::ConstantInt::get(Int8Ty, AlignVal ? llvm::Log2_64(AlignVal) : 1), | ||||
767 | llvm::ConstantInt::get(Int8Ty, TCK)}; | ||||
768 | EmitCheck(Checks, SanitizerHandler::TypeMismatch, StaticData, | ||||
769 | PtrAsInt ? PtrAsInt : Ptr); | ||||
770 | } | ||||
771 | |||||
772 | // If possible, check that the vptr indicates that there is a subobject of | ||||
773 | // type Ty at offset zero within this object. | ||||
774 | // | ||||
775 | // C++11 [basic.life]p5,6: | ||||
776 | // [For storage which does not refer to an object within its lifetime] | ||||
777 | // The program has undefined behavior if: | ||||
778 | // -- the [pointer or glvalue] is used to access a non-static data member | ||||
779 | // or call a non-static member function | ||||
780 | if (SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::Vptr) && | ||||
781 | !SkippedChecks.has(SanitizerKind::Vptr) && isVptrCheckRequired(TCK, Ty)) { | ||||
782 | // Ensure that the pointer is non-null before loading it. If there is no | ||||
783 | // compile-time guarantee, reuse the run-time null check or emit a new one. | ||||
784 | if (!IsGuaranteedNonNull) { | ||||
785 | if (!IsNonNull) | ||||
786 | IsNonNull = Builder.CreateIsNotNull(Ptr); | ||||
787 | if (!Done) | ||||
788 | Done = createBasicBlock("vptr.null"); | ||||
789 | llvm::BasicBlock *VptrNotNull = createBasicBlock("vptr.not.null"); | ||||
790 | Builder.CreateCondBr(IsNonNull, VptrNotNull, Done); | ||||
791 | EmitBlock(VptrNotNull); | ||||
792 | } | ||||
793 | |||||
794 | // Compute a hash of the mangled name of the type. | ||||
795 | // | ||||
796 | // FIXME: This is not guaranteed to be deterministic! Move to a | ||||
797 | // fingerprinting mechanism once LLVM provides one. For the time | ||||
798 | // being the implementation happens to be deterministic. | ||||
799 | SmallString<64> MangledName; | ||||
800 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream Out(MangledName); | ||||
801 | CGM.getCXXABI().getMangleContext().mangleCXXRTTI(Ty.getUnqualifiedType(), | ||||
802 | Out); | ||||
803 | |||||
804 | // Blacklist based on the mangled type. | ||||
805 | if (!CGM.getContext().getSanitizerBlacklist().isBlacklistedType( | ||||
806 | SanitizerKind::Vptr, Out.str())) { | ||||
807 | llvm::hash_code TypeHash = hash_value(Out.str()); | ||||
808 | |||||
809 | // Load the vptr, and compute hash_16_bytes(TypeHash, vptr). | ||||
810 | llvm::Value *Low = llvm::ConstantInt::get(Int64Ty, TypeHash); | ||||
811 | llvm::Type *VPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::get(IntPtrTy, 0); | ||||
812 | Address VPtrAddr(Builder.CreateBitCast(Ptr, VPtrTy), getPointerAlign()); | ||||
813 | llvm::Value *VPtrVal = Builder.CreateLoad(VPtrAddr); | ||||
814 | llvm::Value *High = Builder.CreateZExt(VPtrVal, Int64Ty); | ||||
815 | |||||
816 | llvm::Value *Hash = emitHash16Bytes(Builder, Low, High); | ||||
817 | Hash = Builder.CreateTrunc(Hash, IntPtrTy); | ||||
818 | |||||
819 | // Look the hash up in our cache. | ||||
820 | const int CacheSize = 128; | ||||
821 | llvm::Type *HashTable = llvm::ArrayType::get(IntPtrTy, CacheSize); | ||||
822 | llvm::Value *Cache = CGM.CreateRuntimeVariable(HashTable, | ||||
823 | "__ubsan_vptr_type_cache"); | ||||
824 | llvm::Value *Slot = Builder.CreateAnd(Hash, | ||||
825 | llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, | ||||
826 | CacheSize-1)); | ||||
827 | llvm::Value *Indices[] = { Builder.getInt32(0), Slot }; | ||||
828 | llvm::Value *CacheVal = | ||||
829 | Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(Cache, Indices), | ||||
830 | getPointerAlign()); | ||||
831 | |||||
832 | // If the hash isn't in the cache, call a runtime handler to perform the | ||||
833 | // hard work of checking whether the vptr is for an object of the right | ||||
834 | // type. This will either fill in the cache and return, or produce a | ||||
835 | // diagnostic. | ||||
836 | llvm::Value *EqualHash = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(CacheVal, Hash); | ||||
837 | llvm::Constant *StaticData[] = { | ||||
838 | EmitCheckSourceLocation(Loc), | ||||
839 | EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(Ty), | ||||
840 | CGM.GetAddrOfRTTIDescriptor(Ty.getUnqualifiedType()), | ||||
841 | llvm::ConstantInt::get(Int8Ty, TCK) | ||||
842 | }; | ||||
843 | llvm::Value *DynamicData[] = { Ptr, Hash }; | ||||
844 | EmitCheck(std::make_pair(EqualHash, SanitizerKind::Vptr), | ||||
845 | SanitizerHandler::DynamicTypeCacheMiss, StaticData, | ||||
846 | DynamicData); | ||||
847 | } | ||||
848 | } | ||||
849 | |||||
850 | if (Done) { | ||||
851 | Builder.CreateBr(Done); | ||||
852 | EmitBlock(Done); | ||||
853 | } | ||||
854 | } | ||||
855 | |||||
856 | /// Determine whether this expression refers to a flexible array member in a | ||||
857 | /// struct. We disable array bounds checks for such members. | ||||
858 | static bool isFlexibleArrayMemberExpr(const Expr *E) { | ||||
859 | // For compatibility with existing code, we treat arrays of length 0 or | ||||
860 | // 1 as flexible array members. | ||||
861 | const ArrayType *AT = E->getType()->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); | ||||
862 | if (const auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { | ||||
863 | if (CAT->getSize().ugt(1)) | ||||
864 | return false; | ||||
865 | } else if (!isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) | ||||
866 | return false; | ||||
867 | |||||
868 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
869 | |||||
870 | // A flexible array member must be the last member in the class. | ||||
871 | if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { | ||||
872 | // FIXME: If the base type of the member expr is not FD->getParent(), | ||||
873 | // this should not be treated as a flexible array member access. | ||||
874 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) { | ||||
875 | RecordDecl::field_iterator FI( | ||||
876 | DeclContext::decl_iterator(const_cast<FieldDecl *>(FD))); | ||||
877 | return ++FI == FD->getParent()->field_end(); | ||||
878 | } | ||||
879 | } else if (const auto *IRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) { | ||||
880 | return IRE->getDecl()->getNextIvar() == nullptr; | ||||
881 | } | ||||
882 | |||||
883 | return false; | ||||
884 | } | ||||
885 | |||||
886 | llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::LoadPassedObjectSize(const Expr *E, | ||||
887 | QualType EltTy) { | ||||
888 | ASTContext &C = getContext(); | ||||
889 | uint64_t EltSize = C.getTypeSizeInChars(EltTy).getQuantity(); | ||||
890 | if (!EltSize) | ||||
891 | return nullptr; | ||||
892 | |||||
893 | auto *ArrayDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); | ||||
894 | if (!ArrayDeclRef) | ||||
895 | return nullptr; | ||||
896 | |||||
897 | auto *ParamDecl = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(ArrayDeclRef->getDecl()); | ||||
898 | if (!ParamDecl) | ||||
899 | return nullptr; | ||||
900 | |||||
901 | auto *POSAttr = ParamDecl->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); | ||||
902 | if (!POSAttr) | ||||
903 | return nullptr; | ||||
904 | |||||
905 | // Don't load the size if it's a lower bound. | ||||
906 | int POSType = POSAttr->getType(); | ||||
907 | if (POSType != 0 && POSType != 1) | ||||
908 | return nullptr; | ||||
909 | |||||
910 | // Find the implicit size parameter. | ||||
911 | auto PassedSizeIt = SizeArguments.find(ParamDecl); | ||||
912 | if (PassedSizeIt == SizeArguments.end()) | ||||
913 | return nullptr; | ||||
914 | |||||
915 | const ImplicitParamDecl *PassedSizeDecl = PassedSizeIt->second; | ||||
916 | assert(LocalDeclMap.count(PassedSizeDecl) && "Passed size not loadable")((LocalDeclMap.count(PassedSizeDecl) && "Passed size not loadable" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LocalDeclMap.count(PassedSizeDecl) && \"Passed size not loadable\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 916, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
917 | Address AddrOfSize = LocalDeclMap.find(PassedSizeDecl)->second; | ||||
918 | llvm::Value *SizeInBytes = EmitLoadOfScalar(AddrOfSize, /*Volatile=*/false, | ||||
919 | C.getSizeType(), E->getExprLoc()); | ||||
920 | llvm::Value *SizeOfElement = | ||||
921 | llvm::ConstantInt::get(SizeInBytes->getType(), EltSize); | ||||
922 | return Builder.CreateUDiv(SizeInBytes, SizeOfElement); | ||||
923 | } | ||||
924 | |||||
925 | /// If Base is known to point to the start of an array, return the length of | ||||
926 | /// that array. Return 0 if the length cannot be determined. | ||||
927 | static llvm::Value *getArrayIndexingBound( | ||||
928 | CodeGenFunction &CGF, const Expr *Base, QualType &IndexedType) { | ||||
929 | // For the vector indexing extension, the bound is the number of elements. | ||||
930 | if (const VectorType *VT = Base->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) { | ||||
931 | IndexedType = Base->getType(); | ||||
932 | return CGF.Builder.getInt32(VT->getNumElements()); | ||||
933 | } | ||||
934 | |||||
935 | Base = Base->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
936 | |||||
937 | if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(Base)) { | ||||
938 | if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_ArrayToPointerDecay && | ||||
939 | !isFlexibleArrayMemberExpr(CE->getSubExpr())) { | ||||
940 | IndexedType = CE->getSubExpr()->getType(); | ||||
941 | const ArrayType *AT = IndexedType->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); | ||||
942 | if (const auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) | ||||
943 | return CGF.Builder.getInt(CAT->getSize()); | ||||
944 | else if (const auto *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) | ||||
945 | return CGF.getVLASize(VAT).NumElts; | ||||
946 | // Ignore pass_object_size here. It's not applicable on decayed pointers. | ||||
947 | } | ||||
948 | } | ||||
949 | |||||
950 | QualType EltTy{Base->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(), 0}; | ||||
951 | if (llvm::Value *POS = CGF.LoadPassedObjectSize(Base, EltTy)) { | ||||
952 | IndexedType = Base->getType(); | ||||
953 | return POS; | ||||
954 | } | ||||
955 | |||||
956 | return nullptr; | ||||
957 | } | ||||
958 | |||||
959 | void CodeGenFunction::EmitBoundsCheck(const Expr *E, const Expr *Base, | ||||
960 | llvm::Value *Index, QualType IndexType, | ||||
961 | bool Accessed) { | ||||
962 | assert(SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::ArrayBounds) &&((SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::ArrayBounds) && "should not be called unless adding bounds checks" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::ArrayBounds) && \"should not be called unless adding bounds checks\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 963, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
963 | "should not be called unless adding bounds checks")((SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::ArrayBounds) && "should not be called unless adding bounds checks" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::ArrayBounds) && \"should not be called unless adding bounds checks\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 963, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
964 | SanitizerScope SanScope(this); | ||||
965 | |||||
966 | QualType IndexedType; | ||||
967 | llvm::Value *Bound = getArrayIndexingBound(*this, Base, IndexedType); | ||||
968 | if (!Bound) | ||||
969 | return; | ||||
970 | |||||
971 | bool IndexSigned = IndexType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | ||||
972 | llvm::Value *IndexVal = Builder.CreateIntCast(Index, SizeTy, IndexSigned); | ||||
973 | llvm::Value *BoundVal = Builder.CreateIntCast(Bound, SizeTy, false); | ||||
974 | |||||
975 | llvm::Constant *StaticData[] = { | ||||
976 | EmitCheckSourceLocation(E->getExprLoc()), | ||||
977 | EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(IndexedType), | ||||
978 | EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(IndexType) | ||||
979 | }; | ||||
980 | llvm::Value *Check = Accessed ? Builder.CreateICmpULT(IndexVal, BoundVal) | ||||
981 | : Builder.CreateICmpULE(IndexVal, BoundVal); | ||||
982 | EmitCheck(std::make_pair(Check, SanitizerKind::ArrayBounds), | ||||
983 | SanitizerHandler::OutOfBounds, StaticData, Index); | ||||
984 | } | ||||
985 | |||||
986 | |||||
987 | CodeGenFunction::ComplexPairTy CodeGenFunction:: | ||||
988 | EmitComplexPrePostIncDec(const UnaryOperator *E, LValue LV, | ||||
989 | bool isInc, bool isPre) { | ||||
990 | ComplexPairTy InVal = EmitLoadOfComplex(LV, E->getExprLoc()); | ||||
991 | |||||
992 | llvm::Value *NextVal; | ||||
993 | if (isa<llvm::IntegerType>(InVal.first->getType())) { | ||||
994 | uint64_t AmountVal = isInc ? 1 : -1; | ||||
995 | NextVal = llvm::ConstantInt::get(InVal.first->getType(), AmountVal, true); | ||||
996 | |||||
997 | // Add the inc/dec to the real part. | ||||
998 | NextVal = Builder.CreateAdd(InVal.first, NextVal, isInc ? "inc" : "dec"); | ||||
999 | } else { | ||||
1000 | QualType ElemTy = E->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); | ||||
1001 | llvm::APFloat FVal(getContext().getFloatTypeSemantics(ElemTy), 1); | ||||
1002 | if (!isInc) | ||||
1003 | FVal.changeSign(); | ||||
1004 | NextVal = llvm::ConstantFP::get(getLLVMContext(), FVal); | ||||
1005 | |||||
1006 | // Add the inc/dec to the real part. | ||||
1007 | NextVal = Builder.CreateFAdd(InVal.first, NextVal, isInc ? "inc" : "dec"); | ||||
1008 | } | ||||
1009 | |||||
1010 | ComplexPairTy IncVal(NextVal, InVal.second); | ||||
1011 | |||||
1012 | // Store the updated result through the lvalue. | ||||
1013 | EmitStoreOfComplex(IncVal, LV, /*init*/ false); | ||||
1014 | |||||
1015 | // If this is a postinc, return the value read from memory, otherwise use the | ||||
1016 | // updated value. | ||||
1017 | return isPre ? IncVal : InVal; | ||||
1018 | } | ||||
1019 | |||||
1020 | void CodeGenModule::EmitExplicitCastExprType(const ExplicitCastExpr *E, | ||||
1021 | CodeGenFunction *CGF) { | ||||
1022 | // Bind VLAs in the cast type. | ||||
1023 | if (CGF && E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) | ||||
1024 | CGF->EmitVariablyModifiedType(E->getType()); | ||||
1025 | |||||
1026 | if (CGDebugInfo *DI = getModuleDebugInfo()) | ||||
1027 | DI->EmitExplicitCastType(E->getType()); | ||||
1028 | } | ||||
1029 | |||||
1030 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
1031 | // LValue Expression Emission | ||||
1032 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
1033 | |||||
1034 | /// EmitPointerWithAlignment - Given an expression of pointer type, try to | ||||
1035 | /// derive a more accurate bound on the alignment of the pointer. | ||||
1036 | Address CodeGenFunction::EmitPointerWithAlignment(const Expr *E, | ||||
1037 | LValueBaseInfo *BaseInfo, | ||||
1038 | TBAAAccessInfo *TBAAInfo) { | ||||
1039 | // We allow this with ObjC object pointers because of fragile ABIs. | ||||
1040 | assert(E->getType()->isPointerType() ||((E->getType()->isPointerType() || E->getType()-> isObjCObjectPointerType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getType()->isPointerType() || E->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1041, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
1041 | E->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())((E->getType()->isPointerType() || E->getType()-> isObjCObjectPointerType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getType()->isPointerType() || E->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1041, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1042 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
1043 | |||||
1044 | // Casts: | ||||
1045 | if (const CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E)) { | ||||
1046 | if (const auto *ECE = dyn_cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(CE)) | ||||
1047 | CGM.EmitExplicitCastExprType(ECE, this); | ||||
1048 | |||||
1049 | switch (CE->getCastKind()) { | ||||
1050 | // Non-converting casts (but not C's implicit conversion from void*). | ||||
1051 | case CK_BitCast: | ||||
1052 | case CK_NoOp: | ||||
1053 | case CK_AddressSpaceConversion: | ||||
1054 | if (auto PtrTy = CE->getSubExpr()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
1055 | if (PtrTy->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) | ||||
1056 | break; | ||||
1057 | |||||
1058 | LValueBaseInfo InnerBaseInfo; | ||||
1059 | TBAAAccessInfo InnerTBAAInfo; | ||||
1060 | Address Addr = EmitPointerWithAlignment(CE->getSubExpr(), | ||||
1061 | &InnerBaseInfo, | ||||
1062 | &InnerTBAAInfo); | ||||
1063 | if (BaseInfo) *BaseInfo = InnerBaseInfo; | ||||
1064 | if (TBAAInfo) *TBAAInfo = InnerTBAAInfo; | ||||
1065 | |||||
1066 | if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(CE)) { | ||||
1067 | LValueBaseInfo TargetTypeBaseInfo; | ||||
1068 | TBAAAccessInfo TargetTypeTBAAInfo; | ||||
1069 | CharUnits Align = getNaturalPointeeTypeAlignment(E->getType(), | ||||
1070 | &TargetTypeBaseInfo, | ||||
1071 | &TargetTypeTBAAInfo); | ||||
1072 | if (TBAAInfo) | ||||
1073 | *TBAAInfo = CGM.mergeTBAAInfoForCast(*TBAAInfo, | ||||
1074 | TargetTypeTBAAInfo); | ||||
1075 | // If the source l-value is opaque, honor the alignment of the | ||||
1076 | // casted-to type. | ||||
1077 | if (InnerBaseInfo.getAlignmentSource() != AlignmentSource::Decl) { | ||||
1078 | if (BaseInfo) | ||||
1079 | BaseInfo->mergeForCast(TargetTypeBaseInfo); | ||||
1080 | Addr = Address(Addr.getPointer(), Align); | ||||
1081 | } | ||||
1082 | } | ||||
1083 | |||||
1084 | if (SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::CFIUnrelatedCast) && | ||||
1085 | CE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast) { | ||||
1086 | if (auto PT = E->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
1087 | EmitVTablePtrCheckForCast(PT->getPointeeType(), Addr.getPointer(), | ||||
1088 | /*MayBeNull=*/true, | ||||
1089 | CodeGenFunction::CFITCK_UnrelatedCast, | ||||
1090 | CE->getBeginLoc()); | ||||
1091 | } | ||||
1092 | return CE->getCastKind() != CK_AddressSpaceConversion | ||||
1093 | ? Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, ConvertType(E->getType())) | ||||
1094 | : Builder.CreateAddrSpaceCast(Addr, | ||||
1095 | ConvertType(E->getType())); | ||||
1096 | } | ||||
1097 | break; | ||||
1098 | |||||
1099 | // Array-to-pointer decay. | ||||
1100 | case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay: | ||||
1101 | return EmitArrayToPointerDecay(CE->getSubExpr(), BaseInfo, TBAAInfo); | ||||
1102 | |||||
1103 | // Derived-to-base conversions. | ||||
1104 | case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase: | ||||
1105 | case CK_DerivedToBase: { | ||||
1106 | // TODO: Support accesses to members of base classes in TBAA. For now, we | ||||
1107 | // conservatively pretend that the complete object is of the base class | ||||
1108 | // type. | ||||
1109 | if (TBAAInfo) | ||||
1110 | *TBAAInfo = CGM.getTBAAAccessInfo(E->getType()); | ||||
1111 | Address Addr = EmitPointerWithAlignment(CE->getSubExpr(), BaseInfo); | ||||
1112 | auto Derived = CE->getSubExpr()->getType()->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||
1113 | return GetAddressOfBaseClass(Addr, Derived, | ||||
1114 | CE->path_begin(), CE->path_end(), | ||||
1115 | ShouldNullCheckClassCastValue(CE), | ||||
1116 | CE->getExprLoc()); | ||||
1117 | } | ||||
1118 | |||||
1119 | // TODO: Is there any reason to treat base-to-derived conversions | ||||
1120 | // specially? | ||||
1121 | default: | ||||
1122 | break; | ||||
1123 | } | ||||
1124 | } | ||||
1125 | |||||
1126 | // Unary &. | ||||
1127 | if (const UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) { | ||||
1128 | if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) { | ||||
1129 | LValue LV = EmitLValue(UO->getSubExpr()); | ||||
1130 | if (BaseInfo) *BaseInfo = LV.getBaseInfo(); | ||||
1131 | if (TBAAInfo) *TBAAInfo = LV.getTBAAInfo(); | ||||
1132 | return LV.getAddress(); | ||||
1133 | } | ||||
1134 | } | ||||
1135 | |||||
1136 | // TODO: conditional operators, comma. | ||||
1137 | |||||
1138 | // Otherwise, use the alignment of the type. | ||||
1139 | CharUnits Align = getNaturalPointeeTypeAlignment(E->getType(), BaseInfo, | ||||
1140 | TBAAInfo); | ||||
1141 | return Address(EmitScalarExpr(E), Align); | ||||
1142 | } | ||||
1143 | |||||
1144 | RValue CodeGenFunction::GetUndefRValue(QualType Ty) { | ||||
1145 | if (Ty->isVoidType()) | ||||
1146 | return RValue::get(nullptr); | ||||
1147 | |||||
1148 | switch (getEvaluationKind(Ty)) { | ||||
1149 | case TEK_Complex: { | ||||
1150 | llvm::Type *EltTy = | ||||
1151 | ConvertType(Ty->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType()); | ||||
1152 | llvm::Value *U = llvm::UndefValue::get(EltTy); | ||||
1153 | return RValue::getComplex(std::make_pair(U, U)); | ||||
1154 | } | ||||
1155 | |||||
1156 | // If this is a use of an undefined aggregate type, the aggregate must have an | ||||
1157 | // identifiable address. Just because the contents of the value are undefined | ||||
1158 | // doesn't mean that the address can't be taken and compared. | ||||
1159 | case TEK_Aggregate: { | ||||
1160 | Address DestPtr = CreateMemTemp(Ty, "undef.agg.tmp"); | ||||
1161 | return RValue::getAggregate(DestPtr); | ||||
1162 | } | ||||
1163 | |||||
1164 | case TEK_Scalar: | ||||
1165 | return RValue::get(llvm::UndefValue::get(ConvertType(Ty))); | ||||
1166 | } | ||||
1167 | llvm_unreachable("bad evaluation kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad evaluation kind", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1167); | ||||
1168 | } | ||||
1169 | |||||
1170 | RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitUnsupportedRValue(const Expr *E, | ||||
1171 | const char *Name) { | ||||
1172 | ErrorUnsupported(E, Name); | ||||
1173 | return GetUndefRValue(E->getType()); | ||||
1174 | } | ||||
1175 | |||||
1176 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitUnsupportedLValue(const Expr *E, | ||||
1177 | const char *Name) { | ||||
1178 | ErrorUnsupported(E, Name); | ||||
1179 | llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ConvertType(E->getType())); | ||||
1180 | return MakeAddrLValue(Address(llvm::UndefValue::get(Ty), CharUnits::One()), | ||||
1181 | E->getType()); | ||||
1182 | } | ||||
1183 | |||||
1184 | bool CodeGenFunction::IsWrappedCXXThis(const Expr *Obj) { | ||||
1185 | const Expr *Base = Obj; | ||||
1186 | while (!isa<CXXThisExpr>(Base)) { | ||||
1187 | // The result of a dynamic_cast can be null. | ||||
1188 | if (isa<CXXDynamicCastExpr>(Base)) | ||||
1189 | return false; | ||||
1190 | |||||
1191 | if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(Base)) { | ||||
1192 | Base = CE->getSubExpr(); | ||||
1193 | } else if (const auto *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(Base)) { | ||||
1194 | Base = PE->getSubExpr(); | ||||
1195 | } else if (const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Base)) { | ||||
1196 | if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Extension) | ||||
1197 | Base = UO->getSubExpr(); | ||||
1198 | else | ||||
1199 | return false; | ||||
1200 | } else { | ||||
1201 | return false; | ||||
1202 | } | ||||
1203 | } | ||||
1204 | return true; | ||||
1205 | } | ||||
1206 | |||||
1207 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitCheckedLValue(const Expr *E, TypeCheckKind TCK) { | ||||
1208 | LValue LV; | ||||
1209 | if (SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::ArrayBounds) && isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) | ||||
1210 | LV = EmitArraySubscriptExpr(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E), /*Accessed*/true); | ||||
1211 | else | ||||
1212 | LV = EmitLValue(E); | ||||
1213 | if (!isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) && !LV.isBitField() && LV.isSimple()) { | ||||
1214 | SanitizerSet SkippedChecks; | ||||
1215 | if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { | ||||
1216 | bool IsBaseCXXThis = IsWrappedCXXThis(ME->getBase()); | ||||
1217 | if (IsBaseCXXThis) | ||||
1218 | SkippedChecks.set(SanitizerKind::Alignment, true); | ||||
1219 | if (IsBaseCXXThis || isa<DeclRefExpr>(ME->getBase())) | ||||
1220 | SkippedChecks.set(SanitizerKind::Null, true); | ||||
1221 | } | ||||
1222 | EmitTypeCheck(TCK, E->getExprLoc(), LV.getPointer(), | ||||
1223 | E->getType(), LV.getAlignment(), SkippedChecks); | ||||
1224 | } | ||||
1225 | return LV; | ||||
1226 | } | ||||
1227 | |||||
1228 | /// EmitLValue - Emit code to compute a designator that specifies the location | ||||
1229 | /// of the expression. | ||||
1230 | /// | ||||
1231 | /// This can return one of two things: a simple address or a bitfield reference. | ||||
1232 | /// In either case, the LLVM Value* in the LValue structure is guaranteed to be | ||||
1233 | /// an LLVM pointer type. | ||||
1234 | /// | ||||
1235 | /// If this returns a bitfield reference, nothing about the pointee type of the | ||||
1236 | /// LLVM value is known: For example, it may not be a pointer to an integer. | ||||
1237 | /// | ||||
1238 | /// If this returns a normal address, and if the lvalue's C type is fixed size, | ||||
1239 | /// this method guarantees that the returned pointer type will point to an LLVM | ||||
1240 | /// type of the same size of the lvalue's type. If the lvalue has a variable | ||||
1241 | /// length type, this is not possible. | ||||
1242 | /// | ||||
1243 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitLValue(const Expr *E) { | ||||
1244 | ApplyDebugLocation DL(*this, E); | ||||
1245 | switch (E->getStmtClass()) { | ||||
1246 | default: return EmitUnsupportedLValue(E, "l-value expression"); | ||||
1247 | |||||
1248 | case Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass: | ||||
1249 | llvm_unreachable("cannot emit a property reference directly")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("cannot emit a property reference directly" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1249); | ||||
1250 | |||||
1251 | case Expr::ObjCSelectorExprClass: | ||||
1252 | return EmitObjCSelectorLValue(cast<ObjCSelectorExpr>(E)); | ||||
1253 | case Expr::ObjCIsaExprClass: | ||||
1254 | return EmitObjCIsaExpr(cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(E)); | ||||
1255 | case Expr::BinaryOperatorClass: | ||||
1256 | return EmitBinaryOperatorLValue(cast<BinaryOperator>(E)); | ||||
1257 | case Expr::CompoundAssignOperatorClass: { | ||||
1258 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); | ||||
1259 | if (const AtomicType *AT = Ty->getAs<AtomicType>()) | ||||
1260 | Ty = AT->getValueType(); | ||||
1261 | if (!Ty->isAnyComplexType()) | ||||
1262 | return EmitCompoundAssignmentLValue(cast<CompoundAssignOperator>(E)); | ||||
1263 | return EmitComplexCompoundAssignmentLValue(cast<CompoundAssignOperator>(E)); | ||||
1264 | } | ||||
1265 | case Expr::CallExprClass: | ||||
1266 | case Expr::CXXMemberCallExprClass: | ||||
1267 | case Expr::CXXOperatorCallExprClass: | ||||
1268 | case Expr::UserDefinedLiteralClass: | ||||
1269 | return EmitCallExprLValue(cast<CallExpr>(E)); | ||||
1270 | case Expr::VAArgExprClass: | ||||
1271 | return EmitVAArgExprLValue(cast<VAArgExpr>(E)); | ||||
1272 | case Expr::DeclRefExprClass: | ||||
1273 | return EmitDeclRefLValue(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)); | ||||
1274 | case Expr::ConstantExprClass: | ||||
1275 | return EmitLValue(cast<ConstantExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()); | ||||
1276 | case Expr::ParenExprClass: | ||||
1277 | return EmitLValue(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()); | ||||
1278 | case Expr::GenericSelectionExprClass: | ||||
1279 | return EmitLValue(cast<GenericSelectionExpr>(E)->getResultExpr()); | ||||
1280 | case Expr::PredefinedExprClass: | ||||
1281 | return EmitPredefinedLValue(cast<PredefinedExpr>(E)); | ||||
1282 | case Expr::StringLiteralClass: | ||||
1283 | return EmitStringLiteralLValue(cast<StringLiteral>(E)); | ||||
1284 | case Expr::ObjCEncodeExprClass: | ||||
1285 | return EmitObjCEncodeExprLValue(cast<ObjCEncodeExpr>(E)); | ||||
1286 | case Expr::PseudoObjectExprClass: | ||||
1287 | return EmitPseudoObjectLValue(cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E)); | ||||
1288 | case Expr::InitListExprClass: | ||||
1289 | return EmitInitListLValue(cast<InitListExpr>(E)); | ||||
1290 | case Expr::CXXTemporaryObjectExprClass: | ||||
1291 | case Expr::CXXConstructExprClass: | ||||
1292 | return EmitCXXConstructLValue(cast<CXXConstructExpr>(E)); | ||||
1293 | case Expr::CXXBindTemporaryExprClass: | ||||
1294 | return EmitCXXBindTemporaryLValue(cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E)); | ||||
1295 | case Expr::CXXUuidofExprClass: | ||||
1296 | return EmitCXXUuidofLValue(cast<CXXUuidofExpr>(E)); | ||||
1297 | case Expr::LambdaExprClass: | ||||
1298 | return EmitAggExprToLValue(E); | ||||
1299 | |||||
1300 | case Expr::ExprWithCleanupsClass: { | ||||
1301 | const auto *cleanups = cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E); | ||||
1302 | enterFullExpression(cleanups); | ||||
1303 | RunCleanupsScope Scope(*this); | ||||
1304 | LValue LV = EmitLValue(cleanups->getSubExpr()); | ||||
1305 | if (LV.isSimple()) { | ||||
1306 | // Defend against branches out of gnu statement expressions surrounded by | ||||
1307 | // cleanups. | ||||
1308 | llvm::Value *V = LV.getPointer(); | ||||
1309 | Scope.ForceCleanup({&V}); | ||||
1310 | return LValue::MakeAddr(Address(V, LV.getAlignment()), LV.getType(), | ||||
1311 | getContext(), LV.getBaseInfo(), LV.getTBAAInfo()); | ||||
1312 | } | ||||
1313 | // FIXME: Is it possible to create an ExprWithCleanups that produces a | ||||
1314 | // bitfield lvalue or some other non-simple lvalue? | ||||
1315 | return LV; | ||||
1316 | } | ||||
1317 | |||||
1318 | case Expr::CXXDefaultArgExprClass: { | ||||
1319 | auto *DAE = cast<CXXDefaultArgExpr>(E); | ||||
1320 | CXXDefaultArgExprScope Scope(*this, DAE); | ||||
1321 | return EmitLValue(DAE->getExpr()); | ||||
1322 | } | ||||
1323 | case Expr::CXXDefaultInitExprClass: { | ||||
1324 | auto *DIE = cast<CXXDefaultInitExpr>(E); | ||||
1325 | CXXDefaultInitExprScope Scope(*this, DIE); | ||||
1326 | return EmitLValue(DIE->getExpr()); | ||||
1327 | } | ||||
1328 | case Expr::CXXTypeidExprClass: | ||||
1329 | return EmitCXXTypeidLValue(cast<CXXTypeidExpr>(E)); | ||||
1330 | |||||
1331 | case Expr::ObjCMessageExprClass: | ||||
1332 | return EmitObjCMessageExprLValue(cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)); | ||||
1333 | case Expr::ObjCIvarRefExprClass: | ||||
1334 | return EmitObjCIvarRefLValue(cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)); | ||||
1335 | case Expr::StmtExprClass: | ||||
1336 | return EmitStmtExprLValue(cast<StmtExpr>(E)); | ||||
1337 | case Expr::UnaryOperatorClass: | ||||
1338 | return EmitUnaryOpLValue(cast<UnaryOperator>(E)); | ||||
1339 | case Expr::ArraySubscriptExprClass: | ||||
1340 | return EmitArraySubscriptExpr(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)); | ||||
1341 | case Expr::OMPArraySectionExprClass: | ||||
1342 | return EmitOMPArraySectionExpr(cast<OMPArraySectionExpr>(E)); | ||||
1343 | case Expr::ExtVectorElementExprClass: | ||||
1344 | return EmitExtVectorElementExpr(cast<ExtVectorElementExpr>(E)); | ||||
1345 | case Expr::MemberExprClass: | ||||
1346 | return EmitMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E)); | ||||
1347 | case Expr::CompoundLiteralExprClass: | ||||
1348 | return EmitCompoundLiteralLValue(cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(E)); | ||||
1349 | case Expr::ConditionalOperatorClass: | ||||
1350 | return EmitConditionalOperatorLValue(cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)); | ||||
1351 | case Expr::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass: | ||||
1352 | return EmitConditionalOperatorLValue(cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)); | ||||
1353 | case Expr::ChooseExprClass: | ||||
1354 | return EmitLValue(cast<ChooseExpr>(E)->getChosenSubExpr()); | ||||
1355 | case Expr::OpaqueValueExprClass: | ||||
1356 | return EmitOpaqueValueLValue(cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)); | ||||
1357 | case Expr::SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExprClass: | ||||
1358 | return EmitLValue(cast<SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr>(E)->getReplacement()); | ||||
1359 | case Expr::ImplicitCastExprClass: | ||||
1360 | case Expr::CStyleCastExprClass: | ||||
1361 | case Expr::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass: | ||||
1362 | case Expr::CXXStaticCastExprClass: | ||||
1363 | case Expr::CXXDynamicCastExprClass: | ||||
1364 | case Expr::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: | ||||
1365 | case Expr::CXXConstCastExprClass: | ||||
1366 | case Expr::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass: | ||||
1367 | return EmitCastLValue(cast<CastExpr>(E)); | ||||
1368 | |||||
1369 | case Expr::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass: | ||||
1370 | return EmitMaterializeTemporaryExpr(cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)); | ||||
1371 | |||||
1372 | case Expr::CoawaitExprClass: | ||||
1373 | return EmitCoawaitLValue(cast<CoawaitExpr>(E)); | ||||
1374 | case Expr::CoyieldExprClass: | ||||
1375 | return EmitCoyieldLValue(cast<CoyieldExpr>(E)); | ||||
1376 | } | ||||
1377 | } | ||||
1378 | |||||
1379 | /// Given an object of the given canonical type, can we safely copy a | ||||
1380 | /// value out of it based on its initializer? | ||||
1381 | static bool isConstantEmittableObjectType(QualType type) { | ||||
1382 | assert(type.isCanonical())((type.isCanonical()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type.isCanonical()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1382, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1383 | assert(!type->isReferenceType())((!type->isReferenceType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!type->isReferenceType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1383, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1384 | |||||
1385 | // Must be const-qualified but non-volatile. | ||||
1386 | Qualifiers qs = type.getLocalQualifiers(); | ||||
1387 | if (!qs.hasConst() || qs.hasVolatile()) return false; | ||||
1388 | |||||
1389 | // Otherwise, all object types satisfy this except C++ classes with | ||||
1390 | // mutable subobjects or non-trivial copy/destroy behavior. | ||||
1391 | if (const auto *RT = dyn_cast<RecordType>(type)) | ||||
1392 | if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) | ||||
1393 | if (RD->hasMutableFields() || !RD->isTrivial()) | ||||
1394 | return false; | ||||
1395 | |||||
1396 | return true; | ||||
1397 | } | ||||
1398 | |||||
1399 | /// Can we constant-emit a load of a reference to a variable of the | ||||
1400 | /// given type? This is different from predicates like | ||||
1401 | /// Decl::mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions because we do want it to apply | ||||
1402 | /// in situations that don't necessarily satisfy the language's rules | ||||
1403 | /// for this (e.g. C++'s ODR-use rules). For example, we want to able | ||||
1404 | /// to do this with const float variables even if those variables | ||||
1405 | /// aren't marked 'constexpr'. | ||||
1406 | enum ConstantEmissionKind { | ||||
1407 | CEK_None, | ||||
1408 | CEK_AsReferenceOnly, | ||||
1409 | CEK_AsValueOrReference, | ||||
1410 | CEK_AsValueOnly | ||||
1411 | }; | ||||
1412 | static ConstantEmissionKind checkVarTypeForConstantEmission(QualType type) { | ||||
1413 | type = type.getCanonicalType(); | ||||
1414 | if (const auto *ref = dyn_cast<ReferenceType>(type)) { | ||||
1415 | if (isConstantEmittableObjectType(ref->getPointeeType())) | ||||
1416 | return CEK_AsValueOrReference; | ||||
1417 | return CEK_AsReferenceOnly; | ||||
1418 | } | ||||
1419 | if (isConstantEmittableObjectType(type)) | ||||
1420 | return CEK_AsValueOnly; | ||||
1421 | return CEK_None; | ||||
1422 | } | ||||
1423 | |||||
1424 | /// Try to emit a reference to the given value without producing it as | ||||
1425 | /// an l-value. This is just an optimization, but it avoids us needing | ||||
1426 | /// to emit global copies of variables if they're named without triggering | ||||
1427 | /// a formal use in a context where we can't emit a direct reference to them, | ||||
1428 | /// for instance if a block or lambda or a member of a local class uses a | ||||
1429 | /// const int variable or constexpr variable from an enclosing function. | ||||
1430 | CodeGenFunction::ConstantEmission | ||||
1431 | CodeGenFunction::tryEmitAsConstant(DeclRefExpr *refExpr) { | ||||
1432 | ValueDecl *value = refExpr->getDecl(); | ||||
1433 | |||||
1434 | // The value needs to be an enum constant or a constant variable. | ||||
1435 | ConstantEmissionKind CEK; | ||||
1436 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(value)) { | ||||
1437 | CEK = CEK_None; | ||||
1438 | } else if (auto *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(value)) { | ||||
1439 | CEK = checkVarTypeForConstantEmission(var->getType()); | ||||
1440 | } else if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(value)) { | ||||
1441 | CEK = CEK_AsValueOnly; | ||||
1442 | } else { | ||||
1443 | CEK = CEK_None; | ||||
1444 | } | ||||
1445 | if (CEK == CEK_None) return ConstantEmission(); | ||||
1446 | |||||
1447 | Expr::EvalResult result; | ||||
1448 | bool resultIsReference; | ||||
1449 | QualType resultType; | ||||
1450 | |||||
1451 | // It's best to evaluate all the way as an r-value if that's permitted. | ||||
1452 | if (CEK != CEK_AsReferenceOnly && | ||||
1453 | refExpr->EvaluateAsRValue(result, getContext())) { | ||||
1454 | resultIsReference = false; | ||||
1455 | resultType = refExpr->getType(); | ||||
1456 | |||||
1457 | // Otherwise, try to evaluate as an l-value. | ||||
1458 | } else if (CEK != CEK_AsValueOnly && | ||||
1459 | refExpr->EvaluateAsLValue(result, getContext())) { | ||||
1460 | resultIsReference = true; | ||||
1461 | resultType = value->getType(); | ||||
1462 | |||||
1463 | // Failure. | ||||
1464 | } else { | ||||
1465 | return ConstantEmission(); | ||||
1466 | } | ||||
1467 | |||||
1468 | // In any case, if the initializer has side-effects, abandon ship. | ||||
1469 | if (result.HasSideEffects) | ||||
1470 | return ConstantEmission(); | ||||
1471 | |||||
1472 | // Emit as a constant. | ||||
1473 | auto C = ConstantEmitter(*this).emitAbstract(refExpr->getLocation(), | ||||
1474 | result.Val, resultType); | ||||
1475 | |||||
1476 | // Make sure we emit a debug reference to the global variable. | ||||
1477 | // This should probably fire even for | ||||
1478 | if (isa<VarDecl>(value)) { | ||||
1479 | if (!getContext().DeclMustBeEmitted(cast<VarDecl>(value))) | ||||
1480 | EmitDeclRefExprDbgValue(refExpr, result.Val); | ||||
1481 | } else { | ||||
1482 | assert(isa<EnumConstantDecl>(value))((isa<EnumConstantDecl>(value)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<EnumConstantDecl>(value)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1482, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1483 | EmitDeclRefExprDbgValue(refExpr, result.Val); | ||||
1484 | } | ||||
1485 | |||||
1486 | // If we emitted a reference constant, we need to dereference that. | ||||
1487 | if (resultIsReference) | ||||
1488 | return ConstantEmission::forReference(C); | ||||
1489 | |||||
1490 | return ConstantEmission::forValue(C); | ||||
1491 | } | ||||
1492 | |||||
1493 | static DeclRefExpr *tryToConvertMemberExprToDeclRefExpr(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1494 | const MemberExpr *ME) { | ||||
1495 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) { | ||||
1496 | // Try to emit static variable member expressions as DREs. | ||||
1497 | return DeclRefExpr::Create( | ||||
1498 | CGF.getContext(), NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), VD, | ||||
1499 | /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture=*/false, ME->getExprLoc(), | ||||
1500 | ME->getType(), ME->getValueKind(), nullptr, nullptr, ME->isNonOdrUse()); | ||||
1501 | } | ||||
1502 | return nullptr; | ||||
1503 | } | ||||
1504 | |||||
1505 | CodeGenFunction::ConstantEmission | ||||
1506 | CodeGenFunction::tryEmitAsConstant(const MemberExpr *ME) { | ||||
1507 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = tryToConvertMemberExprToDeclRefExpr(*this, ME)) | ||||
1508 | return tryEmitAsConstant(DRE); | ||||
1509 | return ConstantEmission(); | ||||
1510 | } | ||||
1511 | |||||
1512 | llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::emitScalarConstant( | ||||
1513 | const CodeGenFunction::ConstantEmission &Constant, Expr *E) { | ||||
1514 | assert(Constant && "not a constant")((Constant && "not a constant") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("Constant && \"not a constant\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1514, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1515 | if (Constant.isReference()) | ||||
1516 | return EmitLoadOfLValue(Constant.getReferenceLValue(*this, E), | ||||
1517 | E->getExprLoc()) | ||||
1518 | .getScalarVal(); | ||||
1519 | return Constant.getValue(); | ||||
1520 | } | ||||
1521 | |||||
1522 | llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitLoadOfScalar(LValue lvalue, | ||||
1523 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
1524 | return EmitLoadOfScalar(lvalue.getAddress(), lvalue.isVolatile(), | ||||
1525 | lvalue.getType(), Loc, lvalue.getBaseInfo(), | ||||
1526 | lvalue.getTBAAInfo(), lvalue.isNontemporal()); | ||||
1527 | } | ||||
1528 | |||||
1529 | static bool hasBooleanRepresentation(QualType Ty) { | ||||
1530 | if (Ty->isBooleanType()) | ||||
1531 | return true; | ||||
1532 | |||||
1533 | if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) | ||||
1534 | return ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()->isBooleanType(); | ||||
1535 | |||||
1536 | if (const AtomicType *AT = Ty->getAs<AtomicType>()) | ||||
1537 | return hasBooleanRepresentation(AT->getValueType()); | ||||
1538 | |||||
1539 | return false; | ||||
1540 | } | ||||
1541 | |||||
1542 | static bool getRangeForType(CodeGenFunction &CGF, QualType Ty, | ||||
1543 | llvm::APInt &Min, llvm::APInt &End, | ||||
1544 | bool StrictEnums, bool IsBool) { | ||||
1545 | const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>(); | ||||
1546 | bool IsRegularCPlusPlusEnum = CGF.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && StrictEnums && | ||||
1547 | ET && !ET->getDecl()->isFixed(); | ||||
1548 | if (!IsBool && !IsRegularCPlusPlusEnum) | ||||
1549 | return false; | ||||
1550 | |||||
1551 | if (IsBool) { | ||||
1552 | Min = llvm::APInt(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty), 0); | ||||
1553 | End = llvm::APInt(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty), 2); | ||||
1554 | } else { | ||||
1555 | const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl(); | ||||
1556 | llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(ED->getIntegerType()); | ||||
1557 | unsigned Bitwidth = LTy->getScalarSizeInBits(); | ||||
1558 | unsigned NumNegativeBits = ED->getNumNegativeBits(); | ||||
1559 | unsigned NumPositiveBits = ED->getNumPositiveBits(); | ||||
1560 | |||||
1561 | if (NumNegativeBits) { | ||||
1562 | unsigned NumBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, NumPositiveBits + 1); | ||||
1563 | assert(NumBits <= Bitwidth)((NumBits <= Bitwidth) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("NumBits <= Bitwidth", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1563, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1564 | End = llvm::APInt(Bitwidth, 1) << (NumBits - 1); | ||||
1565 | Min = -End; | ||||
1566 | } else { | ||||
1567 | assert(NumPositiveBits <= Bitwidth)((NumPositiveBits <= Bitwidth) ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("NumPositiveBits <= Bitwidth", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1567, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1568 | End = llvm::APInt(Bitwidth, 1) << NumPositiveBits; | ||||
1569 | Min = llvm::APInt(Bitwidth, 0); | ||||
1570 | } | ||||
1571 | } | ||||
1572 | return true; | ||||
1573 | } | ||||
1574 | |||||
1575 | llvm::MDNode *CodeGenFunction::getRangeForLoadFromType(QualType Ty) { | ||||
1576 | llvm::APInt Min, End; | ||||
1577 | if (!getRangeForType(*this, Ty, Min, End, CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StrictEnums, | ||||
1578 | hasBooleanRepresentation(Ty))) | ||||
1579 | return nullptr; | ||||
1580 | |||||
1581 | llvm::MDBuilder MDHelper(getLLVMContext()); | ||||
1582 | return MDHelper.createRange(Min, End); | ||||
1583 | } | ||||
1584 | |||||
1585 | bool CodeGenFunction::EmitScalarRangeCheck(llvm::Value *Value, QualType Ty, | ||||
1586 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
1587 | bool HasBoolCheck = SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::Bool); | ||||
1588 | bool HasEnumCheck = SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::Enum); | ||||
1589 | if (!HasBoolCheck && !HasEnumCheck) | ||||
1590 | return false; | ||||
1591 | |||||
1592 | bool IsBool = hasBooleanRepresentation(Ty) || | ||||
1593 | NSAPI(CGM.getContext()).isObjCBOOLType(Ty); | ||||
1594 | bool NeedsBoolCheck = HasBoolCheck && IsBool; | ||||
1595 | bool NeedsEnumCheck = HasEnumCheck && Ty->getAs<EnumType>(); | ||||
1596 | if (!NeedsBoolCheck && !NeedsEnumCheck) | ||||
1597 | return false; | ||||
1598 | |||||
1599 | // Single-bit booleans don't need to be checked. Special-case this to avoid | ||||
1600 | // a bit width mismatch when handling bitfield values. This is handled by | ||||
1601 | // EmitFromMemory for the non-bitfield case. | ||||
1602 | if (IsBool && | ||||
1603 | cast<llvm::IntegerType>(Value->getType())->getBitWidth() == 1) | ||||
1604 | return false; | ||||
1605 | |||||
1606 | llvm::APInt Min, End; | ||||
1607 | if (!getRangeForType(*this, Ty, Min, End, /*StrictEnums=*/true, IsBool)) | ||||
1608 | return true; | ||||
1609 | |||||
1610 | auto &Ctx = getLLVMContext(); | ||||
1611 | SanitizerScope SanScope(this); | ||||
1612 | llvm::Value *Check; | ||||
1613 | --End; | ||||
1614 | if (!Min) { | ||||
1615 | Check = Builder.CreateICmpULE(Value, llvm::ConstantInt::get(Ctx, End)); | ||||
1616 | } else { | ||||
1617 | llvm::Value *Upper = | ||||
1618 | Builder.CreateICmpSLE(Value, llvm::ConstantInt::get(Ctx, End)); | ||||
1619 | llvm::Value *Lower = | ||||
1620 | Builder.CreateICmpSGE(Value, llvm::ConstantInt::get(Ctx, Min)); | ||||
1621 | Check = Builder.CreateAnd(Upper, Lower); | ||||
1622 | } | ||||
1623 | llvm::Constant *StaticArgs[] = {EmitCheckSourceLocation(Loc), | ||||
1624 | EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(Ty)}; | ||||
1625 | SanitizerMask Kind = | ||||
1626 | NeedsEnumCheck ? SanitizerKind::Enum : SanitizerKind::Bool; | ||||
1627 | EmitCheck(std::make_pair(Check, Kind), SanitizerHandler::LoadInvalidValue, | ||||
1628 | StaticArgs, EmitCheckValue(Value)); | ||||
1629 | return true; | ||||
1630 | } | ||||
1631 | |||||
1632 | llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitLoadOfScalar(Address Addr, bool Volatile, | ||||
1633 | QualType Ty, | ||||
1634 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
1635 | LValueBaseInfo BaseInfo, | ||||
1636 | TBAAAccessInfo TBAAInfo, | ||||
1637 | bool isNontemporal) { | ||||
1638 | if (!CGM.getCodeGenOpts().PreserveVec3Type) { | ||||
1639 | // For better performance, handle vector loads differently. | ||||
1640 | if (Ty->isVectorType()) { | ||||
1641 | const llvm::Type *EltTy = Addr.getElementType(); | ||||
1642 | |||||
1643 | const auto *VTy = cast<llvm::VectorType>(EltTy); | ||||
1644 | |||||
1645 | // Handle vectors of size 3 like size 4 for better performance. | ||||
1646 | if (VTy->getNumElements() == 3) { | ||||
1647 | |||||
1648 | // Bitcast to vec4 type. | ||||
1649 | llvm::VectorType *vec4Ty = | ||||
1650 | llvm::VectorType::get(VTy->getElementType(), 4); | ||||
1651 | Address Cast = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, vec4Ty, "castToVec4"); | ||||
1652 | // Now load value. | ||||
1653 | llvm::Value *V = Builder.CreateLoad(Cast, Volatile, "loadVec4"); | ||||
1654 | |||||
1655 | // Shuffle vector to get vec3. | ||||
1656 | V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V, llvm::UndefValue::get(vec4Ty), | ||||
1657 | {0, 1, 2}, "extractVec"); | ||||
1658 | return EmitFromMemory(V, Ty); | ||||
1659 | } | ||||
1660 | } | ||||
1661 | } | ||||
1662 | |||||
1663 | // Atomic operations have to be done on integral types. | ||||
1664 | LValue AtomicLValue = | ||||
1665 | LValue::MakeAddr(Addr, Ty, getContext(), BaseInfo, TBAAInfo); | ||||
1666 | if (Ty->isAtomicType() || LValueIsSuitableForInlineAtomic(AtomicLValue)) { | ||||
1667 | return EmitAtomicLoad(AtomicLValue, Loc).getScalarVal(); | ||||
1668 | } | ||||
1669 | |||||
1670 | llvm::LoadInst *Load = Builder.CreateLoad(Addr, Volatile); | ||||
1671 | if (isNontemporal) { | ||||
1672 | llvm::MDNode *Node = llvm::MDNode::get( | ||||
1673 | Load->getContext(), llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(Builder.getInt32(1))); | ||||
1674 | Load->setMetadata(CGM.getModule().getMDKindID("nontemporal"), Node); | ||||
1675 | } | ||||
1676 | |||||
1677 | CGM.DecorateInstructionWithTBAA(Load, TBAAInfo); | ||||
1678 | |||||
1679 | if (EmitScalarRangeCheck(Load, Ty, Loc)) { | ||||
1680 | // In order to prevent the optimizer from throwing away the check, don't | ||||
1681 | // attach range metadata to the load. | ||||
1682 | } else if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().OptimizationLevel > 0) | ||||
1683 | if (llvm::MDNode *RangeInfo = getRangeForLoadFromType(Ty)) | ||||
1684 | Load->setMetadata(llvm::LLVMContext::MD_range, RangeInfo); | ||||
1685 | |||||
1686 | return EmitFromMemory(Load, Ty); | ||||
1687 | } | ||||
1688 | |||||
1689 | llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitToMemory(llvm::Value *Value, QualType Ty) { | ||||
1690 | // Bool has a different representation in memory than in registers. | ||||
1691 | if (hasBooleanRepresentation(Ty)) { | ||||
1692 | // This should really always be an i1, but sometimes it's already | ||||
1693 | // an i8, and it's awkward to track those cases down. | ||||
1694 | if (Value->getType()->isIntegerTy(1)) | ||||
1695 | return Builder.CreateZExt(Value, ConvertTypeForMem(Ty), "frombool"); | ||||
1696 | assert(Value->getType()->isIntegerTy(getContext().getTypeSize(Ty)) &&((Value->getType()->isIntegerTy(getContext().getTypeSize (Ty)) && "wrong value rep of bool") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Value->getType()->isIntegerTy(getContext().getTypeSize(Ty)) && \"wrong value rep of bool\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1697, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
1697 | "wrong value rep of bool")((Value->getType()->isIntegerTy(getContext().getTypeSize (Ty)) && "wrong value rep of bool") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Value->getType()->isIntegerTy(getContext().getTypeSize(Ty)) && \"wrong value rep of bool\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1697, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1698 | } | ||||
1699 | |||||
1700 | return Value; | ||||
1701 | } | ||||
1702 | |||||
1703 | llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitFromMemory(llvm::Value *Value, QualType Ty) { | ||||
1704 | // Bool has a different representation in memory than in registers. | ||||
1705 | if (hasBooleanRepresentation(Ty)) { | ||||
1706 | assert(Value->getType()->isIntegerTy(getContext().getTypeSize(Ty)) &&((Value->getType()->isIntegerTy(getContext().getTypeSize (Ty)) && "wrong value rep of bool") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Value->getType()->isIntegerTy(getContext().getTypeSize(Ty)) && \"wrong value rep of bool\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1707, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
1707 | "wrong value rep of bool")((Value->getType()->isIntegerTy(getContext().getTypeSize (Ty)) && "wrong value rep of bool") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Value->getType()->isIntegerTy(getContext().getTypeSize(Ty)) && \"wrong value rep of bool\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1707, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1708 | return Builder.CreateTrunc(Value, Builder.getInt1Ty(), "tobool"); | ||||
1709 | } | ||||
1710 | |||||
1711 | return Value; | ||||
1712 | } | ||||
1713 | |||||
1714 | void CodeGenFunction::EmitStoreOfScalar(llvm::Value *Value, Address Addr, | ||||
1715 | bool Volatile, QualType Ty, | ||||
1716 | LValueBaseInfo BaseInfo, | ||||
1717 | TBAAAccessInfo TBAAInfo, | ||||
1718 | bool isInit, bool isNontemporal) { | ||||
1719 | if (!CGM.getCodeGenOpts().PreserveVec3Type) { | ||||
1720 | // Handle vectors differently to get better performance. | ||||
1721 | if (Ty->isVectorType()) { | ||||
1722 | llvm::Type *SrcTy = Value->getType(); | ||||
1723 | auto *VecTy = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(SrcTy); | ||||
1724 | // Handle vec3 special. | ||||
1725 | if (VecTy && VecTy->getNumElements() == 3) { | ||||
1726 | // Our source is a vec3, do a shuffle vector to make it a vec4. | ||||
1727 | llvm::Constant *Mask[] = {Builder.getInt32(0), Builder.getInt32(1), | ||||
1728 | Builder.getInt32(2), | ||||
1729 | llvm::UndefValue::get(Builder.getInt32Ty())}; | ||||
1730 | llvm::Value *MaskV = llvm::ConstantVector::get(Mask); | ||||
1731 | Value = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(Value, llvm::UndefValue::get(VecTy), | ||||
1732 | MaskV, "extractVec"); | ||||
1733 | SrcTy = llvm::VectorType::get(VecTy->getElementType(), 4); | ||||
1734 | } | ||||
1735 | if (Addr.getElementType() != SrcTy) { | ||||
1736 | Addr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, SrcTy, "storetmp"); | ||||
1737 | } | ||||
1738 | } | ||||
1739 | } | ||||
1740 | |||||
1741 | Value = EmitToMemory(Value, Ty); | ||||
1742 | |||||
1743 | LValue AtomicLValue = | ||||
1744 | LValue::MakeAddr(Addr, Ty, getContext(), BaseInfo, TBAAInfo); | ||||
1745 | if (Ty->isAtomicType() || | ||||
1746 | (!isInit && LValueIsSuitableForInlineAtomic(AtomicLValue))) { | ||||
1747 | EmitAtomicStore(RValue::get(Value), AtomicLValue, isInit); | ||||
1748 | return; | ||||
1749 | } | ||||
1750 | |||||
1751 | llvm::StoreInst *Store = Builder.CreateStore(Value, Addr, Volatile); | ||||
1752 | if (isNontemporal) { | ||||
1753 | llvm::MDNode *Node = | ||||
1754 | llvm::MDNode::get(Store->getContext(), | ||||
1755 | llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(Builder.getInt32(1))); | ||||
1756 | Store->setMetadata(CGM.getModule().getMDKindID("nontemporal"), Node); | ||||
1757 | } | ||||
1758 | |||||
1759 | CGM.DecorateInstructionWithTBAA(Store, TBAAInfo); | ||||
1760 | } | ||||
1761 | |||||
1762 | void CodeGenFunction::EmitStoreOfScalar(llvm::Value *value, LValue lvalue, | ||||
1763 | bool isInit) { | ||||
1764 | EmitStoreOfScalar(value, lvalue.getAddress(), lvalue.isVolatile(), | ||||
1765 | lvalue.getType(), lvalue.getBaseInfo(), | ||||
1766 | lvalue.getTBAAInfo(), isInit, lvalue.isNontemporal()); | ||||
1767 | } | ||||
1768 | |||||
1769 | /// EmitLoadOfLValue - Given an expression that represents a value lvalue, this | ||||
1770 | /// method emits the address of the lvalue, then loads the result as an rvalue, | ||||
1771 | /// returning the rvalue. | ||||
1772 | RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitLoadOfLValue(LValue LV, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
1773 | if (LV.isObjCWeak()) { | ||||
1774 | // load of a __weak object. | ||||
1775 | Address AddrWeakObj = LV.getAddress(); | ||||
1776 | return RValue::get(CGM.getObjCRuntime().EmitObjCWeakRead(*this, | ||||
1777 | AddrWeakObj)); | ||||
1778 | } | ||||
1779 | if (LV.getQuals().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) { | ||||
1780 | // In MRC mode, we do a load+autorelease. | ||||
1781 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | ||||
1782 | return RValue::get(EmitARCLoadWeak(LV.getAddress())); | ||||
1783 | } | ||||
1784 | |||||
1785 | // In ARC mode, we load retained and then consume the value. | ||||
1786 | llvm::Value *Object = EmitARCLoadWeakRetained(LV.getAddress()); | ||||
1787 | Object = EmitObjCConsumeObject(LV.getType(), Object); | ||||
1788 | return RValue::get(Object); | ||||
1789 | } | ||||
1790 | |||||
1791 | if (LV.isSimple()) { | ||||
1792 | assert(!LV.getType()->isFunctionType())((!LV.getType()->isFunctionType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!LV.getType()->isFunctionType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1792, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1793 | |||||
1794 | // Everything needs a load. | ||||
1795 | return RValue::get(EmitLoadOfScalar(LV, Loc)); | ||||
1796 | } | ||||
1797 | |||||
1798 | if (LV.isVectorElt()) { | ||||
1799 | llvm::LoadInst *Load = Builder.CreateLoad(LV.getVectorAddress(), | ||||
1800 | LV.isVolatileQualified()); | ||||
1801 | return RValue::get(Builder.CreateExtractElement(Load, LV.getVectorIdx(), | ||||
1802 | "vecext")); | ||||
1803 | } | ||||
1804 | |||||
1805 | // If this is a reference to a subset of the elements of a vector, either | ||||
1806 | // shuffle the input or extract/insert them as appropriate. | ||||
1807 | if (LV.isExtVectorElt()) | ||||
1808 | return EmitLoadOfExtVectorElementLValue(LV); | ||||
1809 | |||||
1810 | // Global Register variables always invoke intrinsics | ||||
1811 | if (LV.isGlobalReg()) | ||||
1812 | return EmitLoadOfGlobalRegLValue(LV); | ||||
1813 | |||||
1814 | assert(LV.isBitField() && "Unknown LValue type!")((LV.isBitField() && "Unknown LValue type!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LV.isBitField() && \"Unknown LValue type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1814, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1815 | return EmitLoadOfBitfieldLValue(LV, Loc); | ||||
1816 | } | ||||
1817 | |||||
1818 | RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitLoadOfBitfieldLValue(LValue LV, | ||||
1819 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
1820 | const CGBitFieldInfo &Info = LV.getBitFieldInfo(); | ||||
1821 | |||||
1822 | // Get the output type. | ||||
1823 | llvm::Type *ResLTy = ConvertType(LV.getType()); | ||||
1824 | |||||
1825 | Address Ptr = LV.getBitFieldAddress(); | ||||
1826 | llvm::Value *Val = Builder.CreateLoad(Ptr, LV.isVolatileQualified(), "bf.load"); | ||||
1827 | |||||
1828 | if (Info.IsSigned) { | ||||
1829 | assert(static_cast<unsigned>(Info.Offset + Info.Size) <= Info.StorageSize)((static_cast<unsigned>(Info.Offset + Info.Size) <= Info .StorageSize) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ( "static_cast<unsigned>(Info.Offset + Info.Size) <= Info.StorageSize" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1829, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1830 | unsigned HighBits = Info.StorageSize - Info.Offset - Info.Size; | ||||
1831 | if (HighBits) | ||||
1832 | Val = Builder.CreateShl(Val, HighBits, "bf.shl"); | ||||
1833 | if (Info.Offset + HighBits) | ||||
1834 | Val = Builder.CreateAShr(Val, Info.Offset + HighBits, "bf.ashr"); | ||||
1835 | } else { | ||||
1836 | if (Info.Offset) | ||||
1837 | Val = Builder.CreateLShr(Val, Info.Offset, "bf.lshr"); | ||||
1838 | if (static_cast<unsigned>(Info.Offset) + Info.Size < Info.StorageSize) | ||||
1839 | Val = Builder.CreateAnd(Val, llvm::APInt::getLowBitsSet(Info.StorageSize, | ||||
1840 | Info.Size), | ||||
1841 | "bf.clear"); | ||||
1842 | } | ||||
1843 | Val = Builder.CreateIntCast(Val, ResLTy, Info.IsSigned, "bf.cast"); | ||||
1844 | EmitScalarRangeCheck(Val, LV.getType(), Loc); | ||||
1845 | return RValue::get(Val); | ||||
1846 | } | ||||
1847 | |||||
1848 | // If this is a reference to a subset of the elements of a vector, create an | ||||
1849 | // appropriate shufflevector. | ||||
1850 | RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitLoadOfExtVectorElementLValue(LValue LV) { | ||||
1851 | llvm::Value *Vec = Builder.CreateLoad(LV.getExtVectorAddress(), | ||||
1852 | LV.isVolatileQualified()); | ||||
1853 | |||||
1854 | const llvm::Constant *Elts = LV.getExtVectorElts(); | ||||
1855 | |||||
1856 | // If the result of the expression is a non-vector type, we must be extracting | ||||
1857 | // a single element. Just codegen as an extractelement. | ||||
1858 | const VectorType *ExprVT = LV.getType()->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
1859 | if (!ExprVT) { | ||||
1860 | unsigned InIdx = getAccessedFieldNo(0, Elts); | ||||
1861 | llvm::Value *Elt = llvm::ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, InIdx); | ||||
1862 | return RValue::get(Builder.CreateExtractElement(Vec, Elt)); | ||||
1863 | } | ||||
1864 | |||||
1865 | // Always use shuffle vector to try to retain the original program structure | ||||
1866 | unsigned NumResultElts = ExprVT->getNumElements(); | ||||
1867 | |||||
1868 | SmallVector<llvm::Constant*, 4> Mask; | ||||
1869 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumResultElts; ++i) | ||||
1870 | Mask.push_back(Builder.getInt32(getAccessedFieldNo(i, Elts))); | ||||
1871 | |||||
1872 | llvm::Value *MaskV = llvm::ConstantVector::get(Mask); | ||||
1873 | Vec = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(Vec, llvm::UndefValue::get(Vec->getType()), | ||||
1874 | MaskV); | ||||
1875 | return RValue::get(Vec); | ||||
1876 | } | ||||
1877 | |||||
1878 | /// Generates lvalue for partial ext_vector access. | ||||
1879 | Address CodeGenFunction::EmitExtVectorElementLValue(LValue LV) { | ||||
1880 | Address VectorAddress = LV.getExtVectorAddress(); | ||||
1881 | const VectorType *ExprVT = LV.getType()->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
1882 | QualType EQT = ExprVT->getElementType(); | ||||
1883 | llvm::Type *VectorElementTy = CGM.getTypes().ConvertType(EQT); | ||||
1884 | |||||
1885 | Address CastToPointerElement = | ||||
1886 | Builder.CreateElementBitCast(VectorAddress, VectorElementTy, | ||||
1887 | "conv.ptr.element"); | ||||
1888 | |||||
1889 | const llvm::Constant *Elts = LV.getExtVectorElts(); | ||||
1890 | unsigned ix = getAccessedFieldNo(0, Elts); | ||||
1891 | |||||
1892 | Address VectorBasePtrPlusIx = | ||||
1893 | Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP(CastToPointerElement, ix, | ||||
1894 | "vector.elt"); | ||||
1895 | |||||
1896 | return VectorBasePtrPlusIx; | ||||
1897 | } | ||||
1898 | |||||
1899 | /// Load of global gamed gegisters are always calls to intrinsics. | ||||
1900 | RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitLoadOfGlobalRegLValue(LValue LV) { | ||||
1901 | assert((LV.getType()->isIntegerType() || LV.getType()->isPointerType()) &&(((LV.getType()->isIntegerType() || LV.getType()->isPointerType ()) && "Bad type for register variable") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(LV.getType()->isIntegerType() || LV.getType()->isPointerType()) && \"Bad type for register variable\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1902, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
1902 | "Bad type for register variable")(((LV.getType()->isIntegerType() || LV.getType()->isPointerType ()) && "Bad type for register variable") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(LV.getType()->isIntegerType() || LV.getType()->isPointerType()) && \"Bad type for register variable\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1902, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1903 | llvm::MDNode *RegName = cast<llvm::MDNode>( | ||||
1904 | cast<llvm::MetadataAsValue>(LV.getGlobalReg())->getMetadata()); | ||||
1905 | |||||
1906 | // We accept integer and pointer types only | ||||
1907 | llvm::Type *OrigTy = CGM.getTypes().ConvertType(LV.getType()); | ||||
1908 | llvm::Type *Ty = OrigTy; | ||||
1909 | if (OrigTy->isPointerTy()) | ||||
1910 | Ty = CGM.getTypes().getDataLayout().getIntPtrType(OrigTy); | ||||
1911 | llvm::Type *Types[] = { Ty }; | ||||
1912 | |||||
1913 | llvm::Function *F = CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::read_register, Types); | ||||
1914 | llvm::Value *Call = Builder.CreateCall( | ||||
1915 | F, llvm::MetadataAsValue::get(Ty->getContext(), RegName)); | ||||
1916 | if (OrigTy->isPointerTy()) | ||||
1917 | Call = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Call, OrigTy); | ||||
1918 | return RValue::get(Call); | ||||
1919 | } | ||||
1920 | |||||
1921 | |||||
1922 | /// EmitStoreThroughLValue - Store the specified rvalue into the specified | ||||
1923 | /// lvalue, where both are guaranteed to the have the same type, and that type | ||||
1924 | /// is 'Ty'. | ||||
1925 | void CodeGenFunction::EmitStoreThroughLValue(RValue Src, LValue Dst, | ||||
1926 | bool isInit) { | ||||
1927 | if (!Dst.isSimple()) { | ||||
1928 | if (Dst.isVectorElt()) { | ||||
1929 | // Read/modify/write the vector, inserting the new element. | ||||
1930 | llvm::Value *Vec = Builder.CreateLoad(Dst.getVectorAddress(), | ||||
1931 | Dst.isVolatileQualified()); | ||||
1932 | Vec = Builder.CreateInsertElement(Vec, Src.getScalarVal(), | ||||
1933 | Dst.getVectorIdx(), "vecins"); | ||||
1934 | Builder.CreateStore(Vec, Dst.getVectorAddress(), | ||||
1935 | Dst.isVolatileQualified()); | ||||
1936 | return; | ||||
1937 | } | ||||
1938 | |||||
1939 | // If this is an update of extended vector elements, insert them as | ||||
1940 | // appropriate. | ||||
1941 | if (Dst.isExtVectorElt()) | ||||
1942 | return EmitStoreThroughExtVectorComponentLValue(Src, Dst); | ||||
1943 | |||||
1944 | if (Dst.isGlobalReg()) | ||||
1945 | return EmitStoreThroughGlobalRegLValue(Src, Dst); | ||||
1946 | |||||
1947 | assert(Dst.isBitField() && "Unknown LValue type")((Dst.isBitField() && "Unknown LValue type") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Dst.isBitField() && \"Unknown LValue type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1947, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1948 | return EmitStoreThroughBitfieldLValue(Src, Dst); | ||||
1949 | } | ||||
1950 | |||||
1951 | // There's special magic for assigning into an ARC-qualified l-value. | ||||
1952 | if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime Lifetime = Dst.getQuals().getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||
1953 | switch (Lifetime) { | ||||
1954 | case Qualifiers::OCL_None: | ||||
1955 | llvm_unreachable("present but none")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("present but none", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1955); | ||||
1956 | |||||
1957 | case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: | ||||
1958 | // nothing special | ||||
1959 | break; | ||||
1960 | |||||
1961 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: | ||||
1962 | if (isInit) { | ||||
1963 | Src = RValue::get(EmitARCRetain(Dst.getType(), Src.getScalarVal())); | ||||
1964 | break; | ||||
1965 | } | ||||
1966 | EmitARCStoreStrong(Dst, Src.getScalarVal(), /*ignore*/ true); | ||||
1967 | return; | ||||
1968 | |||||
1969 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: | ||||
1970 | if (isInit) | ||||
1971 | // Initialize and then skip the primitive store. | ||||
1972 | EmitARCInitWeak(Dst.getAddress(), Src.getScalarVal()); | ||||
1973 | else | ||||
1974 | EmitARCStoreWeak(Dst.getAddress(), Src.getScalarVal(), /*ignore*/ true); | ||||
1975 | return; | ||||
1976 | |||||
1977 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: | ||||
1978 | Src = RValue::get(EmitObjCExtendObjectLifetime(Dst.getType(), | ||||
1979 | Src.getScalarVal())); | ||||
1980 | // fall into the normal path | ||||
1981 | break; | ||||
1982 | } | ||||
1983 | } | ||||
1984 | |||||
1985 | if (Dst.isObjCWeak() && !Dst.isNonGC()) { | ||||
1986 | // load of a __weak object. | ||||
1987 | Address LvalueDst = Dst.getAddress(); | ||||
1988 | llvm::Value *src = Src.getScalarVal(); | ||||
1989 | CGM.getObjCRuntime().EmitObjCWeakAssign(*this, src, LvalueDst); | ||||
1990 | return; | ||||
1991 | } | ||||
1992 | |||||
1993 | if (Dst.isObjCStrong() && !Dst.isNonGC()) { | ||||
1994 | // load of a __strong object. | ||||
1995 | Address LvalueDst = Dst.getAddress(); | ||||
1996 | llvm::Value *src = Src.getScalarVal(); | ||||
1997 | if (Dst.isObjCIvar()) { | ||||
1998 | assert(Dst.getBaseIvarExp() && "BaseIvarExp is NULL")((Dst.getBaseIvarExp() && "BaseIvarExp is NULL") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Dst.getBaseIvarExp() && \"BaseIvarExp is NULL\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 1998, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1999 | llvm::Type *ResultType = IntPtrTy; | ||||
2000 | Address dst = EmitPointerWithAlignment(Dst.getBaseIvarExp()); | ||||
2001 | llvm::Value *RHS = dst.getPointer(); | ||||
2002 | RHS = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(RHS, ResultType, "sub.ptr.rhs.cast"); | ||||
2003 | llvm::Value *LHS = | ||||
2004 | Builder.CreatePtrToInt(LvalueDst.getPointer(), ResultType, | ||||
2005 | "sub.ptr.lhs.cast"); | ||||
2006 | llvm::Value *BytesBetween = Builder.CreateSub(LHS, RHS, "ivar.offset"); | ||||
2007 | CGM.getObjCRuntime().EmitObjCIvarAssign(*this, src, dst, | ||||
2008 | BytesBetween); | ||||
2009 | } else if (Dst.isGlobalObjCRef()) { | ||||
2010 | CGM.getObjCRuntime().EmitObjCGlobalAssign(*this, src, LvalueDst, | ||||
2011 | Dst.isThreadLocalRef()); | ||||
2012 | } | ||||
2013 | else | ||||
2014 | CGM.getObjCRuntime().EmitObjCStrongCastAssign(*this, src, LvalueDst); | ||||
2015 | return; | ||||
2016 | } | ||||
2017 | |||||
2018 | assert(Src.isScalar() && "Can't emit an agg store with this method")((Src.isScalar() && "Can't emit an agg store with this method" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Src.isScalar() && \"Can't emit an agg store with this method\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2018, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2019 | EmitStoreOfScalar(Src.getScalarVal(), Dst, isInit); | ||||
2020 | } | ||||
2021 | |||||
2022 | void CodeGenFunction::EmitStoreThroughBitfieldLValue(RValue Src, LValue Dst, | ||||
2023 | llvm::Value **Result) { | ||||
2024 | const CGBitFieldInfo &Info = Dst.getBitFieldInfo(); | ||||
2025 | llvm::Type *ResLTy = ConvertTypeForMem(Dst.getType()); | ||||
2026 | Address Ptr = Dst.getBitFieldAddress(); | ||||
2027 | |||||
2028 | // Get the source value, truncated to the width of the bit-field. | ||||
2029 | llvm::Value *SrcVal = Src.getScalarVal(); | ||||
2030 | |||||
2031 | // Cast the source to the storage type and shift it into place. | ||||
2032 | SrcVal = Builder.CreateIntCast(SrcVal, Ptr.getElementType(), | ||||
2033 | /*isSigned=*/false); | ||||
2034 | llvm::Value *MaskedVal = SrcVal; | ||||
2035 | |||||
2036 | // See if there are other bits in the bitfield's storage we'll need to load | ||||
2037 | // and mask together with source before storing. | ||||
2038 | if (Info.StorageSize != Info.Size) { | ||||
2039 | assert(Info.StorageSize > Info.Size && "Invalid bitfield size.")((Info.StorageSize > Info.Size && "Invalid bitfield size." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Info.StorageSize > Info.Size && \"Invalid bitfield size.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2039, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2040 | llvm::Value *Val = | ||||
2041 | Builder.CreateLoad(Ptr, Dst.isVolatileQualified(), "bf.load"); | ||||
2042 | |||||
2043 | // Mask the source value as needed. | ||||
2044 | if (!hasBooleanRepresentation(Dst.getType())) | ||||
2045 | SrcVal = Builder.CreateAnd(SrcVal, | ||||
2046 | llvm::APInt::getLowBitsSet(Info.StorageSize, | ||||
2047 | Info.Size), | ||||
2048 | "bf.value"); | ||||
2049 | MaskedVal = SrcVal; | ||||
2050 | if (Info.Offset) | ||||
2051 | SrcVal = Builder.CreateShl(SrcVal, Info.Offset, "bf.shl"); | ||||
2052 | |||||
2053 | // Mask out the original value. | ||||
2054 | Val = Builder.CreateAnd(Val, | ||||
2055 | ~llvm::APInt::getBitsSet(Info.StorageSize, | ||||
2056 | Info.Offset, | ||||
2057 | Info.Offset + Info.Size), | ||||
2058 | "bf.clear"); | ||||
2059 | |||||
2060 | // Or together the unchanged values and the source value. | ||||
2061 | SrcVal = Builder.CreateOr(Val, SrcVal, "bf.set"); | ||||
2062 | } else { | ||||
2063 | assert(Info.Offset == 0)((Info.Offset == 0) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Info.Offset == 0", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2063, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2064 | } | ||||
2065 | |||||
2066 | // Write the new value back out. | ||||
2067 | Builder.CreateStore(SrcVal, Ptr, Dst.isVolatileQualified()); | ||||
2068 | |||||
2069 | // Return the new value of the bit-field, if requested. | ||||
2070 | if (Result) { | ||||
2071 | llvm::Value *ResultVal = MaskedVal; | ||||
2072 | |||||
2073 | // Sign extend the value if needed. | ||||
2074 | if (Info.IsSigned) { | ||||
2075 | assert(Info.Size <= Info.StorageSize)((Info.Size <= Info.StorageSize) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Info.Size <= Info.StorageSize", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2075, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2076 | unsigned HighBits = Info.StorageSize - Info.Size; | ||||
2077 | if (HighBits) { | ||||
2078 | ResultVal = Builder.CreateShl(ResultVal, HighBits, "bf.result.shl"); | ||||
2079 | ResultVal = Builder.CreateAShr(ResultVal, HighBits, "bf.result.ashr"); | ||||
2080 | } | ||||
2081 | } | ||||
2082 | |||||
2083 | ResultVal = Builder.CreateIntCast(ResultVal, ResLTy, Info.IsSigned, | ||||
2084 | "bf.result.cast"); | ||||
2085 | *Result = EmitFromMemory(ResultVal, Dst.getType()); | ||||
2086 | } | ||||
2087 | } | ||||
2088 | |||||
2089 | void CodeGenFunction::EmitStoreThroughExtVectorComponentLValue(RValue Src, | ||||
2090 | LValue Dst) { | ||||
2091 | // This access turns into a read/modify/write of the vector. Load the input | ||||
2092 | // value now. | ||||
2093 | llvm::Value *Vec = Builder.CreateLoad(Dst.getExtVectorAddress(), | ||||
2094 | Dst.isVolatileQualified()); | ||||
2095 | const llvm::Constant *Elts = Dst.getExtVectorElts(); | ||||
2096 | |||||
2097 | llvm::Value *SrcVal = Src.getScalarVal(); | ||||
2098 | |||||
2099 | if (const VectorType *VTy = Dst.getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) { | ||||
2100 | unsigned NumSrcElts = VTy->getNumElements(); | ||||
2101 | unsigned NumDstElts = Vec->getType()->getVectorNumElements(); | ||||
2102 | if (NumDstElts == NumSrcElts) { | ||||
2103 | // Use shuffle vector is the src and destination are the same number of | ||||
2104 | // elements and restore the vector mask since it is on the side it will be | ||||
2105 | // stored. | ||||
2106 | SmallVector<llvm::Constant*, 4> Mask(NumDstElts); | ||||
2107 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumSrcElts; ++i) | ||||
2108 | Mask[getAccessedFieldNo(i, Elts)] = Builder.getInt32(i); | ||||
2109 | |||||
2110 | llvm::Value *MaskV = llvm::ConstantVector::get(Mask); | ||||
2111 | Vec = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(SrcVal, | ||||
2112 | llvm::UndefValue::get(Vec->getType()), | ||||
2113 | MaskV); | ||||
2114 | } else if (NumDstElts > NumSrcElts) { | ||||
2115 | // Extended the source vector to the same length and then shuffle it | ||||
2116 | // into the destination. | ||||
2117 | // FIXME: since we're shuffling with undef, can we just use the indices | ||||
2118 | // into that? This could be simpler. | ||||
2119 | SmallVector<llvm::Constant*, 4> ExtMask; | ||||
2120 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumSrcElts; ++i) | ||||
2121 | ExtMask.push_back(Builder.getInt32(i)); | ||||
2122 | ExtMask.resize(NumDstElts, llvm::UndefValue::get(Int32Ty)); | ||||
2123 | llvm::Value *ExtMaskV = llvm::ConstantVector::get(ExtMask); | ||||
2124 | llvm::Value *ExtSrcVal = | ||||
2125 | Builder.CreateShuffleVector(SrcVal, | ||||
2126 | llvm::UndefValue::get(SrcVal->getType()), | ||||
2127 | ExtMaskV); | ||||
2128 | // build identity | ||||
2129 | SmallVector<llvm::Constant*, 4> Mask; | ||||
2130 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDstElts; ++i) | ||||
2131 | Mask.push_back(Builder.getInt32(i)); | ||||
2132 | |||||
2133 | // When the vector size is odd and .odd or .hi is used, the last element | ||||
2134 | // of the Elts constant array will be one past the size of the vector. | ||||
2135 | // Ignore the last element here, if it is greater than the mask size. | ||||
2136 | if (getAccessedFieldNo(NumSrcElts - 1, Elts) == Mask.size()) | ||||
2137 | NumSrcElts--; | ||||
2138 | |||||
2139 | // modify when what gets shuffled in | ||||
2140 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumSrcElts; ++i) | ||||
2141 | Mask[getAccessedFieldNo(i, Elts)] = Builder.getInt32(i+NumDstElts); | ||||
2142 | llvm::Value *MaskV = llvm::ConstantVector::get(Mask); | ||||
2143 | Vec = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(Vec, ExtSrcVal, MaskV); | ||||
2144 | } else { | ||||
2145 | // We should never shorten the vector | ||||
2146 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected shorten vector length")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected shorten vector length" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2146); | ||||
2147 | } | ||||
2148 | } else { | ||||
2149 | // If the Src is a scalar (not a vector) it must be updating one element. | ||||
2150 | unsigned InIdx = getAccessedFieldNo(0, Elts); | ||||
2151 | llvm::Value *Elt = llvm::ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, InIdx); | ||||
2152 | Vec = Builder.CreateInsertElement(Vec, SrcVal, Elt); | ||||
2153 | } | ||||
2154 | |||||
2155 | Builder.CreateStore(Vec, Dst.getExtVectorAddress(), | ||||
2156 | Dst.isVolatileQualified()); | ||||
2157 | } | ||||
2158 | |||||
2159 | /// Store of global named registers are always calls to intrinsics. | ||||
2160 | void CodeGenFunction::EmitStoreThroughGlobalRegLValue(RValue Src, LValue Dst) { | ||||
2161 | assert((Dst.getType()->isIntegerType() || Dst.getType()->isPointerType()) &&(((Dst.getType()->isIntegerType() || Dst.getType()->isPointerType ()) && "Bad type for register variable") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Dst.getType()->isIntegerType() || Dst.getType()->isPointerType()) && \"Bad type for register variable\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2162, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
2162 | "Bad type for register variable")(((Dst.getType()->isIntegerType() || Dst.getType()->isPointerType ()) && "Bad type for register variable") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Dst.getType()->isIntegerType() || Dst.getType()->isPointerType()) && \"Bad type for register variable\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2162, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2163 | llvm::MDNode *RegName = cast<llvm::MDNode>( | ||||
2164 | cast<llvm::MetadataAsValue>(Dst.getGlobalReg())->getMetadata()); | ||||
2165 | assert(RegName && "Register LValue is not metadata")((RegName && "Register LValue is not metadata") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RegName && \"Register LValue is not metadata\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2165, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2166 | |||||
2167 | // We accept integer and pointer types only | ||||
2168 | llvm::Type *OrigTy = CGM.getTypes().ConvertType(Dst.getType()); | ||||
2169 | llvm::Type *Ty = OrigTy; | ||||
2170 | if (OrigTy->isPointerTy()) | ||||
2171 | Ty = CGM.getTypes().getDataLayout().getIntPtrType(OrigTy); | ||||
2172 | llvm::Type *Types[] = { Ty }; | ||||
2173 | |||||
2174 | llvm::Function *F = CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::write_register, Types); | ||||
2175 | llvm::Value *Value = Src.getScalarVal(); | ||||
2176 | if (OrigTy->isPointerTy()) | ||||
2177 | Value = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Value, Ty); | ||||
2178 | Builder.CreateCall( | ||||
2179 | F, {llvm::MetadataAsValue::get(Ty->getContext(), RegName), Value}); | ||||
2180 | } | ||||
2181 | |||||
2182 | // setObjCGCLValueClass - sets class of the lvalue for the purpose of | ||||
2183 | // generating write-barries API. It is currently a global, ivar, | ||||
2184 | // or neither. | ||||
2185 | static void setObjCGCLValueClass(const ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *E, | ||||
2186 | LValue &LV, | ||||
2187 | bool IsMemberAccess=false) { | ||||
2188 | if (Ctx.getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) | ||||
2189 | return; | ||||
2190 | |||||
2191 | if (isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) { | ||||
2192 | QualType ExpTy = E->getType(); | ||||
2193 | if (IsMemberAccess && ExpTy->isPointerType()) { | ||||
2194 | // If ivar is a structure pointer, assigning to field of | ||||
2195 | // this struct follows gcc's behavior and makes it a non-ivar | ||||
2196 | // writer-barrier conservatively. | ||||
2197 | ExpTy = ExpTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2198 | if (ExpTy->isRecordType()) { | ||||
2199 | LV.setObjCIvar(false); | ||||
2200 | return; | ||||
2201 | } | ||||
2202 | } | ||||
2203 | LV.setObjCIvar(true); | ||||
2204 | auto *Exp = cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(const_cast<Expr *>(E)); | ||||
2205 | LV.setBaseIvarExp(Exp->getBase()); | ||||
2206 | LV.setObjCArray(E->getType()->isArrayType()); | ||||
2207 | return; | ||||
2208 | } | ||||
2209 | |||||
2210 | if (const auto *Exp
| ||||
2211 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Exp->getDecl())) { | ||||
2212 | if (VD->hasGlobalStorage()) { | ||||
2213 | LV.setGlobalObjCRef(true); | ||||
2214 | LV.setThreadLocalRef(VD->getTLSKind() != VarDecl::TLS_None); | ||||
2215 | } | ||||
2216 | } | ||||
2217 | LV.setObjCArray(E->getType()->isArrayType()); | ||||
2218 | return; | ||||
2219 | } | ||||
2220 | |||||
2221 | if (const auto *Exp
| ||||
2222 | setObjCGCLValueClass(Ctx, Exp->getSubExpr(), LV, IsMemberAccess); | ||||
2223 | return; | ||||
2224 | } | ||||
2225 | |||||
2226 | if (const auto *Exp
| ||||
2227 | setObjCGCLValueClass(Ctx, Exp->getSubExpr(), LV, IsMemberAccess); | ||||
2228 | if (LV.isObjCIvar()) { | ||||
2229 | // If cast is to a structure pointer, follow gcc's behavior and make it | ||||
2230 | // a non-ivar write-barrier. | ||||
2231 | QualType ExpTy = E->getType(); | ||||
2232 | if (ExpTy->isPointerType()) | ||||
2233 | ExpTy = ExpTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| |||||
2234 | if (ExpTy->isRecordType()) | ||||
2235 | LV.setObjCIvar(false); | ||||
2236 | } | ||||
2237 | return; | ||||
2238 | } | ||||
2239 | |||||
2240 | if (const auto *Exp = dyn_cast<GenericSelectionExpr>(E)) { | ||||
2241 | setObjCGCLValueClass(Ctx, Exp->getResultExpr(), LV); | ||||
2242 | return; | ||||
2243 | } | ||||
2244 | |||||
2245 | if (const auto *Exp = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) { | ||||
2246 | setObjCGCLValueClass(Ctx, Exp->getSubExpr(), LV, IsMemberAccess); | ||||
2247 | return; | ||||
2248 | } | ||||
2249 | |||||
2250 | if (const auto *Exp = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E)) { | ||||
2251 | setObjCGCLValueClass(Ctx, Exp->getSubExpr(), LV, IsMemberAccess); | ||||
2252 | return; | ||||
2253 | } | ||||
2254 | |||||
2255 | if (const auto *Exp = dyn_cast<ObjCBridgedCastExpr>(E)) { | ||||
2256 | setObjCGCLValueClass(Ctx, Exp->getSubExpr(), LV, IsMemberAccess); | ||||
2257 | return; | ||||
2258 | } | ||||
2259 | |||||
2260 | if (const auto *Exp = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) { | ||||
2261 | setObjCGCLValueClass(Ctx, Exp->getBase(), LV); | ||||
2262 | if (LV.isObjCIvar() && !LV.isObjCArray()) | ||||
2263 | // Using array syntax to assigning to what an ivar points to is not | ||||
2264 | // same as assigning to the ivar itself. {id *Names;} Names[i] = 0; | ||||
2265 | LV.setObjCIvar(false); | ||||
2266 | else if (LV.isGlobalObjCRef() && !LV.isObjCArray()) | ||||
2267 | // Using array syntax to assigning to what global points to is not | ||||
2268 | // same as assigning to the global itself. {id *G;} G[i] = 0; | ||||
2269 | LV.setGlobalObjCRef(false); | ||||
2270 | return; | ||||
2271 | } | ||||
2272 | |||||
2273 | if (const auto *Exp = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { | ||||
2274 | setObjCGCLValueClass(Ctx, Exp->getBase(), LV, true); | ||||
2275 | // We don't know if member is an 'ivar', but this flag is looked at | ||||
2276 | // only in the context of LV.isObjCIvar(). | ||||
2277 | LV.setObjCArray(E->getType()->isArrayType()); | ||||
2278 | return; | ||||
2279 | } | ||||
2280 | } | ||||
2281 | |||||
2282 | static llvm::Value * | ||||
2283 | EmitBitCastOfLValueToProperType(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
2284 | llvm::Value *V, llvm::Type *IRType, | ||||
2285 | StringRef Name = StringRef()) { | ||||
2286 | unsigned AS = cast<llvm::PointerType>(V->getType())->getAddressSpace(); | ||||
2287 | return CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(V, IRType->getPointerTo(AS), Name); | ||||
2288 | } | ||||
2289 | |||||
2290 | static LValue EmitThreadPrivateVarDeclLValue( | ||||
2291 | CodeGenFunction &CGF, const VarDecl *VD, QualType T, Address Addr, | ||||
2292 | llvm::Type *RealVarTy, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
2293 | Addr = CGF.CGM.getOpenMPRuntime().getAddrOfThreadPrivate(CGF, VD, Addr, Loc); | ||||
2294 | Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, RealVarTy); | ||||
2295 | return CGF.MakeAddrLValue(Addr, T, AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
2296 | } | ||||
2297 | |||||
2298 | static Address emitDeclTargetVarDeclLValue(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
2299 | const VarDecl *VD, QualType T) { | ||||
2300 | llvm::Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy> Res = | ||||
2301 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::isDeclareTargetDeclaration(VD); | ||||
2302 | // Return an invalid address if variable is MT_To and unified | ||||
2303 | // memory is not enabled. For all other cases: MT_Link and | ||||
2304 | // MT_To with unified memory, return a valid address. | ||||
2305 | if (!Res || (*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_To && | ||||
2306 | !CGF.CGM.getOpenMPRuntime().hasRequiresUnifiedSharedMemory())) | ||||
2307 | return Address::invalid(); | ||||
2308 | assert(((*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_Link) ||((((*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_Link) || (*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr ::MT_To && CGF.CGM.getOpenMPRuntime().hasRequiresUnifiedSharedMemory ())) && "Expected link clause OR to clause with unified memory enabled." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_Link) || (*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_To && CGF.CGM.getOpenMPRuntime().hasRequiresUnifiedSharedMemory())) && \"Expected link clause OR to clause with unified memory enabled.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2311, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
2309 | (*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_To &&((((*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_Link) || (*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr ::MT_To && CGF.CGM.getOpenMPRuntime().hasRequiresUnifiedSharedMemory ())) && "Expected link clause OR to clause with unified memory enabled." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_Link) || (*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_To && CGF.CGM.getOpenMPRuntime().hasRequiresUnifiedSharedMemory())) && \"Expected link clause OR to clause with unified memory enabled.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2311, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
2310 | CGF.CGM.getOpenMPRuntime().hasRequiresUnifiedSharedMemory())) &&((((*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_Link) || (*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr ::MT_To && CGF.CGM.getOpenMPRuntime().hasRequiresUnifiedSharedMemory ())) && "Expected link clause OR to clause with unified memory enabled." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_Link) || (*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_To && CGF.CGM.getOpenMPRuntime().hasRequiresUnifiedSharedMemory())) && \"Expected link clause OR to clause with unified memory enabled.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2311, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
2311 | "Expected link clause OR to clause with unified memory enabled.")((((*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_Link) || (*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr ::MT_To && CGF.CGM.getOpenMPRuntime().hasRequiresUnifiedSharedMemory ())) && "Expected link clause OR to clause with unified memory enabled." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_Link) || (*Res == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_To && CGF.CGM.getOpenMPRuntime().hasRequiresUnifiedSharedMemory())) && \"Expected link clause OR to clause with unified memory enabled.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2311, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2312 | QualType PtrTy = CGF.getContext().getPointerType(VD->getType()); | ||||
2313 | Address Addr = CGF.CGM.getOpenMPRuntime().getAddrOfDeclareTargetVar(VD); | ||||
2314 | return CGF.EmitLoadOfPointer(Addr, PtrTy->castAs<PointerType>()); | ||||
2315 | } | ||||
2316 | |||||
2317 | Address | ||||
2318 | CodeGenFunction::EmitLoadOfReference(LValue RefLVal, | ||||
2319 | LValueBaseInfo *PointeeBaseInfo, | ||||
2320 | TBAAAccessInfo *PointeeTBAAInfo) { | ||||
2321 | llvm::LoadInst *Load = Builder.CreateLoad(RefLVal.getAddress(), | ||||
2322 | RefLVal.isVolatile()); | ||||
2323 | CGM.DecorateInstructionWithTBAA(Load, RefLVal.getTBAAInfo()); | ||||
2324 | |||||
2325 | CharUnits Align = getNaturalTypeAlignment(RefLVal.getType()->getPointeeType(), | ||||
2326 | PointeeBaseInfo, PointeeTBAAInfo, | ||||
2327 | /* forPointeeType= */ true); | ||||
2328 | return Address(Load, Align); | ||||
2329 | } | ||||
2330 | |||||
2331 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitLoadOfReferenceLValue(LValue RefLVal) { | ||||
2332 | LValueBaseInfo PointeeBaseInfo; | ||||
2333 | TBAAAccessInfo PointeeTBAAInfo; | ||||
2334 | Address PointeeAddr = EmitLoadOfReference(RefLVal, &PointeeBaseInfo, | ||||
2335 | &PointeeTBAAInfo); | ||||
2336 | return MakeAddrLValue(PointeeAddr, RefLVal.getType()->getPointeeType(), | ||||
2337 | PointeeBaseInfo, PointeeTBAAInfo); | ||||
2338 | } | ||||
2339 | |||||
2340 | Address CodeGenFunction::EmitLoadOfPointer(Address Ptr, | ||||
2341 | const PointerType *PtrTy, | ||||
2342 | LValueBaseInfo *BaseInfo, | ||||
2343 | TBAAAccessInfo *TBAAInfo) { | ||||
2344 | llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Ptr); | ||||
2345 | return Address(Addr, getNaturalTypeAlignment(PtrTy->getPointeeType(), | ||||
2346 | BaseInfo, TBAAInfo, | ||||
2347 | /*forPointeeType=*/true)); | ||||
2348 | } | ||||
2349 | |||||
2350 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitLoadOfPointerLValue(Address PtrAddr, | ||||
2351 | const PointerType *PtrTy) { | ||||
2352 | LValueBaseInfo BaseInfo; | ||||
2353 | TBAAAccessInfo TBAAInfo; | ||||
2354 | Address Addr = EmitLoadOfPointer(PtrAddr, PtrTy, &BaseInfo, &TBAAInfo); | ||||
2355 | return MakeAddrLValue(Addr, PtrTy->getPointeeType(), BaseInfo, TBAAInfo); | ||||
2356 | } | ||||
2357 | |||||
2358 | static LValue EmitGlobalVarDeclLValue(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
2359 | const Expr *E, const VarDecl *VD) { | ||||
2360 | QualType T = E->getType(); | ||||
2361 | |||||
2362 | // If it's thread_local, emit a call to its wrapper function instead. | ||||
2363 | if (VD->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic && | ||||
2364 | CGF.CGM.getCXXABI().usesThreadWrapperFunction(VD)) | ||||
2365 | return CGF.CGM.getCXXABI().EmitThreadLocalVarDeclLValue(CGF, VD, T); | ||||
2366 | // Check if the variable is marked as declare target with link clause in | ||||
2367 | // device codegen. | ||||
2368 | if (CGF.getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { | ||||
2369 | Address Addr = emitDeclTargetVarDeclLValue(CGF, VD, T); | ||||
2370 | if (Addr.isValid()) | ||||
2371 | return CGF.MakeAddrLValue(Addr, T, AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
2372 | } | ||||
2373 | |||||
2374 | llvm::Value *V = CGF.CGM.GetAddrOfGlobalVar(VD); | ||||
2375 | llvm::Type *RealVarTy = CGF.getTypes().ConvertTypeForMem(VD->getType()); | ||||
2376 | V = EmitBitCastOfLValueToProperType(CGF, V, RealVarTy); | ||||
2377 | CharUnits Alignment = CGF.getContext().getDeclAlign(VD); | ||||
2378 | Address Addr(V, Alignment); | ||||
2379 | // Emit reference to the private copy of the variable if it is an OpenMP | ||||
2380 | // threadprivate variable. | ||||
2381 | if (CGF.getLangOpts().OpenMP && !CGF.getLangOpts().OpenMPSimd && | ||||
2382 | VD->hasAttr<OMPThreadPrivateDeclAttr>()) { | ||||
2383 | return EmitThreadPrivateVarDeclLValue(CGF, VD, T, Addr, RealVarTy, | ||||
2384 | E->getExprLoc()); | ||||
2385 | } | ||||
2386 | LValue LV = VD->getType()->isReferenceType() ? | ||||
2387 | CGF.EmitLoadOfReferenceLValue(Addr, VD->getType(), | ||||
2388 | AlignmentSource::Decl) : | ||||
2389 | CGF.MakeAddrLValue(Addr, T, AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
2390 | setObjCGCLValueClass(CGF.getContext(), E, LV); | ||||
2391 | return LV; | ||||
2392 | } | ||||
2393 | |||||
2394 | static llvm::Constant *EmitFunctionDeclPointer(CodeGenModule &CGM, | ||||
2395 | const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||
2396 | if (FD->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { | ||||
2397 | ConstantAddress aliasee = CGM.GetWeakRefReference(FD); | ||||
2398 | return aliasee.getPointer(); | ||||
2399 | } | ||||
2400 | |||||
2401 | llvm::Constant *V = CGM.GetAddrOfFunction(FD); | ||||
2402 | if (!FD->hasPrototype()) { | ||||
2403 | if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = | ||||
2404 | FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | ||||
2405 | // Ugly case: for a K&R-style definition, the type of the definition | ||||
2406 | // isn't the same as the type of a use. Correct for this with a | ||||
2407 | // bitcast. | ||||
2408 | QualType NoProtoType = | ||||
2409 | CGM.getContext().getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getReturnType()); | ||||
2410 | NoProtoType = CGM.getContext().getPointerType(NoProtoType); | ||||
2411 | V = llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(V, | ||||
2412 | CGM.getTypes().ConvertType(NoProtoType)); | ||||
2413 | } | ||||
2414 | } | ||||
2415 | return V; | ||||
2416 | } | ||||
2417 | |||||
2418 | static LValue EmitFunctionDeclLValue(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
2419 | const Expr *E, const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||
2420 | llvm::Value *V = EmitFunctionDeclPointer(CGF.CGM, FD); | ||||
2421 | CharUnits Alignment = CGF.getContext().getDeclAlign(FD); | ||||
2422 | return CGF.MakeAddrLValue(V, E->getType(), Alignment, | ||||
2423 | AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
2424 | } | ||||
2425 | |||||
2426 | static LValue EmitCapturedFieldLValue(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const FieldDecl *FD, | ||||
2427 | llvm::Value *ThisValue) { | ||||
2428 | QualType TagType = CGF.getContext().getTagDeclType(FD->getParent()); | ||||
2429 | LValue LV = CGF.MakeNaturalAlignAddrLValue(ThisValue, TagType); | ||||
2430 | return CGF.EmitLValueForField(LV, FD); | ||||
2431 | } | ||||
2432 | |||||
2433 | /// Named Registers are named metadata pointing to the register name | ||||
2434 | /// which will be read from/written to as an argument to the intrinsic | ||||
2435 | /// @llvm.read/write_register. | ||||
2436 | /// So far, only the name is being passed down, but other options such as | ||||
2437 | /// register type, allocation type or even optimization options could be | ||||
2438 | /// passed down via the metadata node. | ||||
2439 | static LValue EmitGlobalNamedRegister(const VarDecl *VD, CodeGenModule &CGM) { | ||||
2440 | SmallString<64> Name("llvm.named.register."); | ||||
2441 | AsmLabelAttr *Asm = VD->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>(); | ||||
2442 | assert(Asm->getLabel().size() < 64-Name.size() &&((Asm->getLabel().size() < 64-Name.size() && "Register name too big" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Asm->getLabel().size() < 64-Name.size() && \"Register name too big\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2443, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
2443 | "Register name too big")((Asm->getLabel().size() < 64-Name.size() && "Register name too big" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Asm->getLabel().size() < 64-Name.size() && \"Register name too big\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2443, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2444 | Name.append(Asm->getLabel()); | ||||
2445 | llvm::NamedMDNode *M = | ||||
2446 | CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata(Name); | ||||
2447 | if (M->getNumOperands() == 0) { | ||||
2448 | llvm::MDString *Str = llvm::MDString::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), | ||||
2449 | Asm->getLabel()); | ||||
2450 | llvm::Metadata *Ops[] = {Str}; | ||||
2451 | M->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), Ops)); | ||||
2452 | } | ||||
2453 | |||||
2454 | CharUnits Alignment = CGM.getContext().getDeclAlign(VD); | ||||
2455 | |||||
2456 | llvm::Value *Ptr = | ||||
2457 | llvm::MetadataAsValue::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), M->getOperand(0)); | ||||
2458 | return LValue::MakeGlobalReg(Address(Ptr, Alignment), VD->getType()); | ||||
2459 | } | ||||
2460 | |||||
2461 | /// Determine whether we can emit a reference to \p VD from the current | ||||
2462 | /// context, despite not necessarily having seen an odr-use of the variable in | ||||
2463 | /// this context. | ||||
2464 | static bool canEmitSpuriousReferenceToVariable(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
2465 | const DeclRefExpr *E, | ||||
2466 | const VarDecl *VD, | ||||
2467 | bool IsConstant) { | ||||
2468 | // For a variable declared in an enclosing scope, do not emit a spurious | ||||
2469 | // reference even if we have a capture, as that will emit an unwarranted | ||||
2470 | // reference to our capture state, and will likely generate worse code than | ||||
2471 | // emitting a local copy. | ||||
2472 | if (E->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) | ||||
2473 | return false; | ||||
2474 | |||||
2475 | // For a local declaration declared in this function, we can always reference | ||||
2476 | // it even if we don't have an odr-use. | ||||
2477 | if (VD->hasLocalStorage()) { | ||||
2478 | return VD->getDeclContext() == | ||||
2479 | dyn_cast_or_null<DeclContext>(CGF.CurCodeDecl); | ||||
2480 | } | ||||
2481 | |||||
2482 | // For a global declaration, we can emit a reference to it if we know | ||||
2483 | // for sure that we are able to emit a definition of it. | ||||
2484 | VD = VD->getDefinition(CGF.getContext()); | ||||
2485 | if (!VD) | ||||
2486 | return false; | ||||
2487 | |||||
2488 | // Don't emit a spurious reference if it might be to a variable that only | ||||
2489 | // exists on a different device / target. | ||||
2490 | // FIXME: This is unnecessarily broad. Check whether this would actually be a | ||||
2491 | // cross-target reference. | ||||
2492 | if (CGF.getLangOpts().OpenMP || CGF.getLangOpts().CUDA || | ||||
2493 | CGF.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||
2494 | return false; | ||||
2495 | } | ||||
2496 | |||||
2497 | // We can emit a spurious reference only if the linkage implies that we'll | ||||
2498 | // be emitting a non-interposable symbol that will be retained until link | ||||
2499 | // time. | ||||
2500 | switch (CGF.CGM.getLLVMLinkageVarDefinition(VD, IsConstant)) { | ||||
2501 | case llvm::GlobalValue::ExternalLinkage: | ||||
2502 | case llvm::GlobalValue::LinkOnceODRLinkage: | ||||
2503 | case llvm::GlobalValue::WeakODRLinkage: | ||||
2504 | case llvm::GlobalValue::InternalLinkage: | ||||
2505 | case llvm::GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage: | ||||
2506 | return true; | ||||
2507 | default: | ||||
2508 | return false; | ||||
2509 | } | ||||
2510 | } | ||||
2511 | |||||
2512 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitDeclRefLValue(const DeclRefExpr *E) { | ||||
2513 | const NamedDecl *ND = E->getDecl(); | ||||
2514 | QualType T = E->getType(); | ||||
2515 | |||||
2516 | assert(E->isNonOdrUse() != NOUR_Unevaluated &&((E->isNonOdrUse() != NOUR_Unevaluated && "should not emit an unevaluated operand" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->isNonOdrUse() != NOUR_Unevaluated && \"should not emit an unevaluated operand\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2517, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
2517 | "should not emit an unevaluated operand")((E->isNonOdrUse() != NOUR_Unevaluated && "should not emit an unevaluated operand" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->isNonOdrUse() != NOUR_Unevaluated && \"should not emit an unevaluated operand\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2517, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2518 | |||||
2519 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND)) { | ||||
2520 | // Global Named registers access via intrinsics only | ||||
2521 | if (VD->getStorageClass() == SC_Register && | ||||
2522 | VD->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !VD->isLocalVarDecl()) | ||||
2523 | return EmitGlobalNamedRegister(VD, CGM); | ||||
2524 | |||||
2525 | // If this DeclRefExpr does not constitute an odr-use of the variable, | ||||
2526 | // we're not permitted to emit a reference to it in general, and it might | ||||
2527 | // not be captured if capture would be necessary for a use. Emit the | ||||
2528 | // constant value directly instead. | ||||
2529 | if (E->isNonOdrUse() == NOUR_Constant && | ||||
2530 | (VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || | ||||
2531 | !canEmitSpuriousReferenceToVariable(*this, E, VD, true))) { | ||||
2532 | VD->getAnyInitializer(VD); | ||||
2533 | llvm::Constant *Val = ConstantEmitter(*this).emitAbstract( | ||||
2534 | E->getLocation(), *VD->evaluateValue(), VD->getType()); | ||||
2535 | assert(Val && "failed to emit constant expression")((Val && "failed to emit constant expression") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Val && \"failed to emit constant expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2535, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2536 | |||||
2537 | Address Addr = Address::invalid(); | ||||
2538 | if (!VD->getType()->isReferenceType()) { | ||||
2539 | // Spill the constant value to a global. | ||||
2540 | Addr = CGM.createUnnamedGlobalFrom(*VD, Val, | ||||
2541 | getContext().getDeclAlign(VD)); | ||||
2542 | llvm::Type *VarTy = getTypes().ConvertTypeForMem(VD->getType()); | ||||
2543 | auto *PTy = llvm::PointerType::get( | ||||
2544 | VarTy, getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(VD->getType())); | ||||
2545 | if (PTy != Addr.getType()) | ||||
2546 | Addr = Builder.CreatePointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast(Addr, PTy); | ||||
2547 | } else { | ||||
2548 | // Should we be using the alignment of the constant pointer we emitted? | ||||
2549 | CharUnits Alignment = | ||||
2550 | getNaturalTypeAlignment(E->getType(), | ||||
2551 | /* BaseInfo= */ nullptr, | ||||
2552 | /* TBAAInfo= */ nullptr, | ||||
2553 | /* forPointeeType= */ true); | ||||
2554 | Addr = Address(Val, Alignment); | ||||
2555 | } | ||||
2556 | return MakeAddrLValue(Addr, T, AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
2557 | } | ||||
2558 | |||||
2559 | // FIXME: Handle other kinds of non-odr-use DeclRefExprs. | ||||
2560 | |||||
2561 | // Check for captured variables. | ||||
2562 | if (E->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) { | ||||
2563 | VD = VD->getCanonicalDecl(); | ||||
2564 | if (auto *FD = LambdaCaptureFields.lookup(VD)) | ||||
2565 | return EmitCapturedFieldLValue(*this, FD, CXXABIThisValue); | ||||
2566 | else if (CapturedStmtInfo) { | ||||
2567 | auto I = LocalDeclMap.find(VD); | ||||
2568 | if (I != LocalDeclMap.end()) { | ||||
2569 | if (VD->getType()->isReferenceType()) | ||||
2570 | return EmitLoadOfReferenceLValue(I->second, VD->getType(), | ||||
2571 | AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
2572 | return MakeAddrLValue(I->second, T); | ||||
2573 | } | ||||
2574 | LValue CapLVal = | ||||
2575 | EmitCapturedFieldLValue(*this, CapturedStmtInfo->lookup(VD), | ||||
2576 | CapturedStmtInfo->getContextValue()); | ||||
2577 | return MakeAddrLValue( | ||||
2578 | Address(CapLVal.getPointer(), getContext().getDeclAlign(VD)), | ||||
2579 | CapLVal.getType(), LValueBaseInfo(AlignmentSource::Decl), | ||||
2580 | CapLVal.getTBAAInfo()); | ||||
2581 | } | ||||
2582 | |||||
2583 | assert(isa<BlockDecl>(CurCodeDecl))((isa<BlockDecl>(CurCodeDecl)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<BlockDecl>(CurCodeDecl)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2583, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2584 | Address addr = GetAddrOfBlockDecl(VD); | ||||
2585 | return MakeAddrLValue(addr, T, AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
2586 | } | ||||
2587 | } | ||||
2588 | |||||
2589 | // FIXME: We should be able to assert this for FunctionDecls as well! | ||||
2590 | // FIXME: We should be able to assert this for all DeclRefExprs, not just | ||||
2591 | // those with a valid source location. | ||||
2592 | assert((ND->isUsed(false) || !isa<VarDecl>(ND) || E->isNonOdrUse() ||(((ND->isUsed(false) || !isa<VarDecl>(ND) || E->isNonOdrUse () || !E->getLocation().isValid()) && "Should not use decl without marking it used!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(ND->isUsed(false) || !isa<VarDecl>(ND) || E->isNonOdrUse() || !E->getLocation().isValid()) && \"Should not use decl without marking it used!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2594, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
2593 | !E->getLocation().isValid()) &&(((ND->isUsed(false) || !isa<VarDecl>(ND) || E->isNonOdrUse () || !E->getLocation().isValid()) && "Should not use decl without marking it used!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(ND->isUsed(false) || !isa<VarDecl>(ND) || E->isNonOdrUse() || !E->getLocation().isValid()) && \"Should not use decl without marking it used!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2594, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
2594 | "Should not use decl without marking it used!")(((ND->isUsed(false) || !isa<VarDecl>(ND) || E->isNonOdrUse () || !E->getLocation().isValid()) && "Should not use decl without marking it used!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(ND->isUsed(false) || !isa<VarDecl>(ND) || E->isNonOdrUse() || !E->getLocation().isValid()) && \"Should not use decl without marking it used!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2594, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2595 | |||||
2596 | if (ND->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { | ||||
2597 | const auto *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(ND); | ||||
2598 | ConstantAddress Aliasee = CGM.GetWeakRefReference(VD); | ||||
2599 | return MakeAddrLValue(Aliasee, T, AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
2600 | } | ||||
2601 | |||||
2602 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND)) { | ||||
2603 | // Check if this is a global variable. | ||||
2604 | if (VD->hasLinkage() || VD->isStaticDataMember()) | ||||
2605 | return EmitGlobalVarDeclLValue(*this, E, VD); | ||||
2606 | |||||
2607 | Address addr = Address::invalid(); | ||||
2608 | |||||
2609 | // The variable should generally be present in the local decl map. | ||||
2610 | auto iter = LocalDeclMap.find(VD); | ||||
2611 | if (iter != LocalDeclMap.end()) { | ||||
2612 | addr = iter->second; | ||||
2613 | |||||
2614 | // Otherwise, it might be static local we haven't emitted yet for | ||||
2615 | // some reason; most likely, because it's in an outer function. | ||||
2616 | } else if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { | ||||
2617 | addr = Address(CGM.getOrCreateStaticVarDecl( | ||||
2618 | *VD, CGM.getLLVMLinkageVarDefinition(VD, /*IsConstant=*/false)), | ||||
2619 | getContext().getDeclAlign(VD)); | ||||
2620 | |||||
2621 | // No other cases for now. | ||||
2622 | } else { | ||||
2623 | llvm_unreachable("DeclRefExpr for Decl not entered in LocalDeclMap?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("DeclRefExpr for Decl not entered in LocalDeclMap?" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2623); | ||||
2624 | } | ||||
2625 | |||||
2626 | |||||
2627 | // Check for OpenMP threadprivate variables. | ||||
2628 | if (getLangOpts().OpenMP && !getLangOpts().OpenMPSimd && | ||||
2629 | VD->hasAttr<OMPThreadPrivateDeclAttr>()) { | ||||
2630 | return EmitThreadPrivateVarDeclLValue( | ||||
2631 | *this, VD, T, addr, getTypes().ConvertTypeForMem(VD->getType()), | ||||
2632 | E->getExprLoc()); | ||||
2633 | } | ||||
2634 | |||||
2635 | // Drill into block byref variables. | ||||
2636 | bool isBlockByref = VD->isEscapingByref(); | ||||
2637 | if (isBlockByref) { | ||||
2638 | addr = emitBlockByrefAddress(addr, VD); | ||||
2639 | } | ||||
2640 | |||||
2641 | // Drill into reference types. | ||||
2642 | LValue LV = VD->getType()->isReferenceType() ? | ||||
2643 | EmitLoadOfReferenceLValue(addr, VD->getType(), AlignmentSource::Decl) : | ||||
2644 | MakeAddrLValue(addr, T, AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
2645 | |||||
2646 | bool isLocalStorage = VD->hasLocalStorage(); | ||||
2647 | |||||
2648 | bool NonGCable = isLocalStorage && | ||||
2649 | !VD->getType()->isReferenceType() && | ||||
2650 | !isBlockByref; | ||||
2651 | if (NonGCable) { | ||||
2652 | LV.getQuals().removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||
2653 | LV.setNonGC(true); | ||||
2654 | } | ||||
2655 | |||||
2656 | bool isImpreciseLifetime = | ||||
2657 | (isLocalStorage && !VD->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()); | ||||
2658 | if (isImpreciseLifetime) | ||||
2659 | LV.setARCPreciseLifetime(ARCImpreciseLifetime); | ||||
2660 | setObjCGCLValueClass(getContext(), E, LV); | ||||
2661 | return LV; | ||||
2662 | } | ||||
2663 | |||||
2664 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) | ||||
2665 | return EmitFunctionDeclLValue(*this, E, FD); | ||||
2666 | |||||
2667 | // FIXME: While we're emitting a binding from an enclosing scope, all other | ||||
2668 | // DeclRefExprs we see should be implicitly treated as if they also refer to | ||||
2669 | // an enclosing scope. | ||||
2670 | if (const auto *BD = dyn_cast<BindingDecl>(ND)) | ||||
2671 | return EmitLValue(BD->getBinding()); | ||||
2672 | |||||
2673 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled DeclRefExpr")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unhandled DeclRefExpr", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2673); | ||||
2674 | } | ||||
2675 | |||||
2676 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitUnaryOpLValue(const UnaryOperator *E) { | ||||
2677 | // __extension__ doesn't affect lvalue-ness. | ||||
2678 | if (E->getOpcode() == UO_Extension) | ||||
2679 | return EmitLValue(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
2680 | |||||
2681 | QualType ExprTy = getContext().getCanonicalType(E->getSubExpr()->getType()); | ||||
2682 | switch (E->getOpcode()) { | ||||
2683 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary operator lvalue!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown unary operator lvalue!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2683); | ||||
2684 | case UO_Deref: { | ||||
2685 | QualType T = E->getSubExpr()->getType()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2686 | assert(!T.isNull() && "CodeGenFunction::EmitUnaryOpLValue: Illegal type")((!T.isNull() && "CodeGenFunction::EmitUnaryOpLValue: Illegal type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!T.isNull() && \"CodeGenFunction::EmitUnaryOpLValue: Illegal type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2686, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2687 | |||||
2688 | LValueBaseInfo BaseInfo; | ||||
2689 | TBAAAccessInfo TBAAInfo; | ||||
2690 | Address Addr = EmitPointerWithAlignment(E->getSubExpr(), &BaseInfo, | ||||
2691 | &TBAAInfo); | ||||
2692 | LValue LV = MakeAddrLValue(Addr, T, BaseInfo, TBAAInfo); | ||||
2693 | LV.getQuals().setAddressSpace(ExprTy.getAddressSpace()); | ||||
2694 | |||||
2695 | // We should not generate __weak write barrier on indirect reference | ||||
2696 | // of a pointer to object; as in void foo (__weak id *param); *param = 0; | ||||
2697 | // But, we continue to generate __strong write barrier on indirect write | ||||
2698 | // into a pointer to object. | ||||
2699 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC && | ||||
2700 | getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && | ||||
2701 | LV.isObjCWeak()) | ||||
2702 | LV.setNonGC(!E->isOBJCGCCandidate(getContext())); | ||||
2703 | return LV; | ||||
2704 | } | ||||
2705 | case UO_Real: | ||||
2706 | case UO_Imag: { | ||||
2707 | LValue LV = EmitLValue(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
2708 | assert(LV.isSimple() && "real/imag on non-ordinary l-value")((LV.isSimple() && "real/imag on non-ordinary l-value" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LV.isSimple() && \"real/imag on non-ordinary l-value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2708, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2709 | |||||
2710 | // __real is valid on scalars. This is a faster way of testing that. | ||||
2711 | // __imag can only produce an rvalue on scalars. | ||||
2712 | if (E->getOpcode() == UO_Real && | ||||
2713 | !LV.getAddress().getElementType()->isStructTy()) { | ||||
2714 | assert(E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArithmeticType())((E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArithmeticType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2714, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2715 | return LV; | ||||
2716 | } | ||||
2717 | |||||
2718 | QualType T = ExprTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); | ||||
2719 | |||||
2720 | Address Component = | ||||
2721 | (E->getOpcode() == UO_Real | ||||
2722 | ? emitAddrOfRealComponent(LV.getAddress(), LV.getType()) | ||||
2723 | : emitAddrOfImagComponent(LV.getAddress(), LV.getType())); | ||||
2724 | LValue ElemLV = MakeAddrLValue(Component, T, LV.getBaseInfo(), | ||||
2725 | CGM.getTBAAInfoForSubobject(LV, T)); | ||||
2726 | ElemLV.getQuals().addQualifiers(LV.getQuals()); | ||||
2727 | return ElemLV; | ||||
2728 | } | ||||
2729 | case UO_PreInc: | ||||
2730 | case UO_PreDec: { | ||||
2731 | LValue LV = EmitLValue(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
2732 | bool isInc = E->getOpcode() == UO_PreInc; | ||||
2733 | |||||
2734 | if (E->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) | ||||
2735 | EmitComplexPrePostIncDec(E, LV, isInc, true/*isPre*/); | ||||
2736 | else | ||||
2737 | EmitScalarPrePostIncDec(E, LV, isInc, true/*isPre*/); | ||||
2738 | return LV; | ||||
2739 | } | ||||
2740 | } | ||||
2741 | } | ||||
2742 | |||||
2743 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitStringLiteralLValue(const StringLiteral *E) { | ||||
2744 | return MakeAddrLValue(CGM.GetAddrOfConstantStringFromLiteral(E), | ||||
2745 | E->getType(), AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
2746 | } | ||||
2747 | |||||
2748 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitObjCEncodeExprLValue(const ObjCEncodeExpr *E) { | ||||
2749 | return MakeAddrLValue(CGM.GetAddrOfConstantStringFromObjCEncode(E), | ||||
2750 | E->getType(), AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
2751 | } | ||||
2752 | |||||
2753 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitPredefinedLValue(const PredefinedExpr *E) { | ||||
2754 | auto SL = E->getFunctionName(); | ||||
2755 | assert(SL != nullptr && "No StringLiteral name in PredefinedExpr")((SL != nullptr && "No StringLiteral name in PredefinedExpr" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SL != nullptr && \"No StringLiteral name in PredefinedExpr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2755, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2756 | StringRef FnName = CurFn->getName(); | ||||
2757 | if (FnName.startswith("\01")) | ||||
2758 | FnName = FnName.substr(1); | ||||
2759 | StringRef NameItems[] = { | ||||
2760 | PredefinedExpr::getIdentKindName(E->getIdentKind()), FnName}; | ||||
2761 | std::string GVName = llvm::join(NameItems, NameItems + 2, "."); | ||||
2762 | if (auto *BD = dyn_cast_or_null<BlockDecl>(CurCodeDecl)) { | ||||
2763 | std::string Name = SL->getString(); | ||||
2764 | if (!Name.empty()) { | ||||
2765 | unsigned Discriminator = | ||||
2766 | CGM.getCXXABI().getMangleContext().getBlockId(BD, true); | ||||
2767 | if (Discriminator) | ||||
2768 | Name += "_" + Twine(Discriminator + 1).str(); | ||||
2769 | auto C = CGM.GetAddrOfConstantCString(Name, GVName.c_str()); | ||||
2770 | return MakeAddrLValue(C, E->getType(), AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
2771 | } else { | ||||
2772 | auto C = CGM.GetAddrOfConstantCString(FnName, GVName.c_str()); | ||||
2773 | return MakeAddrLValue(C, E->getType(), AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
2774 | } | ||||
2775 | } | ||||
2776 | auto C = CGM.GetAddrOfConstantStringFromLiteral(SL, GVName); | ||||
2777 | return MakeAddrLValue(C, E->getType(), AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
2778 | } | ||||
2779 | |||||
2780 | /// Emit a type description suitable for use by a runtime sanitizer library. The | ||||
2781 | /// format of a type descriptor is | ||||
2782 | /// | ||||
2783 | /// \code | ||||
2784 | /// { i16 TypeKind, i16 TypeInfo } | ||||
2785 | /// \endcode | ||||
2786 | /// | ||||
2787 | /// followed by an array of i8 containing the type name. TypeKind is 0 for an | ||||
2788 | /// integer, 1 for a floating point value, and -1 for anything else. | ||||
2789 | llvm::Constant *CodeGenFunction::EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(QualType T) { | ||||
2790 | // Only emit each type's descriptor once. | ||||
2791 | if (llvm::Constant *C = CGM.getTypeDescriptorFromMap(T)) | ||||
2792 | return C; | ||||
2793 | |||||
2794 | uint16_t TypeKind = -1; | ||||
2795 | uint16_t TypeInfo = 0; | ||||
2796 | |||||
2797 | if (T->isIntegerType()) { | ||||
2798 | TypeKind = 0; | ||||
2799 | TypeInfo = (llvm::Log2_32(getContext().getTypeSize(T)) << 1) | | ||||
2800 | (T->isSignedIntegerType() ? 1 : 0); | ||||
2801 | } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { | ||||
2802 | TypeKind = 1; | ||||
2803 | TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeSize(T); | ||||
2804 | } | ||||
2805 | |||||
2806 | // Format the type name as if for a diagnostic, including quotes and | ||||
2807 | // optionally an 'aka'. | ||||
2808 | SmallString<32> Buffer; | ||||
2809 | CGM.getDiags().ConvertArgToString(DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype, | ||||
2810 | (intptr_t)T.getAsOpaquePtr(), | ||||
2811 | StringRef(), StringRef(), None, Buffer, | ||||
2812 | None); | ||||
2813 | |||||
2814 | llvm::Constant *Components[] = { | ||||
2815 | Builder.getInt16(TypeKind), Builder.getInt16(TypeInfo), | ||||
2816 | llvm::ConstantDataArray::getString(getLLVMContext(), Buffer) | ||||
2817 | }; | ||||
2818 | llvm::Constant *Descriptor = llvm::ConstantStruct::getAnon(Components); | ||||
2819 | |||||
2820 | auto *GV = new llvm::GlobalVariable( | ||||
2821 | CGM.getModule(), Descriptor->getType(), | ||||
2822 | /*isConstant=*/true, llvm::GlobalVariable::PrivateLinkage, Descriptor); | ||||
2823 | GV->setUnnamedAddr(llvm::GlobalValue::UnnamedAddr::Global); | ||||
2824 | CGM.getSanitizerMetadata()->disableSanitizerForGlobal(GV); | ||||
2825 | |||||
2826 | // Remember the descriptor for this type. | ||||
2827 | CGM.setTypeDescriptorInMap(T, GV); | ||||
2828 | |||||
2829 | return GV; | ||||
2830 | } | ||||
2831 | |||||
2832 | llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitCheckValue(llvm::Value *V) { | ||||
2833 | llvm::Type *TargetTy = IntPtrTy; | ||||
2834 | |||||
2835 | if (V->getType() == TargetTy) | ||||
2836 | return V; | ||||
2837 | |||||
2838 | // Floating-point types which fit into intptr_t are bitcast to integers | ||||
2839 | // and then passed directly (after zero-extension, if necessary). | ||||
2840 | if (V->getType()->isFloatingPointTy()) { | ||||
2841 | unsigned Bits = V->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(); | ||||
2842 | if (Bits <= TargetTy->getIntegerBitWidth()) | ||||
2843 | V = Builder.CreateBitCast(V, llvm::Type::getIntNTy(getLLVMContext(), | ||||
2844 | Bits)); | ||||
2845 | } | ||||
2846 | |||||
2847 | // Integers which fit in intptr_t are zero-extended and passed directly. | ||||
2848 | if (V->getType()->isIntegerTy() && | ||||
2849 | V->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() <= TargetTy->getIntegerBitWidth()) | ||||
2850 | return Builder.CreateZExt(V, TargetTy); | ||||
2851 | |||||
2852 | // Pointers are passed directly, everything else is passed by address. | ||||
2853 | if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy()) { | ||||
2854 | Address Ptr = CreateDefaultAlignTempAlloca(V->getType()); | ||||
2855 | Builder.CreateStore(V, Ptr); | ||||
2856 | V = Ptr.getPointer(); | ||||
2857 | } | ||||
2858 | return Builder.CreatePtrToInt(V, TargetTy); | ||||
2859 | } | ||||
2860 | |||||
2861 | /// Emit a representation of a SourceLocation for passing to a handler | ||||
2862 | /// in a sanitizer runtime library. The format for this data is: | ||||
2863 | /// \code | ||||
2864 | /// struct SourceLocation { | ||||
2865 | /// const char *Filename; | ||||
2866 | /// int32_t Line, Column; | ||||
2867 | /// }; | ||||
2868 | /// \endcode | ||||
2869 | /// For an invalid SourceLocation, the Filename pointer is null. | ||||
2870 | llvm::Constant *CodeGenFunction::EmitCheckSourceLocation(SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
2871 | llvm::Constant *Filename; | ||||
2872 | int Line, Column; | ||||
2873 | |||||
2874 | PresumedLoc PLoc = getContext().getSourceManager().getPresumedLoc(Loc); | ||||
2875 | if (PLoc.isValid()) { | ||||
2876 | StringRef FilenameString = PLoc.getFilename(); | ||||
2877 | |||||
2878 | int PathComponentsToStrip = | ||||
2879 | CGM.getCodeGenOpts().EmitCheckPathComponentsToStrip; | ||||
2880 | if (PathComponentsToStrip < 0) { | ||||
2881 | assert(PathComponentsToStrip != INT_MIN)((PathComponentsToStrip != (-2147483647 -1)) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("PathComponentsToStrip != INT_MIN" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2881, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2882 | int PathComponentsToKeep = -PathComponentsToStrip; | ||||
2883 | auto I = llvm::sys::path::rbegin(FilenameString); | ||||
2884 | auto E = llvm::sys::path::rend(FilenameString); | ||||
2885 | while (I != E && --PathComponentsToKeep) | ||||
2886 | ++I; | ||||
2887 | |||||
2888 | FilenameString = FilenameString.substr(I - E); | ||||
2889 | } else if (PathComponentsToStrip > 0) { | ||||
2890 | auto I = llvm::sys::path::begin(FilenameString); | ||||
2891 | auto E = llvm::sys::path::end(FilenameString); | ||||
2892 | while (I != E && PathComponentsToStrip--) | ||||
2893 | ++I; | ||||
2894 | |||||
2895 | if (I != E) | ||||
2896 | FilenameString = | ||||
2897 | FilenameString.substr(I - llvm::sys::path::begin(FilenameString)); | ||||
2898 | else | ||||
2899 | FilenameString = llvm::sys::path::filename(FilenameString); | ||||
2900 | } | ||||
2901 | |||||
2902 | auto FilenameGV = CGM.GetAddrOfConstantCString(FilenameString, ".src"); | ||||
2903 | CGM.getSanitizerMetadata()->disableSanitizerForGlobal( | ||||
2904 | cast<llvm::GlobalVariable>(FilenameGV.getPointer())); | ||||
2905 | Filename = FilenameGV.getPointer(); | ||||
2906 | Line = PLoc.getLine(); | ||||
2907 | Column = PLoc.getColumn(); | ||||
2908 | } else { | ||||
2909 | Filename = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(Int8PtrTy); | ||||
2910 | Line = Column = 0; | ||||
2911 | } | ||||
2912 | |||||
2913 | llvm::Constant *Data[] = {Filename, Builder.getInt32(Line), | ||||
2914 | Builder.getInt32(Column)}; | ||||
2915 | |||||
2916 | return llvm::ConstantStruct::getAnon(Data); | ||||
2917 | } | ||||
2918 | |||||
2919 | namespace { | ||||
2920 | /// Specify under what conditions this check can be recovered | ||||
2921 | enum class CheckRecoverableKind { | ||||
2922 | /// Always terminate program execution if this check fails. | ||||
2923 | Unrecoverable, | ||||
2924 | /// Check supports recovering, runtime has both fatal (noreturn) and | ||||
2925 | /// non-fatal handlers for this check. | ||||
2926 | Recoverable, | ||||
2927 | /// Runtime conditionally aborts, always need to support recovery. | ||||
2928 | AlwaysRecoverable | ||||
2929 | }; | ||||
2930 | } | ||||
2931 | |||||
2932 | static CheckRecoverableKind getRecoverableKind(SanitizerMask Kind) { | ||||
2933 | assert(Kind.countPopulation() == 1)((Kind.countPopulation() == 1) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind.countPopulation() == 1", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2933, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2934 | if (Kind == SanitizerKind::Function || Kind == SanitizerKind::Vptr) | ||||
2935 | return CheckRecoverableKind::AlwaysRecoverable; | ||||
2936 | else if (Kind == SanitizerKind::Return || Kind == SanitizerKind::Unreachable) | ||||
2937 | return CheckRecoverableKind::Unrecoverable; | ||||
2938 | else | ||||
2939 | return CheckRecoverableKind::Recoverable; | ||||
2940 | } | ||||
2941 | |||||
2942 | namespace { | ||||
2943 | struct SanitizerHandlerInfo { | ||||
2944 | char const *const Name; | ||||
2945 | unsigned Version; | ||||
2946 | }; | ||||
2947 | } | ||||
2948 | |||||
2949 | const SanitizerHandlerInfo SanitizerHandlers[] = { | ||||
2950 | #define SANITIZER_CHECK(Enum, Name, Version) {#Name, Version}, | ||||
2951 | LIST_SANITIZER_CHECKSSANITIZER_CHECK(AddOverflow, add_overflow, 0) SANITIZER_CHECK (BuiltinUnreachable, builtin_unreachable, 0) SANITIZER_CHECK( CFICheckFail, cfi_check_fail, 0) SANITIZER_CHECK(DivremOverflow , divrem_overflow, 0) SANITIZER_CHECK(DynamicTypeCacheMiss, dynamic_type_cache_miss , 0) SANITIZER_CHECK(FloatCastOverflow, float_cast_overflow, 0 ) SANITIZER_CHECK(FunctionTypeMismatch, function_type_mismatch , 1) SANITIZER_CHECK(ImplicitConversion, implicit_conversion, 0) SANITIZER_CHECK(InvalidBuiltin, invalid_builtin, 0) SANITIZER_CHECK (LoadInvalidValue, load_invalid_value, 0) SANITIZER_CHECK(MissingReturn , missing_return, 0) SANITIZER_CHECK(MulOverflow, mul_overflow , 0) SANITIZER_CHECK(NegateOverflow, negate_overflow, 0) SANITIZER_CHECK (NullabilityArg, nullability_arg, 0) SANITIZER_CHECK(NullabilityReturn , nullability_return, 1) SANITIZER_CHECK(NonnullArg, nonnull_arg , 0) SANITIZER_CHECK(NonnullReturn, nonnull_return, 1) SANITIZER_CHECK (OutOfBounds, out_of_bounds, 0) SANITIZER_CHECK(PointerOverflow , pointer_overflow, 0) SANITIZER_CHECK(ShiftOutOfBounds, shift_out_of_bounds , 0) SANITIZER_CHECK(SubOverflow, sub_overflow, 0) SANITIZER_CHECK (TypeMismatch, type_mismatch, 1) SANITIZER_CHECK(AlignmentAssumption , alignment_assumption, 0) SANITIZER_CHECK(VLABoundNotPositive , vla_bound_not_positive, 0) | ||||
2952 | #undef SANITIZER_CHECK | ||||
2953 | }; | ||||
2954 | |||||
2955 | static void emitCheckHandlerCall(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
2956 | llvm::FunctionType *FnType, | ||||
2957 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> FnArgs, | ||||
2958 | SanitizerHandler CheckHandler, | ||||
2959 | CheckRecoverableKind RecoverKind, bool IsFatal, | ||||
2960 | llvm::BasicBlock *ContBB) { | ||||
2961 | assert(IsFatal || RecoverKind != CheckRecoverableKind::Unrecoverable)((IsFatal || RecoverKind != CheckRecoverableKind::Unrecoverable ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("IsFatal || RecoverKind != CheckRecoverableKind::Unrecoverable" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 2961, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2962 | Optional<ApplyDebugLocation> DL; | ||||
2963 | if (!CGF.Builder.getCurrentDebugLocation()) { | ||||
2964 | // Ensure that the call has at least an artificial debug location. | ||||
2965 | DL.emplace(CGF, SourceLocation()); | ||||
2966 | } | ||||
2967 | bool NeedsAbortSuffix = | ||||
2968 | IsFatal && RecoverKind != CheckRecoverableKind::Unrecoverable; | ||||
2969 | bool MinimalRuntime = CGF.CGM.getCodeGenOpts().SanitizeMinimalRuntime; | ||||
2970 | const SanitizerHandlerInfo &CheckInfo = SanitizerHandlers[CheckHandler]; | ||||
2971 | const StringRef CheckName = CheckInfo.Name; | ||||
2972 | std::string FnName = "__ubsan_handle_" + CheckName.str(); | ||||
2973 | if (CheckInfo.Version && !MinimalRuntime) | ||||
2974 | FnName += "_v" + llvm::utostr(CheckInfo.Version); | ||||
2975 | if (MinimalRuntime) | ||||
2976 | FnName += "_minimal"; | ||||
2977 | if (NeedsAbortSuffix) | ||||
2978 | FnName += "_abort"; | ||||
2979 | bool MayReturn = | ||||
2980 | !IsFatal || RecoverKind == CheckRecoverableKind::AlwaysRecoverable; | ||||
2981 | |||||
2982 | llvm::AttrBuilder B; | ||||
2983 | if (!MayReturn) { | ||||
2984 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::NoReturn) | ||||
2985 | .addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::NoUnwind); | ||||
2986 | } | ||||
2987 | B.addAttribute(llvm::Attribute::UWTable); | ||||
2988 | |||||
2989 | llvm::FunctionCallee Fn = CGF.CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction( | ||||
2990 | FnType, FnName, | ||||
2991 | llvm::AttributeList::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), | ||||
2992 | llvm::AttributeList::FunctionIndex, B), | ||||
2993 | /*Local=*/true); | ||||
2994 | llvm::CallInst *HandlerCall = CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(Fn, FnArgs); | ||||
2995 | if (!MayReturn) { | ||||
2996 | HandlerCall->setDoesNotReturn(); | ||||
2997 | CGF.Builder.CreateUnreachable(); | ||||
2998 | } else { | ||||
2999 | CGF.Builder.CreateBr(ContBB); | ||||
3000 | } | ||||
3001 | } | ||||
3002 | |||||
3003 | void CodeGenFunction::EmitCheck( | ||||
3004 | ArrayRef<std::pair<llvm::Value *, SanitizerMask>> Checked, | ||||
3005 | SanitizerHandler CheckHandler, ArrayRef<llvm::Constant *> StaticArgs, | ||||
3006 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> DynamicArgs) { | ||||
3007 | assert(IsSanitizerScope)((IsSanitizerScope) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("IsSanitizerScope", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3007, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3008 | assert(Checked.size() > 0)((Checked.size() > 0) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Checked.size() > 0", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3008, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3009 | assert(CheckHandler >= 0 &&((CheckHandler >= 0 && size_t(CheckHandler) < llvm ::array_lengthof(SanitizerHandlers)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CheckHandler >= 0 && size_t(CheckHandler) < llvm::array_lengthof(SanitizerHandlers)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3010, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
3010 | size_t(CheckHandler) < llvm::array_lengthof(SanitizerHandlers))((CheckHandler >= 0 && size_t(CheckHandler) < llvm ::array_lengthof(SanitizerHandlers)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CheckHandler >= 0 && size_t(CheckHandler) < llvm::array_lengthof(SanitizerHandlers)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3010, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3011 | const StringRef CheckName = SanitizerHandlers[CheckHandler].Name; | ||||
3012 | |||||
3013 | llvm::Value *FatalCond = nullptr; | ||||
3014 | llvm::Value *RecoverableCond = nullptr; | ||||
3015 | llvm::Value *TrapCond = nullptr; | ||||
3016 | for (int i = 0, n = Checked.size(); i < n; ++i) { | ||||
3017 | llvm::Value *Check = Checked[i].first; | ||||
3018 | // -fsanitize-trap= overrides -fsanitize-recover=. | ||||
3019 | llvm::Value *&Cond = | ||||
3020 | CGM.getCodeGenOpts().SanitizeTrap.has(Checked[i].second) | ||||
3021 | ? TrapCond | ||||
3022 | : CGM.getCodeGenOpts().SanitizeRecover.has(Checked[i].second) | ||||
3023 | ? RecoverableCond | ||||
3024 | : FatalCond; | ||||
3025 | Cond = Cond ? Builder.CreateAnd(Cond, Check) : Check; | ||||
3026 | } | ||||
3027 | |||||
3028 | if (TrapCond) | ||||
3029 | EmitTrapCheck(TrapCond); | ||||
3030 | if (!FatalCond && !RecoverableCond) | ||||
3031 | return; | ||||
3032 | |||||
3033 | llvm::Value *JointCond; | ||||
3034 | if (FatalCond && RecoverableCond) | ||||
3035 | JointCond = Builder.CreateAnd(FatalCond, RecoverableCond); | ||||
3036 | else | ||||
3037 | JointCond = FatalCond ? FatalCond : RecoverableCond; | ||||
3038 | assert(JointCond)((JointCond) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("JointCond" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3038, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3039 | |||||
3040 | CheckRecoverableKind RecoverKind = getRecoverableKind(Checked[0].second); | ||||
3041 | assert(SanOpts.has(Checked[0].second))((SanOpts.has(Checked[0].second)) ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("SanOpts.has(Checked[0].second)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3041, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3042 | #ifndef NDEBUG | ||||
3043 | for (int i = 1, n = Checked.size(); i < n; ++i) { | ||||
3044 | assert(RecoverKind == getRecoverableKind(Checked[i].second) &&((RecoverKind == getRecoverableKind(Checked[i].second) && "All recoverable kinds in a single check must be same!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RecoverKind == getRecoverableKind(Checked[i].second) && \"All recoverable kinds in a single check must be same!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3045, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
3045 | "All recoverable kinds in a single check must be same!")((RecoverKind == getRecoverableKind(Checked[i].second) && "All recoverable kinds in a single check must be same!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RecoverKind == getRecoverableKind(Checked[i].second) && \"All recoverable kinds in a single check must be same!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3045, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3046 | assert(SanOpts.has(Checked[i].second))((SanOpts.has(Checked[i].second)) ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("SanOpts.has(Checked[i].second)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3046, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3047 | } | ||||
3048 | #endif | ||||
3049 | |||||
3050 | llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = createBasicBlock("cont"); | ||||
3051 | llvm::BasicBlock *Handlers = createBasicBlock("handler." + CheckName); | ||||
3052 | llvm::Instruction *Branch = Builder.CreateCondBr(JointCond, Cont, Handlers); | ||||
3053 | // Give hint that we very much don't expect to execute the handler | ||||
3054 | // Value chosen to match UR_NONTAKEN_WEIGHT, see BranchProbabilityInfo.cpp | ||||
3055 | llvm::MDBuilder MDHelper(getLLVMContext()); | ||||
3056 | llvm::MDNode *Node = MDHelper.createBranchWeights((1U << 20) - 1, 1); | ||||
3057 | Branch->setMetadata(llvm::LLVMContext::MD_prof, Node); | ||||
3058 | EmitBlock(Handlers); | ||||
3059 | |||||
3060 | // Handler functions take an i8* pointing to the (handler-specific) static | ||||
3061 | // information block, followed by a sequence of intptr_t arguments | ||||
3062 | // representing operand values. | ||||
3063 | SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 4> Args; | ||||
3064 | SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 4> ArgTypes; | ||||
3065 | if (!CGM.getCodeGenOpts().SanitizeMinimalRuntime) { | ||||
3066 | Args.reserve(DynamicArgs.size() + 1); | ||||
3067 | ArgTypes.reserve(DynamicArgs.size() + 1); | ||||
3068 | |||||
3069 | // Emit handler arguments and create handler function type. | ||||
3070 | if (!StaticArgs.empty()) { | ||||
3071 | llvm::Constant *Info = llvm::ConstantStruct::getAnon(StaticArgs); | ||||
3072 | auto *InfoPtr = | ||||
3073 | new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), Info->getType(), false, | ||||
3074 | llvm::GlobalVariable::PrivateLinkage, Info); | ||||
3075 | InfoPtr->setUnnamedAddr(llvm::GlobalValue::UnnamedAddr::Global); | ||||
3076 | CGM.getSanitizerMetadata()->disableSanitizerForGlobal(InfoPtr); | ||||
3077 | Args.push_back(Builder.CreateBitCast(InfoPtr, Int8PtrTy)); | ||||
3078 | ArgTypes.push_back(Int8PtrTy); | ||||
3079 | } | ||||
3080 | |||||
3081 | for (size_t i = 0, n = DynamicArgs.size(); i != n; ++i) { | ||||
3082 | Args.push_back(EmitCheckValue(DynamicArgs[i])); | ||||
3083 | ArgTypes.push_back(IntPtrTy); | ||||
3084 | } | ||||
3085 | } | ||||
3086 | |||||
3087 | llvm::FunctionType *FnType = | ||||
3088 | llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.VoidTy, ArgTypes, false); | ||||
3089 | |||||
3090 | if (!FatalCond || !RecoverableCond) { | ||||
3091 | // Simple case: we need to generate a single handler call, either | ||||
3092 | // fatal, or non-fatal. | ||||
3093 | emitCheckHandlerCall(*this, FnType, Args, CheckHandler, RecoverKind, | ||||
3094 | (FatalCond != nullptr), Cont); | ||||
3095 | } else { | ||||
3096 | // Emit two handler calls: first one for set of unrecoverable checks, | ||||
3097 | // another one for recoverable. | ||||
3098 | llvm::BasicBlock *NonFatalHandlerBB = | ||||
3099 | createBasicBlock("non_fatal." + CheckName); | ||||
3100 | llvm::BasicBlock *FatalHandlerBB = createBasicBlock("fatal." + CheckName); | ||||
3101 | Builder.CreateCondBr(FatalCond, NonFatalHandlerBB, FatalHandlerBB); | ||||
3102 | EmitBlock(FatalHandlerBB); | ||||
3103 | emitCheckHandlerCall(*this, FnType, Args, CheckHandler, RecoverKind, true, | ||||
3104 | NonFatalHandlerBB); | ||||
3105 | EmitBlock(NonFatalHandlerBB); | ||||
3106 | emitCheckHandlerCall(*this, FnType, Args, CheckHandler, RecoverKind, false, | ||||
3107 | Cont); | ||||
3108 | } | ||||
3109 | |||||
3110 | EmitBlock(Cont); | ||||
3111 | } | ||||
3112 | |||||
3113 | void CodeGenFunction::EmitCfiSlowPathCheck( | ||||
3114 | SanitizerMask Kind, llvm::Value *Cond, llvm::ConstantInt *TypeId, | ||||
3115 | llvm::Value *Ptr, ArrayRef<llvm::Constant *> StaticArgs) { | ||||
3116 | llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = createBasicBlock("cfi.cont"); | ||||
3117 | |||||
3118 | llvm::BasicBlock *CheckBB = createBasicBlock("cfi.slowpath"); | ||||
3119 | llvm::BranchInst *BI = Builder.CreateCondBr(Cond, Cont, CheckBB); | ||||
3120 | |||||
3121 | llvm::MDBuilder MDHelper(getLLVMContext()); | ||||
3122 | llvm::MDNode *Node = MDHelper.createBranchWeights((1U << 20) - 1, 1); | ||||
3123 | BI->setMetadata(llvm::LLVMContext::MD_prof, Node); | ||||
3124 | |||||
3125 | EmitBlock(CheckBB); | ||||
3126 | |||||
3127 | bool WithDiag = !CGM.getCodeGenOpts().SanitizeTrap.has(Kind); | ||||
3128 | |||||
3129 | llvm::CallInst *CheckCall; | ||||
3130 | llvm::FunctionCallee SlowPathFn; | ||||
3131 | if (WithDiag) { | ||||
3132 | llvm::Constant *Info = llvm::ConstantStruct::getAnon(StaticArgs); | ||||
3133 | auto *InfoPtr = | ||||
3134 | new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), Info->getType(), false, | ||||
3135 | llvm::GlobalVariable::PrivateLinkage, Info); | ||||
3136 | InfoPtr->setUnnamedAddr(llvm::GlobalValue::UnnamedAddr::Global); | ||||
3137 | CGM.getSanitizerMetadata()->disableSanitizerForGlobal(InfoPtr); | ||||
3138 | |||||
3139 | SlowPathFn = CGM.getModule().getOrInsertFunction( | ||||
3140 | "__cfi_slowpath_diag", | ||||
3141 | llvm::FunctionType::get(VoidTy, {Int64Ty, Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy}, | ||||
3142 | false)); | ||||
3143 | CheckCall = Builder.CreateCall( | ||||
3144 | SlowPathFn, {TypeId, Ptr, Builder.CreateBitCast(InfoPtr, Int8PtrTy)}); | ||||
3145 | } else { | ||||
3146 | SlowPathFn = CGM.getModule().getOrInsertFunction( | ||||
3147 | "__cfi_slowpath", | ||||
3148 | llvm::FunctionType::get(VoidTy, {Int64Ty, Int8PtrTy}, false)); | ||||
3149 | CheckCall = Builder.CreateCall(SlowPathFn, {TypeId, Ptr}); | ||||
3150 | } | ||||
3151 | |||||
3152 | CGM.setDSOLocal( | ||||
3153 | cast<llvm::GlobalValue>(SlowPathFn.getCallee()->stripPointerCasts())); | ||||
3154 | CheckCall->setDoesNotThrow(); | ||||
3155 | |||||
3156 | EmitBlock(Cont); | ||||
3157 | } | ||||
3158 | |||||
3159 | // Emit a stub for __cfi_check function so that the linker knows about this | ||||
3160 | // symbol in LTO mode. | ||||
3161 | void CodeGenFunction::EmitCfiCheckStub() { | ||||
3162 | llvm::Module *M = &CGM.getModule(); | ||||
3163 | auto &Ctx = M->getContext(); | ||||
3164 | llvm::Function *F = llvm::Function::Create( | ||||
3165 | llvm::FunctionType::get(VoidTy, {Int64Ty, Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy}, false), | ||||
3166 | llvm::GlobalValue::WeakAnyLinkage, "__cfi_check", M); | ||||
3167 | CGM.setDSOLocal(F); | ||||
3168 | llvm::BasicBlock *BB = llvm::BasicBlock::Create(Ctx, "entry", F); | ||||
3169 | // FIXME: consider emitting an intrinsic call like | ||||
3170 | // call void @llvm.cfi_check(i64 %0, i8* %1, i8* %2) | ||||
3171 | // which can be lowered in CrossDSOCFI pass to the actual contents of | ||||
3172 | // __cfi_check. This would allow inlining of __cfi_check calls. | ||||
3173 | llvm::CallInst::Create( | ||||
3174 | llvm::Intrinsic::getDeclaration(M, llvm::Intrinsic::trap), "", BB); | ||||
3175 | llvm::ReturnInst::Create(Ctx, nullptr, BB); | ||||
3176 | } | ||||
3177 | |||||
3178 | // This function is basically a switch over the CFI failure kind, which is | ||||
3179 | // extracted from CFICheckFailData (1st function argument). Each case is either | ||||
3180 | // llvm.trap or a call to one of the two runtime handlers, based on | ||||
3181 | // -fsanitize-trap and -fsanitize-recover settings. Default case (invalid | ||||
3182 | // failure kind) traps, but this should really never happen. CFICheckFailData | ||||
3183 | // can be nullptr if the calling module has -fsanitize-trap behavior for this | ||||
3184 | // check kind; in this case __cfi_check_fail traps as well. | ||||
3185 | void CodeGenFunction::EmitCfiCheckFail() { | ||||
3186 | SanitizerScope SanScope(this); | ||||
3187 | FunctionArgList Args; | ||||
3188 | ImplicitParamDecl ArgData(getContext(), getContext().VoidPtrTy, | ||||
3189 | ImplicitParamDecl::Other); | ||||
3190 | ImplicitParamDecl ArgAddr(getContext(), getContext().VoidPtrTy, | ||||
3191 | ImplicitParamDecl::Other); | ||||
3192 | Args.push_back(&ArgData); | ||||
3193 | Args.push_back(&ArgAddr); | ||||
3194 | |||||
3195 | const CGFunctionInfo &FI = | ||||
3196 | CGM.getTypes().arrangeBuiltinFunctionDeclaration(getContext().VoidTy, Args); | ||||
3197 | |||||
3198 | llvm::Function *F = llvm::Function::Create( | ||||
3199 | llvm::FunctionType::get(VoidTy, {VoidPtrTy, VoidPtrTy}, false), | ||||
3200 | llvm::GlobalValue::WeakODRLinkage, "__cfi_check_fail", &CGM.getModule()); | ||||
3201 | F->setVisibility(llvm::GlobalValue::HiddenVisibility); | ||||
3202 | |||||
3203 | StartFunction(GlobalDecl(), CGM.getContext().VoidTy, F, FI, Args, | ||||
3204 | SourceLocation()); | ||||
3205 | |||||
3206 | // This function should not be affected by blacklist. This function does | ||||
3207 | // not have a source location, but "src:*" would still apply. Revert any | ||||
3208 | // changes to SanOpts made in StartFunction. | ||||
3209 | SanOpts = CGM.getLangOpts().Sanitize; | ||||
3210 | |||||
3211 | llvm::Value *Data = | ||||
3212 | EmitLoadOfScalar(GetAddrOfLocalVar(&ArgData), /*Volatile=*/false, | ||||
3213 | CGM.getContext().VoidPtrTy, ArgData.getLocation()); | ||||
3214 | llvm::Value *Addr = | ||||
3215 | EmitLoadOfScalar(GetAddrOfLocalVar(&ArgAddr), /*Volatile=*/false, | ||||
3216 | CGM.getContext().VoidPtrTy, ArgAddr.getLocation()); | ||||
3217 | |||||
3218 | // Data == nullptr means the calling module has trap behaviour for this check. | ||||
3219 | llvm::Value *DataIsNotNullPtr = | ||||
3220 | Builder.CreateICmpNE(Data, llvm::ConstantPointerNull::get(Int8PtrTy)); | ||||
3221 | EmitTrapCheck(DataIsNotNullPtr); | ||||
3222 | |||||
3223 | llvm::StructType *SourceLocationTy = | ||||
3224 | llvm::StructType::get(VoidPtrTy, Int32Ty, Int32Ty); | ||||
3225 | llvm::StructType *CfiCheckFailDataTy = | ||||
3226 | llvm::StructType::get(Int8Ty, SourceLocationTy, VoidPtrTy); | ||||
3227 | |||||
3228 | llvm::Value *V = Builder.CreateConstGEP2_32( | ||||
3229 | CfiCheckFailDataTy, | ||||
3230 | Builder.CreatePointerCast(Data, CfiCheckFailDataTy->getPointerTo(0)), 0, | ||||
3231 | 0); | ||||
3232 | Address CheckKindAddr(V, getIntAlign()); | ||||
3233 | llvm::Value *CheckKind = Builder.CreateLoad(CheckKindAddr); | ||||
3234 | |||||
3235 | llvm::Value *AllVtables = llvm::MetadataAsValue::get( | ||||
3236 | CGM.getLLVMContext(), | ||||
3237 | llvm::MDString::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), "all-vtables")); | ||||
3238 | llvm::Value *ValidVtable = Builder.CreateZExt( | ||||
3239 | Builder.CreateCall(CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::type_test), | ||||
3240 | {Addr, AllVtables}), | ||||
3241 | IntPtrTy); | ||||
3242 | |||||
3243 | const std::pair<int, SanitizerMask> CheckKinds[] = { | ||||
3244 | {CFITCK_VCall, SanitizerKind::CFIVCall}, | ||||
3245 | {CFITCK_NVCall, SanitizerKind::CFINVCall}, | ||||
3246 | {CFITCK_DerivedCast, SanitizerKind::CFIDerivedCast}, | ||||
3247 | {CFITCK_UnrelatedCast, SanitizerKind::CFIUnrelatedCast}, | ||||
3248 | {CFITCK_ICall, SanitizerKind::CFIICall}}; | ||||
3249 | |||||
3250 | SmallVector<std::pair<llvm::Value *, SanitizerMask>, 5> Checks; | ||||
3251 | for (auto CheckKindMaskPair : CheckKinds) { | ||||
3252 | int Kind = CheckKindMaskPair.first; | ||||
3253 | SanitizerMask Mask = CheckKindMaskPair.second; | ||||
3254 | llvm::Value *Cond = | ||||
3255 | Builder.CreateICmpNE(CheckKind, llvm::ConstantInt::get(Int8Ty, Kind)); | ||||
3256 | if (CGM.getLangOpts().Sanitize.has(Mask)) | ||||
3257 | EmitCheck(std::make_pair(Cond, Mask), SanitizerHandler::CFICheckFail, {}, | ||||
3258 | {Data, Addr, ValidVtable}); | ||||
3259 | else | ||||
3260 | EmitTrapCheck(Cond); | ||||
3261 | } | ||||
3262 | |||||
3263 | FinishFunction(); | ||||
3264 | // The only reference to this function will be created during LTO link. | ||||
3265 | // Make sure it survives until then. | ||||
3266 | CGM.addUsedGlobal(F); | ||||
3267 | } | ||||
3268 | |||||
3269 | void CodeGenFunction::EmitUnreachable(SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
3270 | if (SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::Unreachable)) { | ||||
3271 | SanitizerScope SanScope(this); | ||||
3272 | EmitCheck(std::make_pair(static_cast<llvm::Value *>(Builder.getFalse()), | ||||
3273 | SanitizerKind::Unreachable), | ||||
3274 | SanitizerHandler::BuiltinUnreachable, | ||||
3275 | EmitCheckSourceLocation(Loc), None); | ||||
3276 | } | ||||
3277 | Builder.CreateUnreachable(); | ||||
3278 | } | ||||
3279 | |||||
3280 | void CodeGenFunction::EmitTrapCheck(llvm::Value *Checked) { | ||||
3281 | llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = createBasicBlock("cont"); | ||||
3282 | |||||
3283 | // If we're optimizing, collapse all calls to trap down to just one per | ||||
3284 | // function to save on code size. | ||||
3285 | if (!CGM.getCodeGenOpts().OptimizationLevel || !TrapBB) { | ||||
3286 | TrapBB = createBasicBlock("trap"); | ||||
3287 | Builder.CreateCondBr(Checked, Cont, TrapBB); | ||||
3288 | EmitBlock(TrapBB); | ||||
3289 | llvm::CallInst *TrapCall = EmitTrapCall(llvm::Intrinsic::trap); | ||||
3290 | TrapCall->setDoesNotReturn(); | ||||
3291 | TrapCall->setDoesNotThrow(); | ||||
3292 | Builder.CreateUnreachable(); | ||||
3293 | } else { | ||||
3294 | Builder.CreateCondBr(Checked, Cont, TrapBB); | ||||
3295 | } | ||||
3296 | |||||
3297 | EmitBlock(Cont); | ||||
3298 | } | ||||
3299 | |||||
3300 | llvm::CallInst *CodeGenFunction::EmitTrapCall(llvm::Intrinsic::ID IntrID) { | ||||
3301 | llvm::CallInst *TrapCall = Builder.CreateCall(CGM.getIntrinsic(IntrID)); | ||||
3302 | |||||
3303 | if (!CGM.getCodeGenOpts().TrapFuncName.empty()) { | ||||
3304 | auto A = llvm::Attribute::get(getLLVMContext(), "trap-func-name", | ||||
3305 | CGM.getCodeGenOpts().TrapFuncName); | ||||
3306 | TrapCall->addAttribute(llvm::AttributeList::FunctionIndex, A); | ||||
3307 | } | ||||
3308 | |||||
3309 | return TrapCall; | ||||
3310 | } | ||||
3311 | |||||
3312 | Address CodeGenFunction::EmitArrayToPointerDecay(const Expr *E, | ||||
3313 | LValueBaseInfo *BaseInfo, | ||||
3314 | TBAAAccessInfo *TBAAInfo) { | ||||
3315 | assert(E->getType()->isArrayType() &&((E->getType()->isArrayType() && "Array to pointer decay must have array source type!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getType()->isArrayType() && \"Array to pointer decay must have array source type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3316, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
3316 | "Array to pointer decay must have array source type!")((E->getType()->isArrayType() && "Array to pointer decay must have array source type!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getType()->isArrayType() && \"Array to pointer decay must have array source type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3316, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3317 | |||||
3318 | // Expressions of array type can't be bitfields or vector elements. | ||||
3319 | LValue LV = EmitLValue(E); | ||||
3320 | Address Addr = LV.getAddress(); | ||||
3321 | |||||
3322 | // If the array type was an incomplete type, we need to make sure | ||||
3323 | // the decay ends up being the right type. | ||||
3324 | llvm::Type *NewTy = ConvertType(E->getType()); | ||||
3325 | Addr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, NewTy); | ||||
3326 | |||||
3327 | // Note that VLA pointers are always decayed, so we don't need to do | ||||
3328 | // anything here. | ||||
3329 | if (!E->getType()->isVariableArrayType()) { | ||||
3330 | assert(isa<llvm::ArrayType>(Addr.getElementType()) &&((isa<llvm::ArrayType>(Addr.getElementType()) && "Expected pointer to array") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<llvm::ArrayType>(Addr.getElementType()) && \"Expected pointer to array\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3331, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
3331 | "Expected pointer to array")((isa<llvm::ArrayType>(Addr.getElementType()) && "Expected pointer to array") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<llvm::ArrayType>(Addr.getElementType()) && \"Expected pointer to array\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3331, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3332 | Addr = Builder.CreateConstArrayGEP(Addr, 0, "arraydecay"); | ||||
3333 | } | ||||
3334 | |||||
3335 | // The result of this decay conversion points to an array element within the | ||||
3336 | // base lvalue. However, since TBAA currently does not support representing | ||||
3337 | // accesses to elements of member arrays, we conservatively represent accesses | ||||
3338 | // to the pointee object as if it had no any base lvalue specified. | ||||
3339 | // TODO: Support TBAA for member arrays. | ||||
3340 | QualType EltType = E->getType()->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); | ||||
3341 | if (BaseInfo) *BaseInfo = LV.getBaseInfo(); | ||||
3342 | if (TBAAInfo) *TBAAInfo = CGM.getTBAAAccessInfo(EltType); | ||||
3343 | |||||
3344 | return Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, ConvertTypeForMem(EltType)); | ||||
3345 | } | ||||
3346 | |||||
3347 | /// isSimpleArrayDecayOperand - If the specified expr is a simple decay from an | ||||
3348 | /// array to pointer, return the array subexpression. | ||||
3349 | static const Expr *isSimpleArrayDecayOperand(const Expr *E) { | ||||
3350 | // If this isn't just an array->pointer decay, bail out. | ||||
3351 | const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E); | ||||
3352 | if (!CE || CE->getCastKind() != CK_ArrayToPointerDecay) | ||||
3353 | return nullptr; | ||||
3354 | |||||
3355 | // If this is a decay from variable width array, bail out. | ||||
3356 | const Expr *SubExpr = CE->getSubExpr(); | ||||
3357 | if (SubExpr->getType()->isVariableArrayType()) | ||||
3358 | return nullptr; | ||||
3359 | |||||
3360 | return SubExpr; | ||||
3361 | } | ||||
3362 | |||||
3363 | static llvm::Value *emitArraySubscriptGEP(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
3364 | llvm::Value *ptr, | ||||
3365 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value*> indices, | ||||
3366 | bool inbounds, | ||||
3367 | bool signedIndices, | ||||
3368 | SourceLocation loc, | ||||
3369 | const llvm::Twine &name = "arrayidx") { | ||||
3370 | if (inbounds) { | ||||
3371 | return CGF.EmitCheckedInBoundsGEP(ptr, indices, signedIndices, | ||||
3372 | CodeGenFunction::NotSubtraction, loc, | ||||
3373 | name); | ||||
3374 | } else { | ||||
3375 | return CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(ptr, indices, name); | ||||
3376 | } | ||||
3377 | } | ||||
3378 | |||||
3379 | static CharUnits getArrayElementAlign(CharUnits arrayAlign, | ||||
3380 | llvm::Value *idx, | ||||
3381 | CharUnits eltSize) { | ||||
3382 | // If we have a constant index, we can use the exact offset of the | ||||
3383 | // element we're accessing. | ||||
3384 | if (auto constantIdx = dyn_cast<llvm::ConstantInt>(idx)) { | ||||
3385 | CharUnits offset = constantIdx->getZExtValue() * eltSize; | ||||
3386 | return arrayAlign.alignmentAtOffset(offset); | ||||
3387 | |||||
3388 | // Otherwise, use the worst-case alignment for any element. | ||||
3389 | } else { | ||||
3390 | return arrayAlign.alignmentOfArrayElement(eltSize); | ||||
3391 | } | ||||
3392 | } | ||||
3393 | |||||
3394 | static QualType getFixedSizeElementType(const ASTContext &ctx, | ||||
3395 | const VariableArrayType *vla) { | ||||
3396 | QualType eltType; | ||||
3397 | do { | ||||
3398 | eltType = vla->getElementType(); | ||||
3399 | } while ((vla = ctx.getAsVariableArrayType(eltType))); | ||||
3400 | return eltType; | ||||
3401 | } | ||||
3402 | |||||
3403 | static Address emitArraySubscriptGEP(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address addr, | ||||
3404 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> indices, | ||||
3405 | QualType eltType, bool inbounds, | ||||
3406 | bool signedIndices, SourceLocation loc, | ||||
3407 | QualType *arrayType = nullptr, | ||||
3408 | const llvm::Twine &name = "arrayidx") { | ||||
3409 | // All the indices except that last must be zero. | ||||
3410 | #ifndef NDEBUG | ||||
3411 | for (auto idx : indices.drop_back()) | ||||
3412 | assert(isa<llvm::ConstantInt>(idx) &&((isa<llvm::ConstantInt>(idx) && cast<llvm:: ConstantInt>(idx)->isZero()) ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("isa<llvm::ConstantInt>(idx) && cast<llvm::ConstantInt>(idx)->isZero()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3413, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
3413 | cast<llvm::ConstantInt>(idx)->isZero())((isa<llvm::ConstantInt>(idx) && cast<llvm:: ConstantInt>(idx)->isZero()) ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("isa<llvm::ConstantInt>(idx) && cast<llvm::ConstantInt>(idx)->isZero()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3413, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3414 | #endif | ||||
3415 | |||||
3416 | // Determine the element size of the statically-sized base. This is | ||||
3417 | // the thing that the indices are expressed in terms of. | ||||
3418 | if (auto vla = CGF.getContext().getAsVariableArrayType(eltType)) { | ||||
3419 | eltType = getFixedSizeElementType(CGF.getContext(), vla); | ||||
3420 | } | ||||
3421 | |||||
3422 | // We can use that to compute the best alignment of the element. | ||||
3423 | CharUnits eltSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(eltType); | ||||
3424 | CharUnits eltAlign = | ||||
3425 | getArrayElementAlign(addr.getAlignment(), indices.back(), eltSize); | ||||
3426 | |||||
3427 | llvm::Value *eltPtr; | ||||
3428 | auto LastIndex = dyn_cast<llvm::ConstantInt>(indices.back()); | ||||
3429 | if (!CGF.IsInPreservedAIRegion || !LastIndex) { | ||||
3430 | eltPtr = emitArraySubscriptGEP( | ||||
3431 | CGF, addr.getPointer(), indices, inbounds, signedIndices, | ||||
3432 | loc, name); | ||||
3433 | } else { | ||||
3434 | // Remember the original array subscript for bpf target | ||||
3435 | unsigned idx = LastIndex->getZExtValue(); | ||||
3436 | llvm::DIType *DbgInfo = nullptr; | ||||
3437 | if (arrayType) | ||||
3438 | DbgInfo = CGF.getDebugInfo()->getOrCreateStandaloneType(*arrayType, loc); | ||||
3439 | eltPtr = CGF.Builder.CreatePreserveArrayAccessIndex(addr.getPointer(), | ||||
3440 | indices.size() - 1, | ||||
3441 | idx, DbgInfo); | ||||
3442 | } | ||||
3443 | |||||
3444 | return Address(eltPtr, eltAlign); | ||||
3445 | } | ||||
3446 | |||||
3447 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitArraySubscriptExpr(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E, | ||||
3448 | bool Accessed) { | ||||
3449 | // The index must always be an integer, which is not an aggregate. Emit it | ||||
3450 | // in lexical order (this complexity is, sadly, required by C++17). | ||||
3451 | llvm::Value *IdxPre = | ||||
3452 | (E->getLHS() == E->getIdx()) ? EmitScalarExpr(E->getIdx()) : nullptr; | ||||
3453 | bool SignedIndices = false; | ||||
3454 | auto EmitIdxAfterBase = [&, IdxPre](bool Promote) -> llvm::Value * { | ||||
3455 | auto *Idx = IdxPre; | ||||
3456 | if (E->getLHS() != E->getIdx()) { | ||||
3457 | assert(E->getRHS() == E->getIdx() && "index was neither LHS nor RHS")((E->getRHS() == E->getIdx() && "index was neither LHS nor RHS" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getRHS() == E->getIdx() && \"index was neither LHS nor RHS\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3457, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3458 | Idx = EmitScalarExpr(E->getIdx()); | ||||
3459 | } | ||||
3460 | |||||
3461 | QualType IdxTy = E->getIdx()->getType(); | ||||
3462 | bool IdxSigned = IdxTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | ||||
3463 | SignedIndices |= IdxSigned; | ||||
3464 | |||||
3465 | if (SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::ArrayBounds)) | ||||
3466 | EmitBoundsCheck(E, E->getBase(), Idx, IdxTy, Accessed); | ||||
3467 | |||||
3468 | // Extend or truncate the index type to 32 or 64-bits. | ||||
3469 | if (Promote && Idx->getType() != IntPtrTy) | ||||
3470 | Idx = Builder.CreateIntCast(Idx, IntPtrTy, IdxSigned, "idxprom"); | ||||
3471 | |||||
3472 | return Idx; | ||||
3473 | }; | ||||
3474 | IdxPre = nullptr; | ||||
3475 | |||||
3476 | // If the base is a vector type, then we are forming a vector element lvalue | ||||
3477 | // with this subscript. | ||||
3478 | if (E->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType() && | ||||
3479 | !isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(E->getBase())) { | ||||
3480 | // Emit the vector as an lvalue to get its address. | ||||
3481 | LValue LHS = EmitLValue(E->getBase()); | ||||
3482 | auto *Idx = EmitIdxAfterBase(/*Promote*/false); | ||||
3483 | assert(LHS.isSimple() && "Can only subscript lvalue vectors here!")((LHS.isSimple() && "Can only subscript lvalue vectors here!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LHS.isSimple() && \"Can only subscript lvalue vectors here!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3483, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3484 | return LValue::MakeVectorElt(LHS.getAddress(), Idx, E->getBase()->getType(), | ||||
3485 | LHS.getBaseInfo(), TBAAAccessInfo()); | ||||
3486 | } | ||||
3487 | |||||
3488 | // All the other cases basically behave like simple offsetting. | ||||
3489 | |||||
3490 | // Handle the extvector case we ignored above. | ||||
3491 | if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(E->getBase())) { | ||||
3492 | LValue LV = EmitLValue(E->getBase()); | ||||
3493 | auto *Idx = EmitIdxAfterBase(/*Promote*/true); | ||||
3494 | Address Addr = EmitExtVectorElementLValue(LV); | ||||
3495 | |||||
3496 | QualType EltType = LV.getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType(); | ||||
3497 | Addr = emitArraySubscriptGEP(*this, Addr, Idx, EltType, /*inbounds*/ true, | ||||
3498 | SignedIndices, E->getExprLoc()); | ||||
3499 | return MakeAddrLValue(Addr, EltType, LV.getBaseInfo(), | ||||
3500 | CGM.getTBAAInfoForSubobject(LV, EltType)); | ||||
3501 | } | ||||
3502 | |||||
3503 | LValueBaseInfo EltBaseInfo; | ||||
3504 | TBAAAccessInfo EltTBAAInfo; | ||||
3505 | Address Addr = Address::invalid(); | ||||
3506 | if (const VariableArrayType *vla = | ||||
3507 | getContext().getAsVariableArrayType(E->getType())) { | ||||
3508 | // The base must be a pointer, which is not an aggregate. Emit | ||||
3509 | // it. It needs to be emitted first in case it's what captures | ||||
3510 | // the VLA bounds. | ||||
3511 | Addr = EmitPointerWithAlignment(E->getBase(), &EltBaseInfo, &EltTBAAInfo); | ||||
3512 | auto *Idx = EmitIdxAfterBase(/*Promote*/true); | ||||
3513 | |||||
3514 | // The element count here is the total number of non-VLA elements. | ||||
3515 | llvm::Value *numElements = getVLASize(vla).NumElts; | ||||
3516 | |||||
3517 | // Effectively, the multiply by the VLA size is part of the GEP. | ||||
3518 | // GEP indexes are signed, and scaling an index isn't permitted to | ||||
3519 | // signed-overflow, so we use the same semantics for our explicit | ||||
3520 | // multiply. We suppress this if overflow is not undefined behavior. | ||||
3521 | if (getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined()) { | ||||
3522 | Idx = Builder.CreateMul(Idx, numElements); | ||||
3523 | } else { | ||||
3524 | Idx = Builder.CreateNSWMul(Idx, numElements); | ||||
3525 | } | ||||
3526 | |||||
3527 | Addr = emitArraySubscriptGEP(*this, Addr, Idx, vla->getElementType(), | ||||
3528 | !getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined(), | ||||
3529 | SignedIndices, E->getExprLoc()); | ||||
3530 | |||||
3531 | } else if (const ObjCObjectType *OIT = E->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()){ | ||||
3532 | // Indexing over an interface, as in "NSString *P; P[4];" | ||||
3533 | |||||
3534 | // Emit the base pointer. | ||||
3535 | Addr = EmitPointerWithAlignment(E->getBase(), &EltBaseInfo, &EltTBAAInfo); | ||||
3536 | auto *Idx = EmitIdxAfterBase(/*Promote*/true); | ||||
3537 | |||||
3538 | CharUnits InterfaceSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(OIT); | ||||
3539 | llvm::Value *InterfaceSizeVal = | ||||
3540 | llvm::ConstantInt::get(Idx->getType(), InterfaceSize.getQuantity()); | ||||
3541 | |||||
3542 | llvm::Value *ScaledIdx = Builder.CreateMul(Idx, InterfaceSizeVal); | ||||
3543 | |||||
3544 | // We don't necessarily build correct LLVM struct types for ObjC | ||||
3545 | // interfaces, so we can't rely on GEP to do this scaling | ||||
3546 | // correctly, so we need to cast to i8*. FIXME: is this actually | ||||
3547 | // true? A lot of other things in the fragile ABI would break... | ||||
3548 | llvm::Type *OrigBaseTy = Addr.getType(); | ||||
3549 | Addr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, Int8Ty); | ||||
3550 | |||||
3551 | // Do the GEP. | ||||
3552 | CharUnits EltAlign = | ||||
3553 | getArrayElementAlign(Addr.getAlignment(), Idx, InterfaceSize); | ||||
3554 | llvm::Value *EltPtr = | ||||
3555 | emitArraySubscriptGEP(*this, Addr.getPointer(), ScaledIdx, false, | ||||
3556 | SignedIndices, E->getExprLoc()); | ||||
3557 | Addr = Address(EltPtr, EltAlign); | ||||
3558 | |||||
3559 | // Cast back. | ||||
3560 | Addr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, OrigBaseTy); | ||||
3561 | } else if (const Expr *Array = isSimpleArrayDecayOperand(E->getBase())) { | ||||
3562 | // If this is A[i] where A is an array, the frontend will have decayed the | ||||
3563 | // base to be a ArrayToPointerDecay implicit cast. While correct, it is | ||||
3564 | // inefficient at -O0 to emit a "gep A, 0, 0" when codegen'ing it, then a | ||||
3565 | // "gep x, i" here. Emit one "gep A, 0, i". | ||||
3566 | assert(Array->getType()->isArrayType() &&((Array->getType()->isArrayType() && "Array to pointer decay must have array source type!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Array->getType()->isArrayType() && \"Array to pointer decay must have array source type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3567, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
3567 | "Array to pointer decay must have array source type!")((Array->getType()->isArrayType() && "Array to pointer decay must have array source type!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Array->getType()->isArrayType() && \"Array to pointer decay must have array source type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3567, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3568 | LValue ArrayLV; | ||||
3569 | // For simple multidimensional array indexing, set the 'accessed' flag for | ||||
3570 | // better bounds-checking of the base expression. | ||||
3571 | if (const auto *ASE = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(Array)) | ||||
3572 | ArrayLV = EmitArraySubscriptExpr(ASE, /*Accessed*/ true); | ||||
3573 | else | ||||
3574 | ArrayLV = EmitLValue(Array); | ||||
3575 | auto *Idx = EmitIdxAfterBase(/*Promote*/true); | ||||
3576 | |||||
3577 | // Propagate the alignment from the array itself to the result. | ||||
3578 | QualType arrayType = Array->getType(); | ||||
3579 | Addr = emitArraySubscriptGEP( | ||||
3580 | *this, ArrayLV.getAddress(), {CGM.getSize(CharUnits::Zero()), Idx}, | ||||
3581 | E->getType(), !getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined(), SignedIndices, | ||||
3582 | E->getExprLoc(), &arrayType); | ||||
3583 | EltBaseInfo = ArrayLV.getBaseInfo(); | ||||
3584 | EltTBAAInfo = CGM.getTBAAInfoForSubobject(ArrayLV, E->getType()); | ||||
3585 | } else { | ||||
3586 | // The base must be a pointer; emit it with an estimate of its alignment. | ||||
3587 | Addr = EmitPointerWithAlignment(E->getBase(), &EltBaseInfo, &EltTBAAInfo); | ||||
3588 | auto *Idx = EmitIdxAfterBase(/*Promote*/true); | ||||
3589 | QualType ptrType = E->getBase()->getType(); | ||||
3590 | Addr = emitArraySubscriptGEP(*this, Addr, Idx, E->getType(), | ||||
3591 | !getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined(), | ||||
3592 | SignedIndices, E->getExprLoc(), &ptrType); | ||||
3593 | } | ||||
3594 | |||||
3595 | LValue LV = MakeAddrLValue(Addr, E->getType(), EltBaseInfo, EltTBAAInfo); | ||||
3596 | |||||
3597 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC && | ||||
3598 | getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) { | ||||
3599 | LV.setNonGC(!E->isOBJCGCCandidate(getContext())); | ||||
3600 | setObjCGCLValueClass(getContext(), E, LV); | ||||
3601 | } | ||||
3602 | return LV; | ||||
3603 | } | ||||
3604 | |||||
3605 | static Address emitOMPArraySectionBase(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const Expr *Base, | ||||
3606 | LValueBaseInfo &BaseInfo, | ||||
3607 | TBAAAccessInfo &TBAAInfo, | ||||
3608 | QualType BaseTy, QualType ElTy, | ||||
3609 | bool IsLowerBound) { | ||||
3610 | LValue BaseLVal; | ||||
3611 | if (auto *ASE = dyn_cast<OMPArraySectionExpr>(Base->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { | ||||
3612 | BaseLVal = CGF.EmitOMPArraySectionExpr(ASE, IsLowerBound); | ||||
3613 | if (BaseTy->isArrayType()) { | ||||
3614 | Address Addr = BaseLVal.getAddress(); | ||||
3615 | BaseInfo = BaseLVal.getBaseInfo(); | ||||
3616 | |||||
3617 | // If the array type was an incomplete type, we need to make sure | ||||
3618 | // the decay ends up being the right type. | ||||
3619 | llvm::Type *NewTy = CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy); | ||||
3620 | Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, NewTy); | ||||
3621 | |||||
3622 | // Note that VLA pointers are always decayed, so we don't need to do | ||||
3623 | // anything here. | ||||
3624 | if (!BaseTy->isVariableArrayType()) { | ||||
3625 | assert(isa<llvm::ArrayType>(Addr.getElementType()) &&((isa<llvm::ArrayType>(Addr.getElementType()) && "Expected pointer to array") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<llvm::ArrayType>(Addr.getElementType()) && \"Expected pointer to array\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3626, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
3626 | "Expected pointer to array")((isa<llvm::ArrayType>(Addr.getElementType()) && "Expected pointer to array") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<llvm::ArrayType>(Addr.getElementType()) && \"Expected pointer to array\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3626, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3627 | Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstArrayGEP(Addr, 0, "arraydecay"); | ||||
3628 | } | ||||
3629 | |||||
3630 | return CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, | ||||
3631 | CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(ElTy)); | ||||
3632 | } | ||||
3633 | LValueBaseInfo TypeBaseInfo; | ||||
3634 | TBAAAccessInfo TypeTBAAInfo; | ||||
3635 | CharUnits Align = CGF.getNaturalTypeAlignment(ElTy, &TypeBaseInfo, | ||||
3636 | &TypeTBAAInfo); | ||||
3637 | BaseInfo.mergeForCast(TypeBaseInfo); | ||||
3638 | TBAAInfo = CGF.CGM.mergeTBAAInfoForCast(TBAAInfo, TypeTBAAInfo); | ||||
3639 | return Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(BaseLVal.getAddress()), Align); | ||||
3640 | } | ||||
3641 | return CGF.EmitPointerWithAlignment(Base, &BaseInfo, &TBAAInfo); | ||||
3642 | } | ||||
3643 | |||||
3644 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitOMPArraySectionExpr(const OMPArraySectionExpr *E, | ||||
3645 | bool IsLowerBound) { | ||||
3646 | QualType BaseTy = OMPArraySectionExpr::getBaseOriginalType(E->getBase()); | ||||
3647 | QualType ResultExprTy; | ||||
3648 | if (auto *AT = getContext().getAsArrayType(BaseTy)) | ||||
3649 | ResultExprTy = AT->getElementType(); | ||||
3650 | else | ||||
3651 | ResultExprTy = BaseTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
3652 | llvm::Value *Idx = nullptr; | ||||
3653 | if (IsLowerBound || E->getColonLoc().isInvalid()) { | ||||
3654 | // Requesting lower bound or upper bound, but without provided length and | ||||
3655 | // without ':' symbol for the default length -> length = 1. | ||||
3656 | // Idx = LowerBound ?: 0; | ||||
3657 | if (auto *LowerBound = E->getLowerBound()) { | ||||
3658 | Idx = Builder.CreateIntCast( | ||||
3659 | EmitScalarExpr(LowerBound), IntPtrTy, | ||||
3660 | LowerBound->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()); | ||||
3661 | } else | ||||
3662 | Idx = llvm::ConstantInt::getNullValue(IntPtrTy); | ||||
3663 | } else { | ||||
3664 | // Try to emit length or lower bound as constant. If this is possible, 1 | ||||
3665 | // is subtracted from constant length or lower bound. Otherwise, emit LLVM | ||||
3666 | // IR (LB + Len) - 1. | ||||
3667 | auto &C = CGM.getContext(); | ||||
3668 | auto *Length = E->getLength(); | ||||
3669 | llvm::APSInt ConstLength; | ||||
3670 | if (Length) { | ||||
3671 | // Idx = LowerBound + Length - 1; | ||||
3672 | if (Length->isIntegerConstantExpr(ConstLength, C)) { | ||||
3673 | ConstLength = ConstLength.zextOrTrunc(PointerWidthInBits); | ||||
3674 | Length = nullptr; | ||||
3675 | } | ||||
3676 | auto *LowerBound = E->getLowerBound(); | ||||
3677 | llvm::APSInt ConstLowerBound(PointerWidthInBits, /*isUnsigned=*/false); | ||||
3678 | if (LowerBound && LowerBound->isIntegerConstantExpr(ConstLowerBound, C)) { | ||||
3679 | ConstLowerBound = ConstLowerBound.zextOrTrunc(PointerWidthInBits); | ||||
3680 | LowerBound = nullptr; | ||||
3681 | } | ||||
3682 | if (!Length) | ||||
3683 | --ConstLength; | ||||
3684 | else if (!LowerBound) | ||||
3685 | --ConstLowerBound; | ||||
3686 | |||||
3687 | if (Length || LowerBound) { | ||||
3688 | auto *LowerBoundVal = | ||||
3689 | LowerBound | ||||
3690 | ? Builder.CreateIntCast( | ||||
3691 | EmitScalarExpr(LowerBound), IntPtrTy, | ||||
3692 | LowerBound->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) | ||||
3693 | : llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, ConstLowerBound); | ||||
3694 | auto *LengthVal = | ||||
3695 | Length | ||||
3696 | ? Builder.CreateIntCast( | ||||
3697 | EmitScalarExpr(Length), IntPtrTy, | ||||
3698 | Length->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) | ||||
3699 | : llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, ConstLength); | ||||
3700 | Idx = Builder.CreateAdd(LowerBoundVal, LengthVal, "lb_add_len", | ||||
3701 | /*HasNUW=*/false, | ||||
3702 | !getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined()); | ||||
3703 | if (Length && LowerBound) { | ||||
3704 | Idx = Builder.CreateSub( | ||||
3705 | Idx, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, /*V=*/1), "idx_sub_1", | ||||
3706 | /*HasNUW=*/false, !getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined()); | ||||
3707 | } | ||||
3708 | } else | ||||
3709 | Idx = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, ConstLength + ConstLowerBound); | ||||
3710 | } else { | ||||
3711 | // Idx = ArraySize - 1; | ||||
3712 | QualType ArrayTy = BaseTy->isPointerType() | ||||
3713 | ? E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType() | ||||
3714 | : BaseTy; | ||||
3715 | if (auto *VAT = C.getAsVariableArrayType(ArrayTy)) { | ||||
3716 | Length = VAT->getSizeExpr(); | ||||
3717 | if (Length->isIntegerConstantExpr(ConstLength, C)) | ||||
3718 | Length = nullptr; | ||||
3719 | } else { | ||||
3720 | auto *CAT = C.getAsConstantArrayType(ArrayTy); | ||||
3721 | ConstLength = CAT->getSize(); | ||||
3722 | } | ||||
3723 | if (Length) { | ||||
3724 | auto *LengthVal = Builder.CreateIntCast( | ||||
3725 | EmitScalarExpr(Length), IntPtrTy, | ||||
3726 | Length->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()); | ||||
3727 | Idx = Builder.CreateSub( | ||||
3728 | LengthVal, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, /*V=*/1), "len_sub_1", | ||||
3729 | /*HasNUW=*/false, !getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined()); | ||||
3730 | } else { | ||||
3731 | ConstLength = ConstLength.zextOrTrunc(PointerWidthInBits); | ||||
3732 | --ConstLength; | ||||
3733 | Idx = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, ConstLength); | ||||
3734 | } | ||||
3735 | } | ||||
3736 | } | ||||
3737 | assert(Idx)((Idx) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Idx", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3737, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3738 | |||||
3739 | Address EltPtr = Address::invalid(); | ||||
3740 | LValueBaseInfo BaseInfo; | ||||
3741 | TBAAAccessInfo TBAAInfo; | ||||
3742 | if (auto *VLA = getContext().getAsVariableArrayType(ResultExprTy)) { | ||||
3743 | // The base must be a pointer, which is not an aggregate. Emit | ||||
3744 | // it. It needs to be emitted first in case it's what captures | ||||
3745 | // the VLA bounds. | ||||
3746 | Address Base = | ||||
3747 | emitOMPArraySectionBase(*this, E->getBase(), BaseInfo, TBAAInfo, | ||||
3748 | BaseTy, VLA->getElementType(), IsLowerBound); | ||||
3749 | // The element count here is the total number of non-VLA elements. | ||||
3750 | llvm::Value *NumElements = getVLASize(VLA).NumElts; | ||||
3751 | |||||
3752 | // Effectively, the multiply by the VLA size is part of the GEP. | ||||
3753 | // GEP indexes are signed, and scaling an index isn't permitted to | ||||
3754 | // signed-overflow, so we use the same semantics for our explicit | ||||
3755 | // multiply. We suppress this if overflow is not undefined behavior. | ||||
3756 | if (getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined()) | ||||
3757 | Idx = Builder.CreateMul(Idx, NumElements); | ||||
3758 | else | ||||
3759 | Idx = Builder.CreateNSWMul(Idx, NumElements); | ||||
3760 | EltPtr = emitArraySubscriptGEP(*this, Base, Idx, VLA->getElementType(), | ||||
3761 | !getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined(), | ||||
3762 | /*signedIndices=*/false, E->getExprLoc()); | ||||
3763 | } else if (const Expr *Array = isSimpleArrayDecayOperand(E->getBase())) { | ||||
3764 | // If this is A[i] where A is an array, the frontend will have decayed the | ||||
3765 | // base to be a ArrayToPointerDecay implicit cast. While correct, it is | ||||
3766 | // inefficient at -O0 to emit a "gep A, 0, 0" when codegen'ing it, then a | ||||
3767 | // "gep x, i" here. Emit one "gep A, 0, i". | ||||
3768 | assert(Array->getType()->isArrayType() &&((Array->getType()->isArrayType() && "Array to pointer decay must have array source type!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Array->getType()->isArrayType() && \"Array to pointer decay must have array source type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3769, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
3769 | "Array to pointer decay must have array source type!")((Array->getType()->isArrayType() && "Array to pointer decay must have array source type!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Array->getType()->isArrayType() && \"Array to pointer decay must have array source type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3769, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3770 | LValue ArrayLV; | ||||
3771 | // For simple multidimensional array indexing, set the 'accessed' flag for | ||||
3772 | // better bounds-checking of the base expression. | ||||
3773 | if (const auto *ASE = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(Array)) | ||||
3774 | ArrayLV = EmitArraySubscriptExpr(ASE, /*Accessed*/ true); | ||||
3775 | else | ||||
3776 | ArrayLV = EmitLValue(Array); | ||||
3777 | |||||
3778 | // Propagate the alignment from the array itself to the result. | ||||
3779 | EltPtr = emitArraySubscriptGEP( | ||||
3780 | *this, ArrayLV.getAddress(), {CGM.getSize(CharUnits::Zero()), Idx}, | ||||
3781 | ResultExprTy, !getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined(), | ||||
3782 | /*signedIndices=*/false, E->getExprLoc()); | ||||
3783 | BaseInfo = ArrayLV.getBaseInfo(); | ||||
3784 | TBAAInfo = CGM.getTBAAInfoForSubobject(ArrayLV, ResultExprTy); | ||||
3785 | } else { | ||||
3786 | Address Base = emitOMPArraySectionBase(*this, E->getBase(), BaseInfo, | ||||
3787 | TBAAInfo, BaseTy, ResultExprTy, | ||||
3788 | IsLowerBound); | ||||
3789 | EltPtr = emitArraySubscriptGEP(*this, Base, Idx, ResultExprTy, | ||||
3790 | !getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined(), | ||||
3791 | /*signedIndices=*/false, E->getExprLoc()); | ||||
3792 | } | ||||
3793 | |||||
3794 | return MakeAddrLValue(EltPtr, ResultExprTy, BaseInfo, TBAAInfo); | ||||
3795 | } | ||||
3796 | |||||
3797 | LValue CodeGenFunction:: | ||||
3798 | EmitExtVectorElementExpr(const ExtVectorElementExpr *E) { | ||||
3799 | // Emit the base vector as an l-value. | ||||
3800 | LValue Base; | ||||
3801 | |||||
3802 | // ExtVectorElementExpr's base can either be a vector or pointer to vector. | ||||
3803 | if (E->isArrow()) { | ||||
3804 | // If it is a pointer to a vector, emit the address and form an lvalue with | ||||
3805 | // it. | ||||
3806 | LValueBaseInfo BaseInfo; | ||||
3807 | TBAAAccessInfo TBAAInfo; | ||||
3808 | Address Ptr = EmitPointerWithAlignment(E->getBase(), &BaseInfo, &TBAAInfo); | ||||
3809 | const PointerType *PT = E->getBase()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||
3810 | Base = MakeAddrLValue(Ptr, PT->getPointeeType(), BaseInfo, TBAAInfo); | ||||
3811 | Base.getQuals().removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||
3812 | } else if (E->getBase()->isGLValue()) { | ||||
3813 | // Otherwise, if the base is an lvalue ( as in the case of foo.x.x), | ||||
3814 | // emit the base as an lvalue. | ||||
3815 | assert(E->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())((E->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3815, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3816 | Base = EmitLValue(E->getBase()); | ||||
3817 | } else { | ||||
3818 | // Otherwise, the base is a normal rvalue (as in (V+V).x), emit it as such. | ||||
3819 | assert(E->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType() &&((E->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType() && "Result must be a vector") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType() && \"Result must be a vector\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3820, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
3820 | "Result must be a vector")((E->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType() && "Result must be a vector") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType() && \"Result must be a vector\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3820, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3821 | llvm::Value *Vec = EmitScalarExpr(E->getBase()); | ||||
3822 | |||||
3823 | // Store the vector to memory (because LValue wants an address). | ||||
3824 | Address VecMem = CreateMemTemp(E->getBase()->getType()); | ||||
3825 | Builder.CreateStore(Vec, VecMem); | ||||
3826 | Base = MakeAddrLValue(VecMem, E->getBase()->getType(), | ||||
3827 | AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
3828 | } | ||||
3829 | |||||
3830 | QualType type = | ||||
3831 | E->getType().withCVRQualifiers(Base.getQuals().getCVRQualifiers()); | ||||
3832 | |||||
3833 | // Encode the element access list into a vector of unsigned indices. | ||||
3834 | SmallVector<uint32_t, 4> Indices; | ||||
3835 | E->getEncodedElementAccess(Indices); | ||||
3836 | |||||
3837 | if (Base.isSimple()) { | ||||
3838 | llvm::Constant *CV = | ||||
3839 | llvm::ConstantDataVector::get(getLLVMContext(), Indices); | ||||
3840 | return LValue::MakeExtVectorElt(Base.getAddress(), CV, type, | ||||
3841 | Base.getBaseInfo(), TBAAAccessInfo()); | ||||
3842 | } | ||||
3843 | assert(Base.isExtVectorElt() && "Can only subscript lvalue vec elts here!")((Base.isExtVectorElt() && "Can only subscript lvalue vec elts here!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Base.isExtVectorElt() && \"Can only subscript lvalue vec elts here!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3843, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3844 | |||||
3845 | llvm::Constant *BaseElts = Base.getExtVectorElts(); | ||||
3846 | SmallVector<llvm::Constant *, 4> CElts; | ||||
3847 | |||||
3848 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Indices.size(); i != e; ++i) | ||||
3849 | CElts.push_back(BaseElts->getAggregateElement(Indices[i])); | ||||
3850 | llvm::Constant *CV = llvm::ConstantVector::get(CElts); | ||||
3851 | return LValue::MakeExtVectorElt(Base.getExtVectorAddress(), CV, type, | ||||
3852 | Base.getBaseInfo(), TBAAAccessInfo()); | ||||
3853 | } | ||||
3854 | |||||
3855 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E) { | ||||
3856 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE
| ||||
3857 | EmitIgnoredExpr(E->getBase()); | ||||
3858 | return EmitDeclRefLValue(DRE); | ||||
3859 | } | ||||
3860 | |||||
3861 | Expr *BaseExpr = E->getBase(); | ||||
3862 | // If this is s.x, emit s as an lvalue. If it is s->x, emit s as a scalar. | ||||
3863 | LValue BaseLV; | ||||
3864 | if (E->isArrow()) { | ||||
3865 | LValueBaseInfo BaseInfo; | ||||
3866 | TBAAAccessInfo TBAAInfo; | ||||
3867 | Address Addr = EmitPointerWithAlignment(BaseExpr, &BaseInfo, &TBAAInfo); | ||||
3868 | QualType PtrTy = BaseExpr->getType()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
3869 | SanitizerSet SkippedChecks; | ||||
3870 | bool IsBaseCXXThis = IsWrappedCXXThis(BaseExpr); | ||||
3871 | if (IsBaseCXXThis) | ||||
3872 | SkippedChecks.set(SanitizerKind::Alignment, true); | ||||
3873 | if (IsBaseCXXThis || isa<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr)) | ||||
3874 | SkippedChecks.set(SanitizerKind::Null, true); | ||||
3875 | EmitTypeCheck(TCK_MemberAccess, E->getExprLoc(), Addr.getPointer(), PtrTy, | ||||
3876 | /*Alignment=*/CharUnits::Zero(), SkippedChecks); | ||||
3877 | BaseLV = MakeAddrLValue(Addr, PtrTy, BaseInfo, TBAAInfo); | ||||
3878 | } else | ||||
3879 | BaseLV = EmitCheckedLValue(BaseExpr, TCK_MemberAccess); | ||||
3880 | |||||
3881 | NamedDecl *ND = E->getMemberDecl(); | ||||
3882 | if (auto *Field
| ||||
3883 | LValue LV = EmitLValueForField(BaseLV, Field); | ||||
3884 | setObjCGCLValueClass(getContext(), E, LV); | ||||
3885 | return LV; | ||||
3886 | } | ||||
3887 | |||||
3888 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) | ||||
3889 | return EmitFunctionDeclLValue(*this, E, FD); | ||||
3890 | |||||
3891 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled member declaration!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unhandled member declaration!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3891); | ||||
3892 | } | ||||
3893 | |||||
3894 | /// Given that we are currently emitting a lambda, emit an l-value for | ||||
3895 | /// one of its members. | ||||
3896 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitLValueForLambdaField(const FieldDecl *Field) { | ||||
3897 | assert(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurCodeDecl)->getParent()->isLambda())((cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurCodeDecl)->getParent()-> isLambda()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurCodeDecl)->getParent()->isLambda()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3897, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3898 | assert(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurCodeDecl)->getParent() == Field->getParent())((cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurCodeDecl)->getParent() == Field ->getParent()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurCodeDecl)->getParent() == Field->getParent()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 3898, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3899 | QualType LambdaTagType = | ||||
3900 | getContext().getTagDeclType(Field->getParent()); | ||||
3901 | LValue LambdaLV = MakeNaturalAlignAddrLValue(CXXABIThisValue, LambdaTagType); | ||||
3902 | return EmitLValueForField(LambdaLV, Field); | ||||
3903 | } | ||||
3904 | |||||
3905 | /// Get the field index in the debug info. The debug info structure/union | ||||
3906 | /// will ignore the unnamed bitfields. | ||||
3907 | unsigned CodeGenFunction::getDebugInfoFIndex(const RecordDecl *Rec, | ||||
3908 | unsigned FieldIndex) { | ||||
3909 | unsigned I = 0, Skipped = 0; | ||||
3910 | |||||
3911 | for (auto F : Rec->getDefinition()->fields()) { | ||||
3912 | if (I == FieldIndex) | ||||
3913 | break; | ||||
3914 | if (F->isUnnamedBitfield()) | ||||
3915 | Skipped++; | ||||
3916 | I++; | ||||
3917 | } | ||||
3918 | |||||
3919 | return FieldIndex - Skipped; | ||||
3920 | } | ||||
3921 | |||||
3922 | /// Get the address of a zero-sized field within a record. The resulting | ||||
3923 | /// address doesn't necessarily have the right type. | ||||
3924 | static Address emitAddrOfZeroSizeField(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address Base, | ||||
3925 | const FieldDecl *Field) { | ||||
3926 | CharUnits Offset = CGF.getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits( | ||||
3927 | CGF.getContext().getFieldOffset(Field)); | ||||
3928 | if (Offset.isZero()) | ||||
3929 | return Base; | ||||
3930 | Base = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Base, CGF.Int8Ty); | ||||
3931 | return CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Base, Offset); | ||||
3932 | } | ||||
3933 | |||||
3934 | /// Drill down to the storage of a field without walking into | ||||
3935 | /// reference types. | ||||
3936 | /// | ||||
3937 | /// The resulting address doesn't necessarily have the right type. | ||||
3938 | static Address emitAddrOfFieldStorage(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address base, | ||||
3939 | const FieldDecl *field) { | ||||
3940 | if (field->isZeroSize(CGF.getContext())) | ||||
3941 | return emitAddrOfZeroSizeField(CGF, base, field); | ||||
3942 | |||||
3943 | const RecordDecl *rec = field->getParent(); | ||||
3944 | |||||
3945 | unsigned idx = | ||||
3946 | CGF.CGM.getTypes().getCGRecordLayout(rec).getLLVMFieldNo(field); | ||||
3947 | |||||
3948 | return CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(base, idx, field->getName()); | ||||
3949 | } | ||||
3950 | |||||
3951 | static Address emitPreserveStructAccess(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address base, | ||||
3952 | const FieldDecl *field) { | ||||
3953 | const RecordDecl *rec = field->getParent(); | ||||
3954 | llvm::DIType *DbgInfo = CGF.getDebugInfo()->getOrCreateRecordType( | ||||
3955 | CGF.getContext().getRecordType(rec), rec->getLocation()); | ||||
3956 | |||||
3957 | unsigned idx = | ||||
3958 | CGF.CGM.getTypes().getCGRecordLayout(rec).getLLVMFieldNo(field); | ||||
3959 | |||||
3960 | return CGF.Builder.CreatePreserveStructAccessIndex( | ||||
3961 | base, idx, CGF.getDebugInfoFIndex(rec, field->getFieldIndex()), DbgInfo); | ||||
3962 | } | ||||
3963 | |||||
3964 | static bool hasAnyVptr(const QualType Type, const ASTContext &Context) { | ||||
3965 | const auto *RD = Type.getTypePtr()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||
3966 | if (!RD) | ||||
3967 | return false; | ||||
3968 | |||||
3969 | if (RD->isDynamicClass()) | ||||
3970 | return true; | ||||
3971 | |||||
3972 | for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) | ||||
3973 | if (hasAnyVptr(Base.getType(), Context)) | ||||
3974 | return true; | ||||
3975 | |||||
3976 | for (const FieldDecl *Field : RD->fields()) | ||||
3977 | if (hasAnyVptr(Field->getType(), Context)) | ||||
3978 | return true; | ||||
3979 | |||||
3980 | return false; | ||||
3981 | } | ||||
3982 | |||||
3983 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitLValueForField(LValue base, | ||||
3984 | const FieldDecl *field) { | ||||
3985 | LValueBaseInfo BaseInfo = base.getBaseInfo(); | ||||
3986 | |||||
3987 | if (field->isBitField()) { | ||||
3988 | const CGRecordLayout &RL = | ||||
3989 | CGM.getTypes().getCGRecordLayout(field->getParent()); | ||||
3990 | const CGBitFieldInfo &Info = RL.getBitFieldInfo(field); | ||||
3991 | Address Addr = base.getAddress(); | ||||
3992 | unsigned Idx = RL.getLLVMFieldNo(field); | ||||
3993 | if (Idx != 0) | ||||
3994 | // For structs, we GEP to the field that the record layout suggests. | ||||
3995 | Addr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Addr, Idx, field->getName()); | ||||
3996 | // Get the access type. | ||||
3997 | llvm::Type *FieldIntTy = | ||||
3998 | llvm::Type::getIntNTy(getLLVMContext(), Info.StorageSize); | ||||
3999 | if (Addr.getElementType() != FieldIntTy) | ||||
4000 | Addr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, FieldIntTy); | ||||
4001 | |||||
4002 | QualType fieldType = | ||||
4003 | field->getType().withCVRQualifiers(base.getVRQualifiers()); | ||||
4004 | // TODO: Support TBAA for bit fields. | ||||
4005 | LValueBaseInfo FieldBaseInfo(BaseInfo.getAlignmentSource()); | ||||
4006 | return LValue::MakeBitfield(Addr, Info, fieldType, FieldBaseInfo, | ||||
4007 | TBAAAccessInfo()); | ||||
4008 | } | ||||
4009 | |||||
4010 | // Fields of may-alias structures are may-alias themselves. | ||||
4011 | // FIXME: this should get propagated down through anonymous structs | ||||
4012 | // and unions. | ||||
4013 | QualType FieldType = field->getType(); | ||||
4014 | const RecordDecl *rec = field->getParent(); | ||||
4015 | AlignmentSource BaseAlignSource = BaseInfo.getAlignmentSource(); | ||||
4016 | LValueBaseInfo FieldBaseInfo(getFieldAlignmentSource(BaseAlignSource)); | ||||
4017 | TBAAAccessInfo FieldTBAAInfo; | ||||
4018 | if (base.getTBAAInfo().isMayAlias() || | ||||
4019 | rec->hasAttr<MayAliasAttr>() || FieldType->isVectorType()) { | ||||
4020 | FieldTBAAInfo = TBAAAccessInfo::getMayAliasInfo(); | ||||
4021 | } else if (rec->isUnion()) { | ||||
4022 | // TODO: Support TBAA for unions. | ||||
4023 | FieldTBAAInfo = TBAAAccessInfo::getMayAliasInfo(); | ||||
4024 | } else { | ||||
4025 | // If no base type been assigned for the base access, then try to generate | ||||
4026 | // one for this base lvalue. | ||||
4027 | FieldTBAAInfo = base.getTBAAInfo(); | ||||
4028 | if (!FieldTBAAInfo.BaseType) { | ||||
4029 | FieldTBAAInfo.BaseType = CGM.getTBAABaseTypeInfo(base.getType()); | ||||
4030 | assert(!FieldTBAAInfo.Offset &&((!FieldTBAAInfo.Offset && "Nonzero offset for an access with no base type!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!FieldTBAAInfo.Offset && \"Nonzero offset for an access with no base type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4031, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
4031 | "Nonzero offset for an access with no base type!")((!FieldTBAAInfo.Offset && "Nonzero offset for an access with no base type!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!FieldTBAAInfo.Offset && \"Nonzero offset for an access with no base type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4031, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4032 | } | ||||
4033 | |||||
4034 | // Adjust offset to be relative to the base type. | ||||
4035 | const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = | ||||
4036 | getContext().getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); | ||||
4037 | unsigned CharWidth = getContext().getCharWidth(); | ||||
4038 | if (FieldTBAAInfo.BaseType) | ||||
4039 | FieldTBAAInfo.Offset += | ||||
4040 | Layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()) / CharWidth; | ||||
4041 | |||||
4042 | // Update the final access type and size. | ||||
4043 | FieldTBAAInfo.AccessType = CGM.getTBAATypeInfo(FieldType); | ||||
4044 | FieldTBAAInfo.Size = | ||||
4045 | getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).getQuantity(); | ||||
4046 | } | ||||
4047 | |||||
4048 | Address addr = base.getAddress(); | ||||
4049 | if (auto *ClassDef = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rec)) { | ||||
4050 | if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StrictVTablePointers && | ||||
4051 | ClassDef->isDynamicClass()) { | ||||
4052 | // Getting to any field of dynamic object requires stripping dynamic | ||||
4053 | // information provided by invariant.group. This is because accessing | ||||
4054 | // fields may leak the real address of dynamic object, which could result | ||||
4055 | // in miscompilation when leaked pointer would be compared. | ||||
4056 | auto *stripped = Builder.CreateStripInvariantGroup(addr.getPointer()); | ||||
4057 | addr = Address(stripped, addr.getAlignment()); | ||||
4058 | } | ||||
4059 | } | ||||
4060 | |||||
4061 | unsigned RecordCVR = base.getVRQualifiers(); | ||||
4062 | if (rec->isUnion()) { | ||||
4063 | // For unions, there is no pointer adjustment. | ||||
4064 | if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StrictVTablePointers && | ||||
4065 | hasAnyVptr(FieldType, getContext())) | ||||
4066 | // Because unions can easily skip invariant.barriers, we need to add | ||||
4067 | // a barrier every time CXXRecord field with vptr is referenced. | ||||
4068 | addr = Address(Builder.CreateLaunderInvariantGroup(addr.getPointer()), | ||||
4069 | addr.getAlignment()); | ||||
4070 | |||||
4071 | if (IsInPreservedAIRegion) { | ||||
4072 | // Remember the original union field index | ||||
4073 | llvm::DIType *DbgInfo = getDebugInfo()->getOrCreateRecordType( | ||||
4074 | getContext().getRecordType(rec), rec->getLocation()); | ||||
4075 | addr = Address( | ||||
4076 | Builder.CreatePreserveUnionAccessIndex( | ||||
4077 | addr.getPointer(), getDebugInfoFIndex(rec, field->getFieldIndex()), DbgInfo), | ||||
4078 | addr.getAlignment()); | ||||
4079 | } | ||||
4080 | |||||
4081 | if (FieldType->isReferenceType()) | ||||
4082 | addr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast( | ||||
4083 | addr, CGM.getTypes().ConvertTypeForMem(FieldType), field->getName()); | ||||
4084 | } else { | ||||
4085 | if (!IsInPreservedAIRegion) | ||||
4086 | // For structs, we GEP to the field that the record layout suggests. | ||||
4087 | addr = emitAddrOfFieldStorage(*this, addr, field); | ||||
4088 | else | ||||
4089 | // Remember the original struct field index | ||||
4090 | addr = emitPreserveStructAccess(*this, addr, field); | ||||
4091 | } | ||||
4092 | |||||
4093 | // If this is a reference field, load the reference right now. | ||||
4094 | if (FieldType->isReferenceType()) { | ||||
4095 | LValue RefLVal = | ||||
4096 | MakeAddrLValue(addr, FieldType, FieldBaseInfo, FieldTBAAInfo); | ||||
4097 | if (RecordCVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) | ||||
4098 | RefLVal.getQuals().addVolatile(); | ||||
4099 | addr = EmitLoadOfReference(RefLVal, &FieldBaseInfo, &FieldTBAAInfo); | ||||
4100 | |||||
4101 | // Qualifiers on the struct don't apply to the referencee. | ||||
4102 | RecordCVR = 0; | ||||
4103 | FieldType = FieldType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
4104 | } | ||||
4105 | |||||
4106 | // Make sure that the address is pointing to the right type. This is critical | ||||
4107 | // for both unions and structs. A union needs a bitcast, a struct element | ||||
4108 | // will need a bitcast if the LLVM type laid out doesn't match the desired | ||||
4109 | // type. | ||||
4110 | addr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast( | ||||
4111 | addr, CGM.getTypes().ConvertTypeForMem(FieldType), field->getName()); | ||||
4112 | |||||
4113 | if (field->hasAttr<AnnotateAttr>()) | ||||
4114 | addr = EmitFieldAnnotations(field, addr); | ||||
4115 | |||||
4116 | LValue LV = MakeAddrLValue(addr, FieldType, FieldBaseInfo, FieldTBAAInfo); | ||||
4117 | LV.getQuals().addCVRQualifiers(RecordCVR); | ||||
4118 | |||||
4119 | // __weak attribute on a field is ignored. | ||||
4120 | if (LV.getQuals().getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak) | ||||
4121 | LV.getQuals().removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||
4122 | |||||
4123 | return LV; | ||||
4124 | } | ||||
4125 | |||||
4126 | LValue | ||||
4127 | CodeGenFunction::EmitLValueForFieldInitialization(LValue Base, | ||||
4128 | const FieldDecl *Field) { | ||||
4129 | QualType FieldType = Field->getType(); | ||||
4130 | |||||
4131 | if (!FieldType->isReferenceType()) | ||||
4132 | return EmitLValueForField(Base, Field); | ||||
4133 | |||||
4134 | Address V = emitAddrOfFieldStorage(*this, Base.getAddress(), Field); | ||||
4135 | |||||
4136 | // Make sure that the address is pointing to the right type. | ||||
4137 | llvm::Type *llvmType = ConvertTypeForMem(FieldType); | ||||
4138 | V = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(V, llvmType, Field->getName()); | ||||
4139 | |||||
4140 | // TODO: Generate TBAA information that describes this access as a structure | ||||
4141 | // member access and not just an access to an object of the field's type. This | ||||
4142 | // should be similar to what we do in EmitLValueForField(). | ||||
4143 | LValueBaseInfo BaseInfo = Base.getBaseInfo(); | ||||
4144 | AlignmentSource FieldAlignSource = BaseInfo.getAlignmentSource(); | ||||
4145 | LValueBaseInfo FieldBaseInfo(getFieldAlignmentSource(FieldAlignSource)); | ||||
4146 | return MakeAddrLValue(V, FieldType, FieldBaseInfo, | ||||
4147 | CGM.getTBAAInfoForSubobject(Base, FieldType)); | ||||
4148 | } | ||||
4149 | |||||
4150 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitCompoundLiteralLValue(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E){ | ||||
4151 | if (E->isFileScope()) { | ||||
4152 | ConstantAddress GlobalPtr = CGM.GetAddrOfConstantCompoundLiteral(E); | ||||
4153 | return MakeAddrLValue(GlobalPtr, E->getType(), AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
4154 | } | ||||
4155 | if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) | ||||
4156 | // make sure to emit the VLA size. | ||||
4157 | EmitVariablyModifiedType(E->getType()); | ||||
4158 | |||||
4159 | Address DeclPtr = CreateMemTemp(E->getType(), ".compoundliteral"); | ||||
4160 | const Expr *InitExpr = E->getInitializer(); | ||||
4161 | LValue Result = MakeAddrLValue(DeclPtr, E->getType(), AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
4162 | |||||
4163 | EmitAnyExprToMem(InitExpr, DeclPtr, E->getType().getQualifiers(), | ||||
4164 | /*Init*/ true); | ||||
4165 | |||||
4166 | return Result; | ||||
4167 | } | ||||
4168 | |||||
4169 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitInitListLValue(const InitListExpr *E) { | ||||
4170 | if (!E->isGLValue()) | ||||
4171 | // Initializing an aggregate temporary in C++11: T{...}. | ||||
4172 | return EmitAggExprToLValue(E); | ||||
4173 | |||||
4174 | // An lvalue initializer list must be initializing a reference. | ||||
4175 | assert(E->isTransparent() && "non-transparent glvalue init list")((E->isTransparent() && "non-transparent glvalue init list" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->isTransparent() && \"non-transparent glvalue init list\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4175, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4176 | return EmitLValue(E->getInit(0)); | ||||
4177 | } | ||||
4178 | |||||
4179 | /// Emit the operand of a glvalue conditional operator. This is either a glvalue | ||||
4180 | /// or a (possibly-parenthesized) throw-expression. If this is a throw, no | ||||
4181 | /// LValue is returned and the current block has been terminated. | ||||
4182 | static Optional<LValue> EmitLValueOrThrowExpression(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
4183 | const Expr *Operand) { | ||||
4184 | if (auto *ThrowExpr = dyn_cast<CXXThrowExpr>(Operand->IgnoreParens())) { | ||||
4185 | CGF.EmitCXXThrowExpr(ThrowExpr, /*KeepInsertionPoint*/false); | ||||
4186 | return None; | ||||
4187 | } | ||||
4188 | |||||
4189 | return CGF.EmitLValue(Operand); | ||||
4190 | } | ||||
4191 | |||||
4192 | LValue CodeGenFunction:: | ||||
4193 | EmitConditionalOperatorLValue(const AbstractConditionalOperator *expr) { | ||||
4194 | if (!expr->isGLValue()) { | ||||
4195 | // ?: here should be an aggregate. | ||||
4196 | assert(hasAggregateEvaluationKind(expr->getType()) &&((hasAggregateEvaluationKind(expr->getType()) && "Unexpected conditional operator!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("hasAggregateEvaluationKind(expr->getType()) && \"Unexpected conditional operator!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4197, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
4197 | "Unexpected conditional operator!")((hasAggregateEvaluationKind(expr->getType()) && "Unexpected conditional operator!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("hasAggregateEvaluationKind(expr->getType()) && \"Unexpected conditional operator!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4197, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4198 | return EmitAggExprToLValue(expr); | ||||
4199 | } | ||||
4200 | |||||
4201 | OpaqueValueMapping binding(*this, expr); | ||||
4202 | |||||
4203 | const Expr *condExpr = expr->getCond(); | ||||
4204 | bool CondExprBool; | ||||
4205 | if (ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger(condExpr, CondExprBool)) { | ||||
4206 | const Expr *live = expr->getTrueExpr(), *dead = expr->getFalseExpr(); | ||||
4207 | if (!CondExprBool) std::swap(live, dead); | ||||
4208 | |||||
4209 | if (!ContainsLabel(dead)) { | ||||
4210 | // If the true case is live, we need to track its region. | ||||
4211 | if (CondExprBool) | ||||
4212 | incrementProfileCounter(expr); | ||||
4213 | return EmitLValue(live); | ||||
4214 | } | ||||
4215 | } | ||||
4216 | |||||
4217 | llvm::BasicBlock *lhsBlock = createBasicBlock("cond.true"); | ||||
4218 | llvm::BasicBlock *rhsBlock = createBasicBlock("cond.false"); | ||||
4219 | llvm::BasicBlock *contBlock = createBasicBlock("cond.end"); | ||||
4220 | |||||
4221 | ConditionalEvaluation eval(*this); | ||||
4222 | EmitBranchOnBoolExpr(condExpr, lhsBlock, rhsBlock, getProfileCount(expr)); | ||||
4223 | |||||
4224 | // Any temporaries created here are conditional. | ||||
4225 | EmitBlock(lhsBlock); | ||||
4226 | incrementProfileCounter(expr); | ||||
4227 | eval.begin(*this); | ||||
4228 | Optional<LValue> lhs = | ||||
4229 | EmitLValueOrThrowExpression(*this, expr->getTrueExpr()); | ||||
4230 | eval.end(*this); | ||||
4231 | |||||
4232 | if (lhs && !lhs->isSimple()) | ||||
4233 | return EmitUnsupportedLValue(expr, "conditional operator"); | ||||
4234 | |||||
4235 | lhsBlock = Builder.GetInsertBlock(); | ||||
4236 | if (lhs) | ||||
4237 | Builder.CreateBr(contBlock); | ||||
4238 | |||||
4239 | // Any temporaries created here are conditional. | ||||
4240 | EmitBlock(rhsBlock); | ||||
4241 | eval.begin(*this); | ||||
4242 | Optional<LValue> rhs = | ||||
4243 | EmitLValueOrThrowExpression(*this, expr->getFalseExpr()); | ||||
4244 | eval.end(*this); | ||||
4245 | if (rhs && !rhs->isSimple()) | ||||
4246 | return EmitUnsupportedLValue(expr, "conditional operator"); | ||||
4247 | rhsBlock = Builder.GetInsertBlock(); | ||||
4248 | |||||
4249 | EmitBlock(contBlock); | ||||
4250 | |||||
4251 | if (lhs && rhs) { | ||||
4252 | llvm::PHINode *phi = Builder.CreatePHI(lhs->getPointer()->getType(), | ||||
4253 | 2, "cond-lvalue"); | ||||
4254 | phi->addIncoming(lhs->getPointer(), lhsBlock); | ||||
4255 | phi->addIncoming(rhs->getPointer(), rhsBlock); | ||||
4256 | Address result(phi, std::min(lhs->getAlignment(), rhs->getAlignment())); | ||||
4257 | AlignmentSource alignSource = | ||||
4258 | std::max(lhs->getBaseInfo().getAlignmentSource(), | ||||
4259 | rhs->getBaseInfo().getAlignmentSource()); | ||||
4260 | TBAAAccessInfo TBAAInfo = CGM.mergeTBAAInfoForConditionalOperator( | ||||
4261 | lhs->getTBAAInfo(), rhs->getTBAAInfo()); | ||||
4262 | return MakeAddrLValue(result, expr->getType(), LValueBaseInfo(alignSource), | ||||
4263 | TBAAInfo); | ||||
4264 | } else { | ||||
4265 | assert((lhs || rhs) &&(((lhs || rhs) && "both operands of glvalue conditional are throw-expressions?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(lhs || rhs) && \"both operands of glvalue conditional are throw-expressions?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4266, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
4266 | "both operands of glvalue conditional are throw-expressions?")(((lhs || rhs) && "both operands of glvalue conditional are throw-expressions?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(lhs || rhs) && \"both operands of glvalue conditional are throw-expressions?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4266, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4267 | return lhs ? *lhs : *rhs; | ||||
4268 | } | ||||
4269 | } | ||||
4270 | |||||
4271 | /// EmitCastLValue - Casts are never lvalues unless that cast is to a reference | ||||
4272 | /// type. If the cast is to a reference, we can have the usual lvalue result, | ||||
4273 | /// otherwise if a cast is needed by the code generator in an lvalue context, | ||||
4274 | /// then it must mean that we need the address of an aggregate in order to | ||||
4275 | /// access one of its members. This can happen for all the reasons that casts | ||||
4276 | /// are permitted with aggregate result, including noop aggregate casts, and | ||||
4277 | /// cast from scalar to union. | ||||
4278 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitCastLValue(const CastExpr *E) { | ||||
4279 | switch (E->getCastKind()) { | ||||
4280 | case CK_ToVoid: | ||||
4281 | case CK_BitCast: | ||||
4282 | case CK_LValueToRValueBitCast: | ||||
4283 | case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay: | ||||
4284 | case CK_FunctionToPointerDecay: | ||||
4285 | case CK_NullToMemberPointer: | ||||
4286 | case CK_NullToPointer: | ||||
4287 | case CK_IntegralToPointer: | ||||
4288 | case CK_PointerToIntegral: | ||||
4289 | case CK_PointerToBoolean: | ||||
4290 | case CK_VectorSplat: | ||||
4291 | case CK_IntegralCast: | ||||
4292 | case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral: | ||||
4293 | case CK_IntegralToBoolean: | ||||
4294 | case CK_IntegralToFloating: | ||||
4295 | case CK_FloatingToIntegral: | ||||
4296 | case CK_FloatingToBoolean: | ||||
4297 | case CK_FloatingCast: | ||||
4298 | case CK_FloatingRealToComplex: | ||||
4299 | case CK_FloatingComplexToReal: | ||||
4300 | case CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean: | ||||
4301 | case CK_FloatingComplexCast: | ||||
4302 | case CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex: | ||||
4303 | case CK_IntegralRealToComplex: | ||||
4304 | case CK_IntegralComplexToReal: | ||||
4305 | case CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean: | ||||
4306 | case CK_IntegralComplexCast: | ||||
4307 | case CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex: | ||||
4308 | case CK_DerivedToBaseMemberPointer: | ||||
4309 | case CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer: | ||||
4310 | case CK_MemberPointerToBoolean: | ||||
4311 | case CK_ReinterpretMemberPointer: | ||||
4312 | case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast: | ||||
4313 | case CK_ARCProduceObject: | ||||
4314 | case CK_ARCConsumeObject: | ||||
4315 | case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject: | ||||
4316 | case CK_ARCExtendBlockObject: | ||||
4317 | case CK_CopyAndAutoreleaseBlockObject: | ||||
4318 | case CK_IntToOCLSampler: | ||||
4319 | case CK_FixedPointCast: | ||||
4320 | case CK_FixedPointToBoolean: | ||||
4321 | case CK_FixedPointToIntegral: | ||||
4322 | case CK_IntegralToFixedPoint: | ||||
4323 | return EmitUnsupportedLValue(E, "unexpected cast lvalue"); | ||||
4324 | |||||
4325 | case CK_Dependent: | ||||
4326 | llvm_unreachable("dependent cast kind in IR gen!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("dependent cast kind in IR gen!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4326); | ||||
4327 | |||||
4328 | case CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr: | ||||
4329 | llvm_unreachable("builtin functions are handled elsewhere")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("builtin functions are handled elsewhere" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4329); | ||||
4330 | |||||
4331 | // These are never l-values; just use the aggregate emission code. | ||||
4332 | case CK_NonAtomicToAtomic: | ||||
4333 | case CK_AtomicToNonAtomic: | ||||
4334 | return EmitAggExprToLValue(E); | ||||
4335 | |||||
4336 | case CK_Dynamic: { | ||||
4337 | LValue LV = EmitLValue(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
4338 | Address V = LV.getAddress(); | ||||
4339 | const auto *DCE = cast<CXXDynamicCastExpr>(E); | ||||
4340 | return MakeNaturalAlignAddrLValue(EmitDynamicCast(V, DCE), E->getType()); | ||||
4341 | } | ||||
4342 | |||||
4343 | case CK_ConstructorConversion: | ||||
4344 | case CK_UserDefinedConversion: | ||||
4345 | case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast: | ||||
4346 | case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast: | ||||
4347 | case CK_NoOp: | ||||
4348 | case CK_LValueToRValue: | ||||
4349 | return EmitLValue(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
4350 | |||||
4351 | case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase: | ||||
4352 | case CK_DerivedToBase: { | ||||
4353 | const RecordType *DerivedClassTy = | ||||
4354 | E->getSubExpr()->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||
4355 | auto *DerivedClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DerivedClassTy->getDecl()); | ||||
4356 | |||||
4357 | LValue LV = EmitLValue(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
4358 | Address This = LV.getAddress(); | ||||
4359 | |||||
4360 | // Perform the derived-to-base conversion | ||||
4361 | Address Base = GetAddressOfBaseClass( | ||||
4362 | This, DerivedClassDecl, E->path_begin(), E->path_end(), | ||||
4363 | /*NullCheckValue=*/false, E->getExprLoc()); | ||||
4364 | |||||
4365 | // TODO: Support accesses to members of base classes in TBAA. For now, we | ||||
4366 | // conservatively pretend that the complete object is of the base class | ||||
4367 | // type. | ||||
4368 | return MakeAddrLValue(Base, E->getType(), LV.getBaseInfo(), | ||||
4369 | CGM.getTBAAInfoForSubobject(LV, E->getType())); | ||||
4370 | } | ||||
4371 | case CK_ToUnion: | ||||
4372 | return EmitAggExprToLValue(E); | ||||
4373 | case CK_BaseToDerived: { | ||||
4374 | const RecordType *DerivedClassTy = E->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||
4375 | auto *DerivedClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DerivedClassTy->getDecl()); | ||||
4376 | |||||
4377 | LValue LV = EmitLValue(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
4378 | |||||
4379 | // Perform the base-to-derived conversion | ||||
4380 | Address Derived = | ||||
4381 | GetAddressOfDerivedClass(LV.getAddress(), DerivedClassDecl, | ||||
4382 | E->path_begin(), E->path_end(), | ||||
4383 | /*NullCheckValue=*/false); | ||||
4384 | |||||
4385 | // C++11 [expr.static.cast]p2: Behavior is undefined if a downcast is | ||||
4386 | // performed and the object is not of the derived type. | ||||
4387 | if (sanitizePerformTypeCheck()) | ||||
4388 | EmitTypeCheck(TCK_DowncastReference, E->getExprLoc(), | ||||
4389 | Derived.getPointer(), E->getType()); | ||||
4390 | |||||
4391 | if (SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::CFIDerivedCast)) | ||||
4392 | EmitVTablePtrCheckForCast(E->getType(), Derived.getPointer(), | ||||
4393 | /*MayBeNull=*/false, CFITCK_DerivedCast, | ||||
4394 | E->getBeginLoc()); | ||||
4395 | |||||
4396 | return MakeAddrLValue(Derived, E->getType(), LV.getBaseInfo(), | ||||
4397 | CGM.getTBAAInfoForSubobject(LV, E->getType())); | ||||
4398 | } | ||||
4399 | case CK_LValueBitCast: { | ||||
4400 | // This must be a reinterpret_cast (or c-style equivalent). | ||||
4401 | const auto *CE = cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E); | ||||
4402 | |||||
4403 | CGM.EmitExplicitCastExprType(CE, this); | ||||
4404 | LValue LV = EmitLValue(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
4405 | Address V = Builder.CreateBitCast(LV.getAddress(), | ||||
4406 | ConvertType(CE->getTypeAsWritten())); | ||||
4407 | |||||
4408 | if (SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::CFIUnrelatedCast)) | ||||
4409 | EmitVTablePtrCheckForCast(E->getType(), V.getPointer(), | ||||
4410 | /*MayBeNull=*/false, CFITCK_UnrelatedCast, | ||||
4411 | E->getBeginLoc()); | ||||
4412 | |||||
4413 | return MakeAddrLValue(V, E->getType(), LV.getBaseInfo(), | ||||
4414 | CGM.getTBAAInfoForSubobject(LV, E->getType())); | ||||
4415 | } | ||||
4416 | case CK_AddressSpaceConversion: { | ||||
4417 | LValue LV = EmitLValue(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
4418 | QualType DestTy = getContext().getPointerType(E->getType()); | ||||
4419 | llvm::Value *V = getTargetHooks().performAddrSpaceCast( | ||||
4420 | *this, LV.getPointer(), E->getSubExpr()->getType().getAddressSpace(), | ||||
4421 | E->getType().getAddressSpace(), ConvertType(DestTy)); | ||||
4422 | return MakeAddrLValue(Address(V, LV.getAddress().getAlignment()), | ||||
4423 | E->getType(), LV.getBaseInfo(), LV.getTBAAInfo()); | ||||
4424 | } | ||||
4425 | case CK_ObjCObjectLValueCast: { | ||||
4426 | LValue LV = EmitLValue(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
4427 | Address V = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(LV.getAddress(), | ||||
4428 | ConvertType(E->getType())); | ||||
4429 | return MakeAddrLValue(V, E->getType(), LV.getBaseInfo(), | ||||
4430 | CGM.getTBAAInfoForSubobject(LV, E->getType())); | ||||
4431 | } | ||||
4432 | case CK_ZeroToOCLOpaqueType: | ||||
4433 | llvm_unreachable("NULL to OpenCL opaque type lvalue cast is not valid")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("NULL to OpenCL opaque type lvalue cast is not valid" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4433); | ||||
4434 | } | ||||
4435 | |||||
4436 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled lvalue cast kind?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unhandled lvalue cast kind?" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4436); | ||||
4437 | } | ||||
4438 | |||||
4439 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitOpaqueValueLValue(const OpaqueValueExpr *e) { | ||||
4440 | assert(OpaqueValueMappingData::shouldBindAsLValue(e))((OpaqueValueMappingData::shouldBindAsLValue(e)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("OpaqueValueMappingData::shouldBindAsLValue(e)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4440, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4441 | return getOrCreateOpaqueLValueMapping(e); | ||||
4442 | } | ||||
4443 | |||||
4444 | LValue | ||||
4445 | CodeGenFunction::getOrCreateOpaqueLValueMapping(const OpaqueValueExpr *e) { | ||||
4446 | assert(OpaqueValueMapping::shouldBindAsLValue(e))((OpaqueValueMapping::shouldBindAsLValue(e)) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("OpaqueValueMapping::shouldBindAsLValue(e)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4446, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4447 | |||||
4448 | llvm::DenseMap<const OpaqueValueExpr*,LValue>::iterator | ||||
4449 | it = OpaqueLValues.find(e); | ||||
4450 | |||||
4451 | if (it != OpaqueLValues.end()) | ||||
4452 | return it->second; | ||||
4453 | |||||
4454 | assert(e->isUnique() && "LValue for a nonunique OVE hasn't been emitted")((e->isUnique() && "LValue for a nonunique OVE hasn't been emitted" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("e->isUnique() && \"LValue for a nonunique OVE hasn't been emitted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4454, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4455 | return EmitLValue(e->getSourceExpr()); | ||||
4456 | } | ||||
4457 | |||||
4458 | RValue | ||||
4459 | CodeGenFunction::getOrCreateOpaqueRValueMapping(const OpaqueValueExpr *e) { | ||||
4460 | assert(!OpaqueValueMapping::shouldBindAsLValue(e))((!OpaqueValueMapping::shouldBindAsLValue(e)) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!OpaqueValueMapping::shouldBindAsLValue(e)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4460, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4461 | |||||
4462 | llvm::DenseMap<const OpaqueValueExpr*,RValue>::iterator | ||||
4463 | it = OpaqueRValues.find(e); | ||||
4464 | |||||
4465 | if (it != OpaqueRValues.end()) | ||||
4466 | return it->second; | ||||
4467 | |||||
4468 | assert(e->isUnique() && "RValue for a nonunique OVE hasn't been emitted")((e->isUnique() && "RValue for a nonunique OVE hasn't been emitted" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("e->isUnique() && \"RValue for a nonunique OVE hasn't been emitted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4468, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4469 | return EmitAnyExpr(e->getSourceExpr()); | ||||
4470 | } | ||||
4471 | |||||
4472 | RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitRValueForField(LValue LV, | ||||
4473 | const FieldDecl *FD, | ||||
4474 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
4475 | QualType FT = FD->getType(); | ||||
4476 | LValue FieldLV = EmitLValueForField(LV, FD); | ||||
4477 | switch (getEvaluationKind(FT)) { | ||||
4478 | case TEK_Complex: | ||||
4479 | return RValue::getComplex(EmitLoadOfComplex(FieldLV, Loc)); | ||||
4480 | case TEK_Aggregate: | ||||
4481 | return FieldLV.asAggregateRValue(); | ||||
4482 | case TEK_Scalar: | ||||
4483 | // This routine is used to load fields one-by-one to perform a copy, so | ||||
4484 | // don't load reference fields. | ||||
4485 | if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) | ||||
4486 | return RValue::get(FieldLV.getPointer()); | ||||
4487 | return EmitLoadOfLValue(FieldLV, Loc); | ||||
4488 | } | ||||
4489 | llvm_unreachable("bad evaluation kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad evaluation kind", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4489); | ||||
4490 | } | ||||
4491 | |||||
4492 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
4493 | // Expression Emission | ||||
4494 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
4495 | |||||
4496 | RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, | ||||
4497 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue) { | ||||
4498 | // Builtins never have block type. | ||||
4499 | if (E->getCallee()->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||
4500 | return EmitBlockCallExpr(E, ReturnValue); | ||||
4501 | |||||
4502 | if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E)) | ||||
4503 | return EmitCXXMemberCallExpr(CE, ReturnValue); | ||||
4504 | |||||
4505 | if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CUDAKernelCallExpr>(E)) | ||||
4506 | return EmitCUDAKernelCallExpr(CE, ReturnValue); | ||||
4507 | |||||
4508 | if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) | ||||
4509 | if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = | ||||
4510 | dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl())) | ||||
4511 | return EmitCXXOperatorMemberCallExpr(CE, MD, ReturnValue); | ||||
4512 | |||||
4513 | CGCallee callee = EmitCallee(E->getCallee()); | ||||
4514 | |||||
4515 | if (callee.isBuiltin()) { | ||||
4516 | return EmitBuiltinExpr(callee.getBuiltinDecl(), callee.getBuiltinID(), | ||||
4517 | E, ReturnValue); | ||||
4518 | } | ||||
4519 | |||||
4520 | if (callee.isPseudoDestructor()) { | ||||
4521 | return EmitCXXPseudoDestructorExpr(callee.getPseudoDestructorExpr()); | ||||
4522 | } | ||||
4523 | |||||
4524 | return EmitCall(E->getCallee()->getType(), callee, E, ReturnValue); | ||||
4525 | } | ||||
4526 | |||||
4527 | /// Emit a CallExpr without considering whether it might be a subclass. | ||||
4528 | RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitSimpleCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, | ||||
4529 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue) { | ||||
4530 | CGCallee Callee = EmitCallee(E->getCallee()); | ||||
4531 | return EmitCall(E->getCallee()->getType(), Callee, E, ReturnValue); | ||||
4532 | } | ||||
4533 | |||||
4534 | static CGCallee EmitDirectCallee(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||
4535 | if (auto builtinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { | ||||
4536 | return CGCallee::forBuiltin(builtinID, FD); | ||||
4537 | } | ||||
4538 | |||||
4539 | llvm::Constant *calleePtr = EmitFunctionDeclPointer(CGF.CGM, FD); | ||||
4540 | return CGCallee::forDirect(calleePtr, GlobalDecl(FD)); | ||||
4541 | } | ||||
4542 | |||||
4543 | CGCallee CodeGenFunction::EmitCallee(const Expr *E) { | ||||
4544 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
4545 | |||||
4546 | // Look through function-to-pointer decay. | ||||
4547 | if (auto ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) { | ||||
4548 | if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_FunctionToPointerDecay || | ||||
4549 | ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr) { | ||||
4550 | return EmitCallee(ICE->getSubExpr()); | ||||
4551 | } | ||||
4552 | |||||
4553 | // Resolve direct calls. | ||||
4554 | } else if (auto DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { | ||||
4555 | if (auto FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { | ||||
4556 | return EmitDirectCallee(*this, FD); | ||||
4557 | } | ||||
4558 | } else if (auto ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { | ||||
4559 | if (auto FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) { | ||||
4560 | EmitIgnoredExpr(ME->getBase()); | ||||
4561 | return EmitDirectCallee(*this, FD); | ||||
4562 | } | ||||
4563 | |||||
4564 | // Look through template substitutions. | ||||
4565 | } else if (auto NTTP = dyn_cast<SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr>(E)) { | ||||
4566 | return EmitCallee(NTTP->getReplacement()); | ||||
4567 | |||||
4568 | // Treat pseudo-destructor calls differently. | ||||
4569 | } else if (auto PDE = dyn_cast<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)) { | ||||
4570 | return CGCallee::forPseudoDestructor(PDE); | ||||
4571 | } | ||||
4572 | |||||
4573 | // Otherwise, we have an indirect reference. | ||||
4574 | llvm::Value *calleePtr; | ||||
4575 | QualType functionType; | ||||
4576 | if (auto ptrType = E->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
4577 | calleePtr = EmitScalarExpr(E); | ||||
4578 | functionType = ptrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
4579 | } else { | ||||
4580 | functionType = E->getType(); | ||||
4581 | calleePtr = EmitLValue(E).getPointer(); | ||||
4582 | } | ||||
4583 | assert(functionType->isFunctionType())((functionType->isFunctionType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("functionType->isFunctionType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4583, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4584 | |||||
4585 | GlobalDecl GD; | ||||
4586 | if (const auto *VD = | ||||
4587 | dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(E->getReferencedDeclOfCallee())) | ||||
4588 | GD = GlobalDecl(VD); | ||||
4589 | |||||
4590 | CGCalleeInfo calleeInfo(functionType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), GD); | ||||
4591 | CGCallee callee(calleeInfo, calleePtr); | ||||
4592 | return callee; | ||||
4593 | } | ||||
4594 | |||||
4595 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitBinaryOperatorLValue(const BinaryOperator *E) { | ||||
4596 | // Comma expressions just emit their LHS then their RHS as an l-value. | ||||
4597 | if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { | ||||
4598 | EmitIgnoredExpr(E->getLHS()); | ||||
4599 | EnsureInsertPoint(); | ||||
4600 | return EmitLValue(E->getRHS()); | ||||
4601 | } | ||||
4602 | |||||
4603 | if (E->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || | ||||
4604 | E->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI) | ||||
4605 | return EmitPointerToDataMemberBinaryExpr(E); | ||||
4606 | |||||
4607 | assert(E->getOpcode() == BO_Assign && "unexpected binary l-value")((E->getOpcode() == BO_Assign && "unexpected binary l-value" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getOpcode() == BO_Assign && \"unexpected binary l-value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4607, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4608 | |||||
4609 | // Note that in all of these cases, __block variables need the RHS | ||||
4610 | // evaluated first just in case the variable gets moved by the RHS. | ||||
4611 | |||||
4612 | switch (getEvaluationKind(E->getType())) { | ||||
4613 | case TEK_Scalar: { | ||||
4614 | switch (E->getLHS()->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||
4615 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: | ||||
4616 | return EmitARCStoreStrong(E, /*ignored*/ false).first; | ||||
4617 | |||||
4618 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: | ||||
4619 | return EmitARCStoreAutoreleasing(E).first; | ||||
4620 | |||||
4621 | // No reason to do any of these differently. | ||||
4622 | case Qualifiers::OCL_None: | ||||
4623 | case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: | ||||
4624 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: | ||||
4625 | break; | ||||
4626 | } | ||||
4627 | |||||
4628 | RValue RV = EmitAnyExpr(E->getRHS()); | ||||
4629 | LValue LV = EmitCheckedLValue(E->getLHS(), TCK_Store); | ||||
4630 | if (RV.isScalar()) | ||||
4631 | EmitNullabilityCheck(LV, RV.getScalarVal(), E->getExprLoc()); | ||||
4632 | EmitStoreThroughLValue(RV, LV); | ||||
4633 | return LV; | ||||
4634 | } | ||||
4635 | |||||
4636 | case TEK_Complex: | ||||
4637 | return EmitComplexAssignmentLValue(E); | ||||
4638 | |||||
4639 | case TEK_Aggregate: | ||||
4640 | return EmitAggExprToLValue(E); | ||||
4641 | } | ||||
4642 | llvm_unreachable("bad evaluation kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad evaluation kind", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4642); | ||||
4643 | } | ||||
4644 | |||||
4645 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitCallExprLValue(const CallExpr *E) { | ||||
4646 | RValue RV = EmitCallExpr(E); | ||||
4647 | |||||
4648 | if (!RV.isScalar()) | ||||
4649 | return MakeAddrLValue(RV.getAggregateAddress(), E->getType(), | ||||
4650 | AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
4651 | |||||
4652 | assert(E->getCallReturnType(getContext())->isReferenceType() &&((E->getCallReturnType(getContext())->isReferenceType() && "Can't have a scalar return unless the return type is a " "reference type!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getCallReturnType(getContext())->isReferenceType() && \"Can't have a scalar return unless the return type is a \" \"reference type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4654, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
4653 | "Can't have a scalar return unless the return type is a "((E->getCallReturnType(getContext())->isReferenceType() && "Can't have a scalar return unless the return type is a " "reference type!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getCallReturnType(getContext())->isReferenceType() && \"Can't have a scalar return unless the return type is a \" \"reference type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4654, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
4654 | "reference type!")((E->getCallReturnType(getContext())->isReferenceType() && "Can't have a scalar return unless the return type is a " "reference type!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getCallReturnType(getContext())->isReferenceType() && \"Can't have a scalar return unless the return type is a \" \"reference type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4654, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4655 | |||||
4656 | return MakeNaturalAlignPointeeAddrLValue(RV.getScalarVal(), E->getType()); | ||||
4657 | } | ||||
4658 | |||||
4659 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitVAArgExprLValue(const VAArgExpr *E) { | ||||
4660 | // FIXME: This shouldn't require another copy. | ||||
4661 | return EmitAggExprToLValue(E); | ||||
4662 | } | ||||
4663 | |||||
4664 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitCXXConstructLValue(const CXXConstructExpr *E) { | ||||
4665 | assert(E->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()->hasTrivialDestructor()((E->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()->hasTrivialDestructor () && "binding l-value to type which needs a temporary" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()->hasTrivialDestructor() && \"binding l-value to type which needs a temporary\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4666, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
4666 | && "binding l-value to type which needs a temporary")((E->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()->hasTrivialDestructor () && "binding l-value to type which needs a temporary" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()->hasTrivialDestructor() && \"binding l-value to type which needs a temporary\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4666, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4667 | AggValueSlot Slot = CreateAggTemp(E->getType()); | ||||
4668 | EmitCXXConstructExpr(E, Slot); | ||||
4669 | return MakeAddrLValue(Slot.getAddress(), E->getType(), AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
4670 | } | ||||
4671 | |||||
4672 | LValue | ||||
4673 | CodeGenFunction::EmitCXXTypeidLValue(const CXXTypeidExpr *E) { | ||||
4674 | return MakeNaturalAlignAddrLValue(EmitCXXTypeidExpr(E), E->getType()); | ||||
4675 | } | ||||
4676 | |||||
4677 | Address CodeGenFunction::EmitCXXUuidofExpr(const CXXUuidofExpr *E) { | ||||
4678 | return Builder.CreateElementBitCast(CGM.GetAddrOfUuidDescriptor(E), | ||||
4679 | ConvertType(E->getType())); | ||||
4680 | } | ||||
4681 | |||||
4682 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitCXXUuidofLValue(const CXXUuidofExpr *E) { | ||||
4683 | return MakeAddrLValue(EmitCXXUuidofExpr(E), E->getType(), | ||||
4684 | AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
4685 | } | ||||
4686 | |||||
4687 | LValue | ||||
4688 | CodeGenFunction::EmitCXXBindTemporaryLValue(const CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E) { | ||||
4689 | AggValueSlot Slot = CreateAggTemp(E->getType(), "temp.lvalue"); | ||||
4690 | Slot.setExternallyDestructed(); | ||||
4691 | EmitAggExpr(E->getSubExpr(), Slot); | ||||
4692 | EmitCXXTemporary(E->getTemporary(), E->getType(), Slot.getAddress()); | ||||
4693 | return MakeAddrLValue(Slot.getAddress(), E->getType(), AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
4694 | } | ||||
4695 | |||||
4696 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitObjCMessageExprLValue(const ObjCMessageExpr *E) { | ||||
4697 | RValue RV = EmitObjCMessageExpr(E); | ||||
4698 | |||||
4699 | if (!RV.isScalar()) | ||||
4700 | return MakeAddrLValue(RV.getAggregateAddress(), E->getType(), | ||||
4701 | AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
4702 | |||||
4703 | assert(E->getMethodDecl()->getReturnType()->isReferenceType() &&((E->getMethodDecl()->getReturnType()->isReferenceType () && "Can't have a scalar return unless the return type is a " "reference type!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getMethodDecl()->getReturnType()->isReferenceType() && \"Can't have a scalar return unless the return type is a \" \"reference type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4705, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
4704 | "Can't have a scalar return unless the return type is a "((E->getMethodDecl()->getReturnType()->isReferenceType () && "Can't have a scalar return unless the return type is a " "reference type!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getMethodDecl()->getReturnType()->isReferenceType() && \"Can't have a scalar return unless the return type is a \" \"reference type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4705, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
4705 | "reference type!")((E->getMethodDecl()->getReturnType()->isReferenceType () && "Can't have a scalar return unless the return type is a " "reference type!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getMethodDecl()->getReturnType()->isReferenceType() && \"Can't have a scalar return unless the return type is a \" \"reference type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4705, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4706 | |||||
4707 | return MakeNaturalAlignPointeeAddrLValue(RV.getScalarVal(), E->getType()); | ||||
4708 | } | ||||
4709 | |||||
4710 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitObjCSelectorLValue(const ObjCSelectorExpr *E) { | ||||
4711 | Address V = | ||||
4712 | CGM.getObjCRuntime().GetAddrOfSelector(*this, E->getSelector()); | ||||
4713 | return MakeAddrLValue(V, E->getType(), AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
4714 | } | ||||
4715 | |||||
4716 | llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitIvarOffset(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface, | ||||
4717 | const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar) { | ||||
4718 | return CGM.getObjCRuntime().EmitIvarOffset(*this, Interface, Ivar); | ||||
4719 | } | ||||
4720 | |||||
4721 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitLValueForIvar(QualType ObjectTy, | ||||
4722 | llvm::Value *BaseValue, | ||||
4723 | const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar, | ||||
4724 | unsigned CVRQualifiers) { | ||||
4725 | return CGM.getObjCRuntime().EmitObjCValueForIvar(*this, ObjectTy, BaseValue, | ||||
4726 | Ivar, CVRQualifiers); | ||||
4727 | } | ||||
4728 | |||||
4729 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitObjCIvarRefLValue(const ObjCIvarRefExpr *E) { | ||||
4730 | // FIXME: A lot of the code below could be shared with EmitMemberExpr. | ||||
4731 | llvm::Value *BaseValue = nullptr; | ||||
4732 | const Expr *BaseExpr = E->getBase(); | ||||
4733 | Qualifiers BaseQuals; | ||||
4734 | QualType ObjectTy; | ||||
4735 | if (E->isArrow()) { | ||||
4736 | BaseValue = EmitScalarExpr(BaseExpr); | ||||
4737 | ObjectTy = BaseExpr->getType()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
4738 | BaseQuals = ObjectTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||
4739 | } else { | ||||
4740 | LValue BaseLV = EmitLValue(BaseExpr); | ||||
4741 | BaseValue = BaseLV.getPointer(); | ||||
4742 | ObjectTy = BaseExpr->getType(); | ||||
4743 | BaseQuals = ObjectTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||
4744 | } | ||||
4745 | |||||
4746 | LValue LV = | ||||
4747 | EmitLValueForIvar(ObjectTy, BaseValue, E->getDecl(), | ||||
4748 | BaseQuals.getCVRQualifiers()); | ||||
4749 | setObjCGCLValueClass(getContext(), E, LV); | ||||
4750 | return LV; | ||||
4751 | } | ||||
4752 | |||||
4753 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitStmtExprLValue(const StmtExpr *E) { | ||||
4754 | // Can only get l-value for message expression returning aggregate type | ||||
4755 | RValue RV = EmitAnyExprToTemp(E); | ||||
4756 | return MakeAddrLValue(RV.getAggregateAddress(), E->getType(), | ||||
4757 | AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
4758 | } | ||||
4759 | |||||
4760 | RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitCall(QualType CalleeType, const CGCallee &OrigCallee, | ||||
4761 | const CallExpr *E, ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue, | ||||
4762 | llvm::Value *Chain) { | ||||
4763 | // Get the actual function type. The callee type will always be a pointer to | ||||
4764 | // function type or a block pointer type. | ||||
4765 | assert(CalleeType->isFunctionPointerType() &&((CalleeType->isFunctionPointerType() && "Call must have function pointer type!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CalleeType->isFunctionPointerType() && \"Call must have function pointer type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4766, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
4766 | "Call must have function pointer type!")((CalleeType->isFunctionPointerType() && "Call must have function pointer type!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CalleeType->isFunctionPointerType() && \"Call must have function pointer type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4766, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4767 | |||||
4768 | const Decl *TargetDecl = | ||||
4769 | OrigCallee.getAbstractInfo().getCalleeDecl().getDecl(); | ||||
4770 | |||||
4771 | CalleeType = getContext().getCanonicalType(CalleeType); | ||||
4772 | |||||
4773 | auto PointeeType = cast<PointerType>(CalleeType)->getPointeeType(); | ||||
4774 | |||||
4775 | CGCallee Callee = OrigCallee; | ||||
4776 | |||||
4777 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::Function) && | ||||
4778 | (!TargetDecl || !isa<FunctionDecl>(TargetDecl))) { | ||||
4779 | if (llvm::Constant *PrefixSig = | ||||
4780 | CGM.getTargetCodeGenInfo().getUBSanFunctionSignature(CGM)) { | ||||
4781 | SanitizerScope SanScope(this); | ||||
4782 | // Remove any (C++17) exception specifications, to allow calling e.g. a | ||||
4783 | // noexcept function through a non-noexcept pointer. | ||||
4784 | auto ProtoTy = | ||||
4785 | getContext().getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(PointeeType, EST_None); | ||||
4786 | llvm::Constant *FTRTTIConst = | ||||
4787 | CGM.GetAddrOfRTTIDescriptor(ProtoTy, /*ForEH=*/true); | ||||
4788 | llvm::Type *PrefixStructTyElems[] = {PrefixSig->getType(), Int32Ty}; | ||||
4789 | llvm::StructType *PrefixStructTy = llvm::StructType::get( | ||||
4790 | CGM.getLLVMContext(), PrefixStructTyElems, /*isPacked=*/true); | ||||
4791 | |||||
4792 | llvm::Value *CalleePtr = Callee.getFunctionPointer(); | ||||
4793 | |||||
4794 | llvm::Value *CalleePrefixStruct = Builder.CreateBitCast( | ||||
4795 | CalleePtr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(PrefixStructTy)); | ||||
4796 | llvm::Value *CalleeSigPtr = | ||||
4797 | Builder.CreateConstGEP2_32(PrefixStructTy, CalleePrefixStruct, 0, 0); | ||||
4798 | llvm::Value *CalleeSig = | ||||
4799 | Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(CalleeSigPtr, getIntAlign()); | ||||
4800 | llvm::Value *CalleeSigMatch = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(CalleeSig, PrefixSig); | ||||
4801 | |||||
4802 | llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = createBasicBlock("cont"); | ||||
4803 | llvm::BasicBlock *TypeCheck = createBasicBlock("typecheck"); | ||||
4804 | Builder.CreateCondBr(CalleeSigMatch, TypeCheck, Cont); | ||||
4805 | |||||
4806 | EmitBlock(TypeCheck); | ||||
4807 | llvm::Value *CalleeRTTIPtr = | ||||
4808 | Builder.CreateConstGEP2_32(PrefixStructTy, CalleePrefixStruct, 0, 1); | ||||
4809 | llvm::Value *CalleeRTTIEncoded = | ||||
4810 | Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(CalleeRTTIPtr, getPointerAlign()); | ||||
4811 | llvm::Value *CalleeRTTI = | ||||
4812 | DecodeAddrUsedInPrologue(CalleePtr, CalleeRTTIEncoded); | ||||
4813 | llvm::Value *CalleeRTTIMatch = | ||||
4814 | Builder.CreateICmpEQ(CalleeRTTI, FTRTTIConst); | ||||
4815 | llvm::Constant *StaticData[] = {EmitCheckSourceLocation(E->getBeginLoc()), | ||||
4816 | EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(CalleeType)}; | ||||
4817 | EmitCheck(std::make_pair(CalleeRTTIMatch, SanitizerKind::Function), | ||||
4818 | SanitizerHandler::FunctionTypeMismatch, StaticData, | ||||
4819 | {CalleePtr, CalleeRTTI, FTRTTIConst}); | ||||
4820 | |||||
4821 | Builder.CreateBr(Cont); | ||||
4822 | EmitBlock(Cont); | ||||
4823 | } | ||||
4824 | } | ||||
4825 | |||||
4826 | const auto *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(PointeeType); | ||||
4827 | |||||
4828 | // If we are checking indirect calls and this call is indirect, check that the | ||||
4829 | // function pointer is a member of the bit set for the function type. | ||||
4830 | if (SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::CFIICall) && | ||||
4831 | (!TargetDecl || !isa<FunctionDecl>(TargetDecl))) { | ||||
4832 | SanitizerScope SanScope(this); | ||||
4833 | EmitSanitizerStatReport(llvm::SanStat_CFI_ICall); | ||||
4834 | |||||
4835 | llvm::Metadata *MD; | ||||
4836 | if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().SanitizeCfiICallGeneralizePointers) | ||||
4837 | MD = CGM.CreateMetadataIdentifierGeneralized(QualType(FnType, 0)); | ||||
4838 | else | ||||
4839 | MD = CGM.CreateMetadataIdentifierForType(QualType(FnType, 0)); | ||||
4840 | |||||
4841 | llvm::Value *TypeId = llvm::MetadataAsValue::get(getLLVMContext(), MD); | ||||
4842 | |||||
4843 | llvm::Value *CalleePtr = Callee.getFunctionPointer(); | ||||
4844 | llvm::Value *CastedCallee = Builder.CreateBitCast(CalleePtr, Int8PtrTy); | ||||
4845 | llvm::Value *TypeTest = Builder.CreateCall( | ||||
4846 | CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::type_test), {CastedCallee, TypeId}); | ||||
4847 | |||||
4848 | auto CrossDsoTypeId = CGM.CreateCrossDsoCfiTypeId(MD); | ||||
4849 | llvm::Constant *StaticData[] = { | ||||
4850 | llvm::ConstantInt::get(Int8Ty, CFITCK_ICall), | ||||
4851 | EmitCheckSourceLocation(E->getBeginLoc()), | ||||
4852 | EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(QualType(FnType, 0)), | ||||
4853 | }; | ||||
4854 | if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().SanitizeCfiCrossDso && CrossDsoTypeId) { | ||||
4855 | EmitCfiSlowPathCheck(SanitizerKind::CFIICall, TypeTest, CrossDsoTypeId, | ||||
4856 | CastedCallee, StaticData); | ||||
4857 | } else { | ||||
4858 | EmitCheck(std::make_pair(TypeTest, SanitizerKind::CFIICall), | ||||
4859 | SanitizerHandler::CFICheckFail, StaticData, | ||||
4860 | {CastedCallee, llvm::UndefValue::get(IntPtrTy)}); | ||||
4861 | } | ||||
4862 | } | ||||
4863 | |||||
4864 | CallArgList Args; | ||||
4865 | if (Chain) | ||||
4866 | Args.add(RValue::get(Builder.CreateBitCast(Chain, CGM.VoidPtrTy)), | ||||
4867 | CGM.getContext().VoidPtrTy); | ||||
4868 | |||||
4869 | // C++17 requires that we evaluate arguments to a call using assignment syntax | ||||
4870 | // right-to-left, and that we evaluate arguments to certain other operators | ||||
4871 | // left-to-right. Note that we allow this to override the order dictated by | ||||
4872 | // the calling convention on the MS ABI, which means that parameter | ||||
4873 | // destruction order is not necessarily reverse construction order. | ||||
4874 | // FIXME: Revisit this based on C++ committee response to unimplementability. | ||||
4875 | EvaluationOrder Order = EvaluationOrder::Default; | ||||
4876 | if (auto *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) { | ||||
4877 | if (OCE->isAssignmentOp()) | ||||
4878 | Order = EvaluationOrder::ForceRightToLeft; | ||||
4879 | else { | ||||
4880 | switch (OCE->getOperator()) { | ||||
4881 | case OO_LessLess: | ||||
4882 | case OO_GreaterGreater: | ||||
4883 | case OO_AmpAmp: | ||||
4884 | case OO_PipePipe: | ||||
4885 | case OO_Comma: | ||||
4886 | case OO_ArrowStar: | ||||
4887 | Order = EvaluationOrder::ForceLeftToRight; | ||||
4888 | break; | ||||
4889 | default: | ||||
4890 | break; | ||||
4891 | } | ||||
4892 | } | ||||
4893 | } | ||||
4894 | |||||
4895 | EmitCallArgs(Args, dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnType), E->arguments(), | ||||
4896 | E->getDirectCallee(), /*ParamsToSkip*/ 0, Order); | ||||
4897 | |||||
4898 | const CGFunctionInfo &FnInfo = CGM.getTypes().arrangeFreeFunctionCall( | ||||
4899 | Args, FnType, /*ChainCall=*/Chain); | ||||
4900 | |||||
4901 | // C99 6.5.2.2p6: | ||||
4902 | // If the expression that denotes the called function has a type | ||||
4903 | // that does not include a prototype, [the default argument | ||||
4904 | // promotions are performed]. If the number of arguments does not | ||||
4905 | // equal the number of parameters, the behavior is undefined. If | ||||
4906 | // the function is defined with a type that includes a prototype, | ||||
4907 | // and either the prototype ends with an ellipsis (, ...) or the | ||||
4908 | // types of the arguments after promotion are not compatible with | ||||
4909 | // the types of the parameters, the behavior is undefined. If the | ||||
4910 | // function is defined with a type that does not include a | ||||
4911 | // prototype, and the types of the arguments after promotion are | ||||
4912 | // not compatible with those of the parameters after promotion, | ||||
4913 | // the behavior is undefined [except in some trivial cases]. | ||||
4914 | // That is, in the general case, we should assume that a call | ||||
4915 | // through an unprototyped function type works like a *non-variadic* | ||||
4916 | // call. The way we make this work is to cast to the exact type | ||||
4917 | // of the promoted arguments. | ||||
4918 | // | ||||
4919 | // Chain calls use this same code path to add the invisible chain parameter | ||||
4920 | // to the function type. | ||||
4921 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FnType) || Chain) { | ||||
4922 | llvm::Type *CalleeTy = getTypes().GetFunctionType(FnInfo); | ||||
4923 | CalleeTy = CalleeTy->getPointerTo(); | ||||
4924 | |||||
4925 | llvm::Value *CalleePtr = Callee.getFunctionPointer(); | ||||
4926 | CalleePtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(CalleePtr, CalleeTy, "callee.knr.cast"); | ||||
4927 | Callee.setFunctionPointer(CalleePtr); | ||||
4928 | } | ||||
4929 | |||||
4930 | llvm::CallBase *CallOrInvoke = nullptr; | ||||
4931 | RValue Call = EmitCall(FnInfo, Callee, ReturnValue, Args, &CallOrInvoke, | ||||
4932 | E->getExprLoc()); | ||||
4933 | |||||
4934 | // Generate function declaration DISuprogram in order to be used | ||||
4935 | // in debug info about call sites. | ||||
4936 | if (CGDebugInfo *DI = getDebugInfo()) { | ||||
4937 | if (auto *CalleeDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(TargetDecl)) | ||||
4938 | DI->EmitFuncDeclForCallSite(CallOrInvoke, QualType(FnType, 0), | ||||
4939 | CalleeDecl); | ||||
4940 | } | ||||
4941 | |||||
4942 | return Call; | ||||
4943 | } | ||||
4944 | |||||
4945 | LValue CodeGenFunction:: | ||||
4946 | EmitPointerToDataMemberBinaryExpr(const BinaryOperator *E) { | ||||
4947 | Address BaseAddr = Address::invalid(); | ||||
4948 | if (E->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI) { | ||||
4949 | BaseAddr = EmitPointerWithAlignment(E->getLHS()); | ||||
4950 | } else { | ||||
4951 | BaseAddr = EmitLValue(E->getLHS()).getAddress(); | ||||
4952 | } | ||||
4953 | |||||
4954 | llvm::Value *OffsetV = EmitScalarExpr(E->getRHS()); | ||||
4955 | |||||
4956 | const MemberPointerType *MPT | ||||
4957 | = E->getRHS()->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
4958 | |||||
4959 | LValueBaseInfo BaseInfo; | ||||
4960 | TBAAAccessInfo TBAAInfo; | ||||
4961 | Address MemberAddr = | ||||
4962 | EmitCXXMemberDataPointerAddress(E, BaseAddr, OffsetV, MPT, &BaseInfo, | ||||
4963 | &TBAAInfo); | ||||
4964 | |||||
4965 | return MakeAddrLValue(MemberAddr, MPT->getPointeeType(), BaseInfo, TBAAInfo); | ||||
4966 | } | ||||
4967 | |||||
4968 | /// Given the address of a temporary variable, produce an r-value of | ||||
4969 | /// its type. | ||||
4970 | RValue CodeGenFunction::convertTempToRValue(Address addr, | ||||
4971 | QualType type, | ||||
4972 | SourceLocation loc) { | ||||
4973 | LValue lvalue = MakeAddrLValue(addr, type, AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
4974 | switch (getEvaluationKind(type)) { | ||||
4975 | case TEK_Complex: | ||||
4976 | return RValue::getComplex(EmitLoadOfComplex(lvalue, loc)); | ||||
4977 | case TEK_Aggregate: | ||||
4978 | return lvalue.asAggregateRValue(); | ||||
4979 | case TEK_Scalar: | ||||
4980 | return RValue::get(EmitLoadOfScalar(lvalue, loc)); | ||||
4981 | } | ||||
4982 | llvm_unreachable("bad evaluation kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad evaluation kind", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4982); | ||||
4983 | } | ||||
4984 | |||||
4985 | void CodeGenFunction::SetFPAccuracy(llvm::Value *Val, float Accuracy) { | ||||
4986 | assert(Val->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy())((Val->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Val->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 4986, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4987 | if (Accuracy == 0.0 || !isa<llvm::Instruction>(Val)) | ||||
4988 | return; | ||||
4989 | |||||
4990 | llvm::MDBuilder MDHelper(getLLVMContext()); | ||||
4991 | llvm::MDNode *Node = MDHelper.createFPMath(Accuracy); | ||||
4992 | |||||
4993 | cast<llvm::Instruction>(Val)->setMetadata(llvm::LLVMContext::MD_fpmath, Node); | ||||
4994 | } | ||||
4995 | |||||
4996 | namespace { | ||||
4997 | struct LValueOrRValue { | ||||
4998 | LValue LV; | ||||
4999 | RValue RV; | ||||
5000 | }; | ||||
5001 | } | ||||
5002 | |||||
5003 | static LValueOrRValue emitPseudoObjectExpr(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
5004 | const PseudoObjectExpr *E, | ||||
5005 | bool forLValue, | ||||
5006 | AggValueSlot slot) { | ||||
5007 | SmallVector<CodeGenFunction::OpaqueValueMappingData, 4> opaques; | ||||
5008 | |||||
5009 | // Find the result expression, if any. | ||||
5010 | const Expr *resultExpr = E->getResultExpr(); | ||||
5011 | LValueOrRValue result; | ||||
5012 | |||||
5013 | for (PseudoObjectExpr::const_semantics_iterator | ||||
5014 | i = E->semantics_begin(), e = E->semantics_end(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||
5015 | const Expr *semantic = *i; | ||||
5016 | |||||
5017 | // If this semantic expression is an opaque value, bind it | ||||
5018 | // to the result of its source expression. | ||||
5019 | if (const auto *ov
| ||||
5020 | // Skip unique OVEs. | ||||
5021 | if (ov->isUnique()) { | ||||
5022 | assert(ov != resultExpr &&((ov != resultExpr && "A unique OVE cannot be used as the result expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ov != resultExpr && \"A unique OVE cannot be used as the result expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 5023, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
5023 | "A unique OVE cannot be used as the result expression")((ov != resultExpr && "A unique OVE cannot be used as the result expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ov != resultExpr && \"A unique OVE cannot be used as the result expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp" , 5023, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
5024 | continue; | ||||
5025 | } | ||||
5026 | |||||
5027 | // If this is the result expression, we may need to evaluate | ||||
5028 | // directly into the slot. | ||||
5029 | typedef CodeGenFunction::OpaqueValueMappingData OVMA; | ||||
5030 | OVMA opaqueData; | ||||
5031 | if (ov == resultExpr && ov->isRValue() && !forLValue && | ||||
5032 | CodeGenFunction::hasAggregateEvaluationKind(ov->getType())) { | ||||
5033 | CGF.EmitAggExpr(ov->getSourceExpr(), slot); | ||||
5034 | LValue LV = CGF.MakeAddrLValue(slot.getAddress(), ov->getType(), | ||||
5035 | AlignmentSource::Decl); | ||||
5036 | opaqueData = OVMA::bind(CGF, ov, LV); | ||||
5037 | result.RV = slot.asRValue(); | ||||
5038 | |||||
5039 | // Otherwise, emit as normal. | ||||
5040 | } else { | ||||
5041 | opaqueData = OVMA::bind(CGF, ov, ov->getSourceExpr()); | ||||
5042 | |||||
5043 | // If this is the result, also evaluate the result now. | ||||
5044 | if (ov == resultExpr) { | ||||
5045 | if (forLValue) | ||||
5046 | result.LV = CGF.EmitLValue(ov); | ||||
5047 | else | ||||
5048 | result.RV = CGF.EmitAnyExpr(ov, slot); | ||||
5049 | } | ||||
5050 | } | ||||
5051 | |||||
5052 | opaques.push_back(opaqueData); | ||||
5053 | |||||
5054 | // Otherwise, if the expression is the result, evaluate it | ||||
5055 | // and remember the result. | ||||
5056 | } else if (semantic == resultExpr) { | ||||
5057 | if (forLValue) | ||||
5058 | result.LV = CGF.EmitLValue(semantic); | ||||
5059 | else | ||||
5060 | result.RV = CGF.EmitAnyExpr(semantic, slot); | ||||
5061 | |||||
5062 | // Otherwise, evaluate the expression in an ignored context. | ||||
5063 | } else { | ||||
5064 | CGF.EmitIgnoredExpr(semantic); | ||||
5065 | } | ||||
5066 | } | ||||
5067 | |||||
5068 | // Unbind all the opaques now. | ||||
5069 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = opaques.size(); i != e; ++i) | ||||
5070 | opaques[i].unbind(CGF); | ||||
5071 | |||||
5072 | return result; | ||||
5073 | } | ||||
5074 | |||||
5075 | RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitPseudoObjectRValue(const PseudoObjectExpr *E, | ||||
5076 | AggValueSlot slot) { | ||||
5077 | return emitPseudoObjectExpr(*this, E, false, slot).RV; | ||||
| |||||
5078 | } | ||||
5079 | |||||
5080 | LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitPseudoObjectLValue(const PseudoObjectExpr *E) { | ||||
5081 | return emitPseudoObjectExpr(*this, E, true, AggValueSlot::ignored()).LV; | ||||
5082 | } |
1 | //===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | /// \file |
10 | /// C Language Family Type Representation |
11 | /// |
12 | /// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to |
13 | /// represent types for languages in the C family. |
14 | // |
15 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
16 | |
17 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
18 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
19 | |
20 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h" |
22 | #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" |
23 | #include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h" |
24 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
25 | #include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h" |
26 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
27 | #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" |
28 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
29 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
30 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
31 | #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h" |
32 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" |
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" |
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" |
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" |
37 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
38 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
40 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
41 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
42 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
43 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
44 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
45 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
46 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
47 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" |
48 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
49 | #include <cassert> |
50 | #include <cstddef> |
51 | #include <cstdint> |
52 | #include <cstring> |
53 | #include <string> |
54 | #include <type_traits> |
55 | #include <utility> |
56 | |
57 | namespace clang { |
58 | |
59 | class ExtQuals; |
60 | class QualType; |
61 | class TagDecl; |
62 | class Type; |
63 | |
64 | enum { |
65 | TypeAlignmentInBits = 4, |
66 | TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits |
67 | }; |
68 | |
69 | } // namespace clang |
70 | |
71 | namespace llvm { |
72 | |
73 | template <typename T> |
74 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits; |
75 | template<> |
76 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> { |
77 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; } |
78 | |
79 | static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
80 | return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P); |
81 | } |
82 | |
83 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits }; |
84 | }; |
85 | |
86 | template<> |
87 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> { |
88 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; } |
89 | |
90 | static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
91 | return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P); |
92 | } |
93 | |
94 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits }; |
95 | }; |
96 | |
97 | } // namespace llvm |
98 | |
99 | namespace clang { |
100 | |
101 | class ASTContext; |
102 | template <typename> class CanQual; |
103 | class CXXRecordDecl; |
104 | class DeclContext; |
105 | class EnumDecl; |
106 | class Expr; |
107 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase; |
108 | class FunctionDecl; |
109 | class IdentifierInfo; |
110 | class NamedDecl; |
111 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
112 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
113 | class ObjCTypeParamDecl; |
114 | struct PrintingPolicy; |
115 | class RecordDecl; |
116 | class Stmt; |
117 | class TagDecl; |
118 | class TemplateArgument; |
119 | class TemplateArgumentListInfo; |
120 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
121 | class TemplateTypeParmDecl; |
122 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
123 | class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl; |
124 | |
125 | using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>; |
126 | |
127 | // Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes. |
128 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type; |
129 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
130 | |
131 | /// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support. |
132 | /// Clang supports five independent qualifiers: |
133 | /// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict |
134 | /// * MS: __unaligned |
135 | /// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces |
136 | /// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong) |
137 | class Qualifiers { |
138 | public: |
139 | enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ. |
140 | Const = 0x1, |
141 | Restrict = 0x2, |
142 | Volatile = 0x4, |
143 | CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict |
144 | }; |
145 | |
146 | enum GC { |
147 | GCNone = 0, |
148 | Weak, |
149 | Strong |
150 | }; |
151 | |
152 | enum ObjCLifetime { |
153 | /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type. |
154 | OCL_None, |
155 | |
156 | /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or |
157 | /// releases. |
158 | OCL_ExplicitNone, |
159 | |
160 | /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be |
161 | /// released and the new value to be retained. The timing of the |
162 | /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to |
163 | /// immediately after the last known point where the value is |
164 | /// live. |
165 | OCL_Strong, |
166 | |
167 | /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call. |
168 | OCL_Weak, |
169 | |
170 | /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension. |
171 | OCL_Autoreleasing |
172 | }; |
173 | |
174 | enum { |
175 | /// The maximum supported address space number. |
176 | /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone. |
177 | MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu, |
178 | |
179 | /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask. |
180 | FastWidth = 3, |
181 | |
182 | /// The fast qualifier mask. |
183 | FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1 |
184 | }; |
185 | |
186 | /// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from |
187 | /// the given sets. |
188 | static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) { |
189 | // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient. |
190 | if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) { |
191 | Qualifiers Q; |
192 | Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask; |
193 | L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
194 | R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
195 | return Q; |
196 | } |
197 | |
198 | Qualifiers Q; |
199 | unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers(); |
200 | Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
201 | L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
202 | R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
203 | |
204 | if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) { |
205 | Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr()); |
206 | L.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
207 | R.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
208 | } |
209 | |
210 | if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) { |
211 | Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime()); |
212 | L.removeObjCLifetime(); |
213 | R.removeObjCLifetime(); |
214 | } |
215 | |
216 | if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) { |
217 | Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace()); |
218 | L.removeAddressSpace(); |
219 | R.removeAddressSpace(); |
220 | } |
221 | return Q; |
222 | } |
223 | |
224 | static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) { |
225 | Qualifiers Qs; |
226 | Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask); |
227 | return Qs; |
228 | } |
229 | |
230 | static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) { |
231 | Qualifiers Qs; |
232 | Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR); |
233 | return Qs; |
234 | } |
235 | |
236 | static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) { |
237 | Qualifiers Qs; |
238 | Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU); |
239 | return Qs; |
240 | } |
241 | |
242 | // Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation. |
243 | static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) { |
244 | Qualifiers Qs; |
245 | Qs.Mask = opaque; |
246 | return Qs; |
247 | } |
248 | |
249 | // Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation. |
250 | unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const { |
251 | return Mask; |
252 | } |
253 | |
254 | bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; } |
255 | bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; } |
256 | void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; } |
257 | void addConst() { Mask |= Const; } |
258 | |
259 | bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; } |
260 | bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; } |
261 | void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; } |
262 | void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; } |
263 | |
264 | bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; } |
265 | bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; } |
266 | void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; } |
267 | void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; } |
268 | |
269 | bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); } |
270 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; } |
271 | unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); } |
272 | |
273 | void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
274 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 274, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
275 | Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask; |
276 | } |
277 | void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
278 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 278, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
279 | Mask &= ~mask; |
280 | } |
281 | void removeCVRQualifiers() { |
282 | removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask); |
283 | } |
284 | void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
285 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 285, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
286 | Mask |= mask; |
287 | } |
288 | void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
289 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVRU bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 289, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
290 | Mask |= mask; |
291 | } |
292 | |
293 | bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; } |
294 | void setUnaligned(bool flag) { |
295 | Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0); |
296 | } |
297 | void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; } |
298 | void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; } |
299 | |
300 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; } |
301 | GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); } |
302 | void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
303 | Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift); |
304 | } |
305 | void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); } |
306 | void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
307 | assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 307, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
308 | setObjCGCAttr(type); |
309 | } |
310 | Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const { |
311 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
312 | qs.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
313 | return qs; |
314 | } |
315 | Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const { |
316 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
317 | qs.removeObjCLifetime(); |
318 | return qs; |
319 | } |
320 | Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const { |
321 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
322 | qs.removeAddressSpace(); |
323 | return qs; |
324 | } |
325 | |
326 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; } |
327 | ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
328 | return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift); |
329 | } |
330 | void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
331 | Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift); |
332 | } |
333 | void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); } |
334 | void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
335 | assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 335, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
336 | assert(!hasObjCLifetime())((!hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!hasObjCLifetime()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 336, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
337 | Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift); |
338 | } |
339 | |
340 | /// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone. |
341 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
342 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
343 | return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone); |
344 | } |
345 | |
346 | /// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak. |
347 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
348 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
349 | return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak); |
350 | } |
351 | |
352 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; } |
353 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { |
354 | return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift); |
355 | } |
356 | bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const { |
357 | return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace()); |
358 | } |
359 | /// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics. |
360 | unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const { |
361 | auto Addr = getAddressSpace(); |
362 | // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific |
363 | // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider |
364 | // printing the QualType instead of the address space value. |
365 | assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())((Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 365, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
366 | if (Addr != LangAS::Default) |
367 | return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr); |
368 | // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed |
369 | // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default |
370 | // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))). |
371 | return 0; |
372 | } |
373 | void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
374 | assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)(((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 374, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
375 | Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask) |
376 | | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift); |
377 | } |
378 | void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); } |
379 | void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
380 | assert(space != LangAS::Default)((space != LangAS::Default) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("space != LangAS::Default", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 380, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
381 | setAddressSpace(space); |
382 | } |
383 | |
384 | // Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly |
385 | // on a QualType object. |
386 | bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); } |
387 | unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; } |
388 | void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
389 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 389, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
390 | Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask; |
391 | } |
392 | void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
393 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 393, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
394 | Mask &= ~mask; |
395 | } |
396 | void removeFastQualifiers() { |
397 | removeFastQualifiers(FastMask); |
398 | } |
399 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
400 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 400, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
401 | Mask |= mask; |
402 | } |
403 | |
404 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals |
405 | /// node to be allocated. |
406 | bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; } |
407 | Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const { |
408 | Qualifiers Quals = *this; |
409 | Quals.setFastQualifiers(0); |
410 | return Quals; |
411 | } |
412 | |
413 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers. |
414 | bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; } |
415 | bool empty() const { return !Mask; } |
416 | |
417 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set. |
418 | void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
419 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
420 | // bit-or it in. |
421 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
422 | Mask |= Q.Mask; |
423 | else { |
424 | Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
425 | if (Q.hasAddressSpace()) |
426 | addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace()); |
427 | if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr()) |
428 | addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr()); |
429 | if (Q.hasObjCLifetime()) |
430 | addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime()); |
431 | } |
432 | } |
433 | |
434 | /// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set. |
435 | void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
436 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
437 | // bit-and the inverse in. |
438 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
439 | Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
440 | else { |
441 | Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
442 | if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr()) |
443 | removeObjCGCAttr(); |
444 | if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime()) |
445 | removeObjCLifetime(); |
446 | if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace()) |
447 | removeAddressSpace(); |
448 | } |
449 | } |
450 | |
451 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that |
452 | /// they don't conflict. |
453 | void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) { |
454 | assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace () || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 455, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
455 | !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace () || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 455, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
456 | assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 457, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
457 | !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 457, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
458 | assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime () || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 459, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
459 | !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime () || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 459, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
460 | Mask |= qs.Mask; |
461 | } |
462 | |
463 | /// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B. |
464 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of |
465 | /// overlapping address spaces. |
466 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
467 | /// every address space is a superset of itself. |
468 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
469 | /// __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant. |
470 | static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) { |
471 | // Address spaces must match exactly. |
472 | return A == B || |
473 | // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except |
474 | // for __constant can be used as __generic. |
475 | (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant); |
476 | } |
477 | |
478 | /// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or |
479 | /// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers. |
480 | bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const { |
481 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace()); |
482 | } |
483 | |
484 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set. |
485 | /// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other |
486 | /// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers. |
487 | bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const { |
488 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) && |
489 | // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't |
490 | // be changed. |
491 | (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || |
492 | !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) && |
493 | // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly. |
494 | getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() && |
495 | // CVR qualifiers may subset. |
496 | (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) && |
497 | // U qualifier may superset. |
498 | (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned()); |
499 | } |
500 | |
501 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of |
502 | /// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime. |
503 | /// |
504 | /// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other |
505 | /// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the |
506 | /// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak |
507 | /// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes). |
508 | bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const { |
509 | if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime()) |
510 | return true; |
511 | |
512 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak) |
513 | return false; |
514 | |
515 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None) |
516 | return true; |
517 | |
518 | return hasConst(); |
519 | } |
520 | |
521 | /// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of |
522 | /// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility. |
523 | bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const; |
524 | |
525 | bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; } |
526 | bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; } |
527 | |
528 | explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); } |
529 | |
530 | Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) { |
531 | addQualifiers(R); |
532 | return *this; |
533 | } |
534 | |
535 | // Union two qualifier sets. If an enumerated qualifier appears |
536 | // in both sets, use the one from the right. |
537 | friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
538 | L += R; |
539 | return L; |
540 | } |
541 | |
542 | Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) { |
543 | removeQualifiers(R); |
544 | return *this; |
545 | } |
546 | |
547 | /// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets. |
548 | friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
549 | L -= R; |
550 | return L; |
551 | } |
552 | |
553 | std::string getAsString() const; |
554 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
555 | |
556 | bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
557 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
558 | bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const; |
559 | |
560 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
561 | ID.AddInteger(Mask); |
562 | } |
563 | |
564 | private: |
565 | // bits: |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6 .. 8|9 ... 31| |
566 | // |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace| |
567 | uint32_t Mask = 0; |
568 | |
569 | static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8; |
570 | static const uint32_t UShift = 3; |
571 | static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30; |
572 | static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4; |
573 | static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0; |
574 | static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6; |
575 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask = |
576 | ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask); |
577 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9; |
578 | }; |
579 | |
580 | /// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split |
581 | /// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type. |
582 | struct SplitQualType { |
583 | /// The locally-unqualified type. |
584 | const Type *Ty = nullptr; |
585 | |
586 | /// The local qualifiers. |
587 | Qualifiers Quals; |
588 | |
589 | SplitQualType() = default; |
590 | SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {} |
591 | |
592 | SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file |
593 | |
594 | // Make std::tie work. |
595 | std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const { |
596 | return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals); |
597 | } |
598 | |
599 | friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
600 | return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals; |
601 | } |
602 | friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
603 | return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals; |
604 | } |
605 | }; |
606 | |
607 | /// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into. |
608 | /// |
609 | /// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when |
610 | /// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an |
611 | /// unspecialized type. |
612 | enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext { |
613 | /// An ordinary type. |
614 | Ordinary, |
615 | |
616 | /// The result type of a method or function. |
617 | Result, |
618 | |
619 | /// The parameter type of a method or function. |
620 | Parameter, |
621 | |
622 | /// The type of a property. |
623 | Property, |
624 | |
625 | /// The superclass of a type. |
626 | Superclass, |
627 | }; |
628 | |
629 | /// A (possibly-)qualified type. |
630 | /// |
631 | /// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their |
632 | /// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers. This |
633 | /// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for |
634 | /// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int', |
635 | /// 'const volatile int', etc). |
636 | /// |
637 | /// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we |
638 | /// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the |
639 | /// pointer. To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a |
640 | /// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer. A third bit |
641 | /// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which |
642 | /// case the pointer points to a special structure. |
643 | class QualType { |
644 | friend class QualifierCollector; |
645 | |
646 | // Thankfully, these are efficiently composable. |
647 | llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>, |
648 | Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value; |
649 | |
650 | const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const { |
651 | return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>(); |
652 | } |
653 | |
654 | const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const { |
655 | return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>(); |
656 | } |
657 | |
658 | const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const { |
659 | assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")((!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNull() && \"Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 659, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
660 | auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue()); |
661 | CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1); |
662 | return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal); |
663 | } |
664 | |
665 | public: |
666 | QualType() = default; |
667 | QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
668 | QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
669 | |
670 | unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); } |
671 | void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); } |
672 | |
673 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type. |
674 | /// |
675 | /// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be |
676 | /// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull(). |
677 | const Type *getTypePtr() const; |
678 | |
679 | const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const; |
680 | |
681 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type. |
682 | const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const; |
683 | |
684 | /// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local |
685 | /// qualifiers. |
686 | SplitQualType split() const; |
687 | |
688 | void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); } |
689 | |
690 | static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) { |
691 | QualType T; |
692 | T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr)); |
693 | return T; |
694 | } |
695 | |
696 | const Type &operator*() const { |
697 | return *getTypePtr(); |
698 | } |
699 | |
700 | const Type *operator->() const { |
701 | return getTypePtr(); |
702 | } |
703 | |
704 | bool isCanonical() const; |
705 | bool isCanonicalAsParam() const; |
706 | |
707 | /// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet. |
708 | bool isNull() const { |
709 | return Value.getPointer().isNull(); |
710 | } |
711 | |
712 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
713 | /// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
714 | /// added "const" at a different level. |
715 | bool isLocalConstQualified() const { |
716 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const); |
717 | } |
718 | |
719 | /// Determine whether this type is const-qualified. |
720 | bool isConstQualified() const; |
721 | |
722 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
723 | /// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
724 | /// added "restrict" at a different level. |
725 | bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const { |
726 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict); |
727 | } |
728 | |
729 | /// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified. |
730 | bool isRestrictQualified() const; |
731 | |
732 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
733 | /// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
734 | /// added "volatile" at a different level. |
735 | bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const { |
736 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile); |
737 | } |
738 | |
739 | /// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified. |
740 | bool isVolatileQualified() const; |
741 | |
742 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
743 | /// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add |
744 | /// qualifiers at a different level. |
745 | bool hasLocalQualifiers() const { |
746 | return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers(); |
747 | } |
748 | |
749 | /// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers. |
750 | bool hasQualifiers() const; |
751 | |
752 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
753 | /// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType |
754 | /// instance. |
755 | bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const { |
756 | return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>(); |
757 | } |
758 | |
759 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType |
760 | /// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or |
761 | /// other sugar. |
762 | Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const; |
763 | |
764 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type. |
765 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const; |
766 | |
767 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
768 | /// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers |
769 | /// acquired through typedefs or other sugar. |
770 | unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const { |
771 | return getLocalFastQualifiers(); |
772 | } |
773 | |
774 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
775 | /// applied to this type. |
776 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const; |
777 | |
778 | bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const { |
779 | return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx); |
780 | } |
781 | |
782 | /// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10). |
783 | bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
784 | |
785 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98 |
786 | /// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
787 | bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
788 | |
789 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules |
790 | /// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
791 | /// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike |
792 | /// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account. |
793 | bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
794 | |
795 | /// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
796 | bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
797 | |
798 | /// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
799 | bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
800 | |
801 | |
802 | /// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic. |
803 | bool mayBeDynamicClass() const; |
804 | |
805 | /// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic. |
806 | bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const; |
807 | |
808 | // Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be |
809 | // easily added. |
810 | |
811 | /// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType. |
812 | void addConst() { |
813 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
814 | } |
815 | QualType withConst() const { |
816 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
817 | } |
818 | |
819 | /// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType. |
820 | void addVolatile() { |
821 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
822 | } |
823 | QualType withVolatile() const { |
824 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
825 | } |
826 | |
827 | /// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType. |
828 | void addRestrict() { |
829 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
830 | } |
831 | QualType withRestrict() const { |
832 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
833 | } |
834 | |
835 | QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const { |
836 | return withFastQualifiers(CVR); |
837 | } |
838 | |
839 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) { |
840 | assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
841 | && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
842 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs); |
843 | } |
844 | |
845 | void removeLocalConst(); |
846 | void removeLocalVolatile(); |
847 | void removeLocalRestrict(); |
848 | void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask); |
849 | |
850 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); } |
851 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
852 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"mask has non-fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 852, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
853 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask); |
854 | } |
855 | |
856 | // Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any |
857 | // qualifiers already on this type. |
858 | QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
859 | QualType T = *this; |
860 | T.addFastQualifiers(TQs); |
861 | return T; |
862 | } |
863 | |
864 | // Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing |
865 | // any existing fast qualifiers. |
866 | QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
867 | return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs); |
868 | } |
869 | |
870 | // Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place. |
871 | QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const { |
872 | QualType T = *this; |
873 | T.removeLocalFastQualifiers(); |
874 | return T; |
875 | } |
876 | |
877 | QualType getCanonicalType() const; |
878 | |
879 | /// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers |
880 | /// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied |
881 | /// through typedefs. |
882 | QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); } |
883 | |
884 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, |
885 | /// removing as little sugar as possible. |
886 | /// |
887 | /// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the |
888 | /// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given: |
889 | /// |
890 | /// \code |
891 | /// typedef int Integer; |
892 | /// typedef const Integer CInteger; |
893 | /// typedef CInteger DifferenceType; |
894 | /// \endcode |
895 | /// |
896 | /// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will |
897 | /// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it. |
898 | /// |
899 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
900 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
901 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
902 | inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const; |
903 | |
904 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little |
905 | /// sugar as possible. |
906 | /// |
907 | /// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of |
908 | /// qualifiers that were built up. |
909 | /// |
910 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
911 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
912 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
913 | inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const; |
914 | |
915 | /// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other |
916 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
917 | bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const; |
918 | |
919 | /// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other |
920 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
921 | bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const; |
922 | |
923 | QualType getNonReferenceType() const; |
924 | |
925 | /// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the |
926 | /// specified result type. |
927 | /// |
928 | /// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is |
929 | /// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily |
930 | /// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no |
931 | /// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers |
932 | /// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C). |
933 | QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
934 | |
935 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from |
936 | /// the type. This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc. If the outer level of |
937 | /// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. This is similar |
938 | /// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs. For |
939 | /// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is |
940 | /// concrete. |
941 | /// |
942 | /// Qualifiers are left in place. |
943 | QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
944 | return getDesugaredType(*this, Context); |
945 | } |
946 | |
947 | SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const { |
948 | return getSplitDesugaredType(*this); |
949 | } |
950 | |
951 | /// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from |
952 | /// the type. |
953 | /// |
954 | /// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level |
955 | /// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. |
956 | QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
957 | return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context); |
958 | } |
959 | |
960 | /// Returns the specified type after dropping any |
961 | /// outer-level parentheses. |
962 | QualType IgnoreParens() const { |
963 | if (isa<ParenType>(*this)) |
964 | return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this); |
965 | return *this; |
966 | } |
967 | |
968 | /// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical. |
969 | friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
970 | return LHS.Value == RHS.Value; |
971 | } |
972 | friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
973 | return LHS.Value != RHS.Value; |
974 | } |
975 | friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
976 | return LHS.Value < RHS.Value; |
977 | } |
978 | |
979 | static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split, |
980 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
981 | return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy); |
982 | } |
983 | static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
984 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
985 | |
986 | std::string getAsString() const; |
987 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
988 | |
989 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
990 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
991 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const; |
992 | |
993 | static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS, |
994 | const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
995 | unsigned Indentation = 0) { |
996 | return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
997 | } |
998 | |
999 | static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1000 | raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy, |
1001 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
1002 | unsigned Indentation = 0); |
1003 | |
1004 | void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str, |
1005 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
1006 | |
1007 | static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out, |
1008 | const PrintingPolicy &policy) { |
1009 | return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy); |
1010 | } |
1011 | |
1012 | static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1013 | std::string &out, |
1014 | const PrintingPolicy &policy); |
1015 | |
1016 | class StreamedQualTypeHelper { |
1017 | const QualType &T; |
1018 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy; |
1019 | const Twine &PlaceHolder; |
1020 | unsigned Indentation; |
1021 | |
1022 | public: |
1023 | StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1024 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation) |
1025 | : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder), |
1026 | Indentation(Indentation) {} |
1027 | |
1028 | friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, |
1029 | const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) { |
1030 | SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation); |
1031 | return OS; |
1032 | } |
1033 | }; |
1034 | |
1035 | StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1036 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
1037 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const { |
1038 | return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
1039 | } |
1040 | |
1041 | void dump(const char *s) const; |
1042 | void dump() const; |
1043 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const; |
1044 | |
1045 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1046 | ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr()); |
1047 | } |
1048 | |
1049 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
1050 | inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const; |
1051 | |
1052 | /// Returns gc attribute of this type. |
1053 | inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const; |
1054 | |
1055 | /// true when Type is objc's weak. |
1056 | bool isObjCGCWeak() const { |
1057 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak; |
1058 | } |
1059 | |
1060 | /// true when Type is objc's strong. |
1061 | bool isObjCGCStrong() const { |
1062 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong; |
1063 | } |
1064 | |
1065 | /// Returns lifetime attribute of this type. |
1066 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1067 | return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime(); |
1068 | } |
1069 | |
1070 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
1071 | return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime(); |
1072 | } |
1073 | |
1074 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
1075 | return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime(); |
1076 | } |
1077 | |
1078 | // true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't. |
1079 | bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
1080 | |
1081 | enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind { |
1082 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1083 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1084 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1085 | PDIK_Trivial, |
1086 | |
1087 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1088 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1089 | PDIK_ARCStrong, |
1090 | |
1091 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1092 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1093 | PDIK_ARCWeak, |
1094 | |
1095 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial. |
1096 | PDIK_Struct |
1097 | }; |
1098 | |
1099 | /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types. |
1100 | |
1101 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1102 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize |
1103 | /// and return the kind. |
1104 | PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind |
1105 | isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const; |
1106 | |
1107 | enum PrimitiveCopyKind { |
1108 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1109 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1110 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1111 | PCK_Trivial, |
1112 | |
1113 | /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types |
1114 | /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be |
1115 | /// volatile-qualified. |
1116 | PCK_VolatileTrivial, |
1117 | |
1118 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1119 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1120 | PCK_ARCStrong, |
1121 | |
1122 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1123 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1124 | PCK_ARCWeak, |
1125 | |
1126 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither |
1127 | /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial. |
1128 | /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying |
1129 | /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend |
1130 | /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by |
1131 | /// overload resolution to do the copy. |
1132 | PCK_Struct |
1133 | }; |
1134 | |
1135 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1136 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the |
1137 | /// kind. |
1138 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const; |
1139 | |
1140 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1141 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively |
1142 | /// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style |
1143 | /// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state |
1144 | /// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the |
1145 | /// source object is placed in an uninitialized state. |
1146 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const; |
1147 | |
1148 | enum DestructionKind { |
1149 | DK_none, |
1150 | DK_cxx_destructor, |
1151 | DK_objc_strong_lifetime, |
1152 | DK_objc_weak_lifetime, |
1153 | DK_nontrivial_c_struct |
1154 | }; |
1155 | |
1156 | /// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require |
1157 | /// non-trivial work to clean up after. Non-zero because it's |
1158 | /// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make |
1159 | /// something require destruction. |
1160 | DestructionKind isDestructedType() const { |
1161 | return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this); |
1162 | } |
1163 | |
1164 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to |
1165 | /// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial |
1166 | /// to default-initialize. If this returns true, |
1167 | /// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct. |
1168 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const; |
1169 | |
1170 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct, |
1171 | /// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If |
1172 | /// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct. |
1173 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const; |
1174 | |
1175 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which |
1176 | /// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns |
1177 | /// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct. |
1178 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const; |
1179 | |
1180 | /// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden |
1181 | /// from being lvalues in C. |
1182 | /// |
1183 | /// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are: |
1184 | /// - 'void', but not qualified void |
1185 | /// - function types |
1186 | /// |
1187 | /// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1: |
1188 | /// An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete |
1189 | /// type other than void. |
1190 | bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const; |
1191 | |
1192 | /// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the |
1193 | /// subject type. |
1194 | /// |
1195 | /// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists. |
1196 | /// |
1197 | /// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the |
1198 | /// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally |
1199 | /// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type |
1200 | /// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate |
1201 | /// for the context. |
1202 | /// |
1203 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1204 | /// |
1205 | /// \returns the resulting type. |
1206 | QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx, |
1207 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
1208 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1209 | |
1210 | /// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type |
1211 | /// parameters used in the subject type. |
1212 | /// |
1213 | /// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for |
1214 | /// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of |
1215 | /// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of |
1216 | /// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation. |
1217 | /// |
1218 | /// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're |
1219 | /// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message |
1220 | /// or the base of a property access. |
1221 | /// |
1222 | /// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was |
1223 | /// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should |
1224 | /// be substituted. |
1225 | /// |
1226 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1227 | /// |
1228 | /// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type |
1229 | /// parameters with their corresponding arguments. |
1230 | QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType, |
1231 | const DeclContext *dc, |
1232 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1233 | |
1234 | /// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type. |
1235 | QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
1236 | |
1237 | /// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic. |
1238 | QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const; |
1239 | |
1240 | private: |
1241 | // These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit; |
1242 | // "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the |
1243 | // caller. |
1244 | static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx); |
1245 | static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context); |
1246 | static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T); |
1247 | static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1248 | static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type, |
1249 | const ASTContext &C); |
1250 | static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T); |
1251 | static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1252 | |
1253 | /// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union. |
1254 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1255 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1256 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1257 | }; |
1258 | |
1259 | } // namespace clang |
1260 | |
1261 | namespace llvm { |
1262 | |
1263 | /// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType |
1264 | /// to a specific Type class. |
1265 | template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> { |
1266 | using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *; |
1267 | |
1268 | static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) { |
1269 | return Val.getTypePtr(); |
1270 | } |
1271 | }; |
1272 | |
1273 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer". |
1274 | template<> |
1275 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> { |
1276 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) { |
1277 | return P.getAsOpaquePtr(); |
1278 | } |
1279 | |
1280 | static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
1281 | return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P); |
1282 | } |
1283 | |
1284 | // Various qualifiers go in low bits. |
1285 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 0 }; |
1286 | }; |
1287 | |
1288 | } // namespace llvm |
1289 | |
1290 | namespace clang { |
1291 | |
1292 | /// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type |
1293 | /// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the |
1294 | /// two. |
1295 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1296 | friend class ExtQuals; |
1297 | friend class QualType; |
1298 | friend class Type; |
1299 | |
1300 | /// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or |
1301 | /// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type). |
1302 | /// |
1303 | /// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its |
1304 | /// underlying type pointer. |
1305 | const Type *const BaseType; |
1306 | |
1307 | /// The canonical type of this type. A QualType. |
1308 | QualType CanonicalType; |
1309 | |
1310 | ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon) |
1311 | : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {} |
1312 | }; |
1313 | |
1314 | /// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a |
1315 | /// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want |
1316 | /// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type. Therefore we have this |
1317 | /// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to |
1318 | /// store qualifiers. |
1319 | /// |
1320 | /// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers |
1321 | /// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether |
1322 | /// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces, |
1323 | /// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare. |
1324 | class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
1325 | // NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as |
1326 | // long as you don't make 'const' non-fast. |
1327 | // 1. Qualifiers: |
1328 | // a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ). |
1329 | // Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits. |
1330 | // b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask. |
1331 | // 2. QualType: |
1332 | // a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline. |
1333 | // b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of |
1334 | // this header. |
1335 | // 3. ASTContext: |
1336 | // a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type. |
1337 | |
1338 | /// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains |
1339 | /// extended qualifiers. |
1340 | Qualifiers Quals; |
1341 | |
1342 | ExtQuals *this_() { return this; } |
1343 | |
1344 | public: |
1345 | ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals) |
1346 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType, |
1347 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon), |
1348 | Quals(quals) { |
1349 | assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1350, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1350 | && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1350, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1351 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1352, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1352 | && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1352, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1353 | } |
1354 | |
1355 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; } |
1356 | |
1357 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); } |
1358 | Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); } |
1359 | |
1360 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); } |
1361 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1362 | return Quals.getObjCLifetime(); |
1363 | } |
1364 | |
1365 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); } |
1366 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); } |
1367 | |
1368 | const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
1369 | |
1370 | public: |
1371 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1372 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals); |
1373 | } |
1374 | |
1375 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
1376 | const Type *BaseType, |
1377 | Qualifiers Quals) { |
1378 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1378, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1379 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType); |
1380 | Quals.Profile(ID); |
1381 | } |
1382 | }; |
1383 | |
1384 | /// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type. |
1385 | /// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an |
1386 | /// lvalue, rvalue, or neither. |
1387 | enum RefQualifierKind { |
1388 | /// No ref-qualifier was provided. |
1389 | RQ_None = 0, |
1390 | |
1391 | /// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). |
1392 | RQ_LValue, |
1393 | |
1394 | /// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). |
1395 | RQ_RValue |
1396 | }; |
1397 | |
1398 | /// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType. |
1399 | enum class AutoTypeKeyword { |
1400 | /// auto |
1401 | Auto, |
1402 | |
1403 | /// decltype(auto) |
1404 | DecltypeAuto, |
1405 | |
1406 | /// __auto_type (GNU extension) |
1407 | GNUAutoType |
1408 | }; |
1409 | |
1410 | /// The base class of the type hierarchy. |
1411 | /// |
1412 | /// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical |
1413 | /// type. A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out |
1414 | /// of it or the types it references. For example, consider: |
1415 | /// |
1416 | /// typedef int foo; |
1417 | /// typedef foo* bar; |
1418 | /// 'int *' 'foo *' 'bar' |
1419 | /// |
1420 | /// There will be a Type object created for 'int'. Since int is canonical, its |
1421 | /// CanonicalType pointer points to itself. There is also a Type for 'foo' (a |
1422 | /// TypedefType). Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type. Next |
1423 | /// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is |
1424 | /// canonical. Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical |
1425 | /// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type |
1426 | /// is also 'int*'. |
1427 | /// |
1428 | /// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing |
1429 | /// information about typedefs being used. Canonical types are useful for type |
1430 | /// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning |
1431 | /// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type), |
1432 | /// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type. |
1433 | /// |
1434 | /// Types, once created, are immutable. |
1435 | /// |
1436 | class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1437 | public: |
1438 | enum TypeClass { |
1439 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) Class, |
1440 | #define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class |
1441 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) |
1442 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
1443 | }; |
1444 | |
1445 | private: |
1446 | /// Bitfields required by the Type class. |
1447 | class TypeBitfields { |
1448 | friend class Type; |
1449 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1450 | |
1451 | /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to. |
1452 | unsigned TC : 8; |
1453 | |
1454 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
1455 | unsigned Dependent : 1; |
1456 | |
1457 | /// Whether this type somehow involves a template parameter, even |
1458 | /// if the resolution of the type does not depend on a template parameter. |
1459 | unsigned InstantiationDependent : 1; |
1460 | |
1461 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
1462 | unsigned VariablyModified : 1; |
1463 | |
1464 | /// Whether this type contains an unexpanded parameter pack |
1465 | /// (for C++11 variadic templates). |
1466 | unsigned ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack : 1; |
1467 | |
1468 | /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with |
1469 | /// 'Cache') is valid. |
1470 | mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1; |
1471 | |
1472 | /// Linkage of this type. |
1473 | mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3; |
1474 | |
1475 | /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types. |
1476 | mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1; |
1477 | |
1478 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1479 | mutable unsigned FromAST : 1; |
1480 | |
1481 | bool isCacheValid() const { |
1482 | return CacheValid; |
1483 | } |
1484 | |
1485 | Linkage getLinkage() const { |
1486 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1486, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1487 | return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage); |
1488 | } |
1489 | |
1490 | bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const { |
1491 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1491, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1492 | return CachedLocalOrUnnamed; |
1493 | } |
1494 | }; |
1495 | enum { NumTypeBits = 18 }; |
1496 | |
1497 | protected: |
1498 | // These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields |
1499 | // into Type. |
1500 | |
1501 | class ArrayTypeBitfields { |
1502 | friend class ArrayType; |
1503 | |
1504 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1505 | |
1506 | /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like |
1507 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1508 | unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3; |
1509 | |
1510 | /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like |
1511 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1512 | /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier. |
1513 | unsigned SizeModifier : 3; |
1514 | }; |
1515 | |
1516 | class BuiltinTypeBitfields { |
1517 | friend class BuiltinType; |
1518 | |
1519 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1520 | |
1521 | /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is. |
1522 | unsigned Kind : 8; |
1523 | }; |
1524 | |
1525 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType. |
1526 | /// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored |
1527 | /// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType. |
1528 | class FunctionTypeBitfields { |
1529 | friend class FunctionProtoType; |
1530 | friend class FunctionType; |
1531 | |
1532 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1533 | |
1534 | /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like |
1535 | /// regparm and the calling convention. |
1536 | unsigned ExtInfo : 12; |
1537 | |
1538 | /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType. |
1539 | /// |
1540 | /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind. |
1541 | unsigned RefQualifier : 2; |
1542 | |
1543 | /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the |
1544 | /// other bitfields. |
1545 | /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because... |
1546 | /// |
1547 | /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the |
1548 | /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type. |
1549 | unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth; |
1550 | /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers. |
1551 | unsigned HasExtQuals : 1; |
1552 | |
1553 | /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'. |
1554 | /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is |
1555 | /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to |
1556 | /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible. |
1557 | unsigned NumParams : 16; |
1558 | |
1559 | /// The type of exception specification this function has. |
1560 | unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4; |
1561 | |
1562 | /// Whether this function has extended parameter information. |
1563 | unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1; |
1564 | |
1565 | /// Whether the function is variadic. |
1566 | unsigned Variadic : 1; |
1567 | |
1568 | /// Whether this function has a trailing return type. |
1569 | unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
1570 | }; |
1571 | |
1572 | class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields { |
1573 | friend class ObjCObjectType; |
1574 | |
1575 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1576 | |
1577 | /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type. |
1578 | unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7; |
1579 | |
1580 | /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type. |
1581 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
1582 | |
1583 | /// Whether this is a "kindof" type. |
1584 | unsigned IsKindOf : 1; |
1585 | }; |
1586 | |
1587 | class ReferenceTypeBitfields { |
1588 | friend class ReferenceType; |
1589 | |
1590 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1591 | |
1592 | /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil. |
1593 | /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false |
1594 | /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9, |
1595 | /// as follows: |
1596 | /// |
1597 | /// typedef int &ref; // lvalue, spelled lvalue |
1598 | /// typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue |
1599 | /// ref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1600 | /// ref &&a; // lvalue, inner ref |
1601 | /// rvref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1602 | /// rvref &&a; // rvalue, inner ref |
1603 | unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1; |
1604 | |
1605 | /// True if the inner type is a reference type. This only happens |
1606 | /// in non-canonical forms. |
1607 | unsigned InnerRef : 1; |
1608 | }; |
1609 | |
1610 | class TypeWithKeywordBitfields { |
1611 | friend class TypeWithKeyword; |
1612 | |
1613 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1614 | |
1615 | /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword. 8 bits for efficient access. |
1616 | unsigned Keyword : 8; |
1617 | }; |
1618 | |
1619 | enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 }; |
1620 | |
1621 | class ElaboratedTypeBitfields { |
1622 | friend class ElaboratedType; |
1623 | |
1624 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1625 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1626 | |
1627 | /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl. |
1628 | unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1; |
1629 | }; |
1630 | |
1631 | class VectorTypeBitfields { |
1632 | friend class VectorType; |
1633 | friend class DependentVectorType; |
1634 | |
1635 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1636 | |
1637 | /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some |
1638 | /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon. |
1639 | unsigned VecKind : 3; |
1640 | |
1641 | /// The number of elements in the vector. |
1642 | unsigned NumElements : 29 - NumTypeBits; |
1643 | |
1644 | enum { MaxNumElements = (1 << (29 - NumTypeBits)) - 1 }; |
1645 | }; |
1646 | |
1647 | class AttributedTypeBitfields { |
1648 | friend class AttributedType; |
1649 | |
1650 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1651 | |
1652 | /// An AttributedType::Kind |
1653 | unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits; |
1654 | }; |
1655 | |
1656 | class AutoTypeBitfields { |
1657 | friend class AutoType; |
1658 | |
1659 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1660 | |
1661 | /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)', |
1662 | /// or '__auto_type'? AutoTypeKeyword value. |
1663 | unsigned Keyword : 2; |
1664 | }; |
1665 | |
1666 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields { |
1667 | friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType; |
1668 | |
1669 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1670 | |
1671 | /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is |
1672 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
1673 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
1674 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
1675 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
1676 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
1677 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1678 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1679 | }; |
1680 | |
1681 | class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1682 | friend class TemplateSpecializationType; |
1683 | |
1684 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1685 | |
1686 | /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias. |
1687 | unsigned TypeAlias : 1; |
1688 | |
1689 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1690 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1691 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1692 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1693 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1694 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1695 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1696 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1697 | }; |
1698 | |
1699 | class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1700 | friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType; |
1701 | |
1702 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1703 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1704 | |
1705 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1706 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1707 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1708 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1709 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1710 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1711 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1712 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1713 | }; |
1714 | |
1715 | class PackExpansionTypeBitfields { |
1716 | friend class PackExpansionType; |
1717 | |
1718 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1719 | |
1720 | /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
1721 | /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to |
1722 | /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit |
1723 | /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to |
1724 | /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a |
1725 | /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so |
1726 | /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1727 | /// |
1728 | /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter |
1729 | /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others |
1730 | /// have not. |
1731 | unsigned NumExpansions; |
1732 | }; |
1733 | |
1734 | union { |
1735 | TypeBitfields TypeBits; |
1736 | ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits; |
1737 | AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits; |
1738 | AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits; |
1739 | BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits; |
1740 | FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits; |
1741 | ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits; |
1742 | ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits; |
1743 | TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits; |
1744 | ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits; |
1745 | VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits; |
1746 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits; |
1747 | TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1748 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields |
1749 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1750 | PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits; |
1751 | |
1752 | static_assert(sizeof(TypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1753 | "TypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1754 | static_assert(sizeof(ArrayTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1755 | "ArrayTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1756 | static_assert(sizeof(AttributedTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1757 | "AttributedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1758 | static_assert(sizeof(AutoTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1759 | "AutoTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1760 | static_assert(sizeof(BuiltinTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1761 | "BuiltinTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1762 | static_assert(sizeof(FunctionTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1763 | "FunctionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1764 | static_assert(sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1765 | "ObjCObjectTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1766 | static_assert(sizeof(ReferenceTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1767 | "ReferenceTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1768 | static_assert(sizeof(TypeWithKeywordBitfields) <= 8, |
1769 | "TypeWithKeywordBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1770 | static_assert(sizeof(ElaboratedTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1771 | "ElaboratedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1772 | static_assert(sizeof(VectorTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1773 | "VectorTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1774 | static_assert(sizeof(SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1775 | "SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields is larger" |
1776 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1777 | static_assert(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1778 | "TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger" |
1779 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1780 | static_assert(sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1781 | "DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger" |
1782 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1783 | static_assert(sizeof(PackExpansionTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1784 | "PackExpansionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes"); |
1785 | }; |
1786 | |
1787 | private: |
1788 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1789 | |
1790 | /// Set whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1791 | void setFromAST(bool V = true) const { |
1792 | TypeBits.FromAST = V; |
1793 | } |
1794 | |
1795 | protected: |
1796 | friend class ASTContext; |
1797 | |
1798 | Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, bool Dependent, |
1799 | bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified, |
1800 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) |
1801 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this, |
1802 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) { |
1803 | TypeBits.TC = tc; |
1804 | TypeBits.Dependent = Dependent; |
1805 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = Dependent || InstantiationDependent; |
1806 | TypeBits.VariablyModified = VariablyModified; |
1807 | TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack; |
1808 | TypeBits.CacheValid = false; |
1809 | TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false; |
1810 | TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage; |
1811 | TypeBits.FromAST = false; |
1812 | } |
1813 | |
1814 | // silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list |
1815 | Type *this_() { return this; } |
1816 | |
1817 | void setDependent(bool D = true) { |
1818 | TypeBits.Dependent = D; |
1819 | if (D) |
1820 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = true; |
1821 | } |
1822 | |
1823 | void setInstantiationDependent(bool D = true) { |
1824 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = D; } |
1825 | |
1826 | void setVariablyModified(bool VM = true) { TypeBits.VariablyModified = VM; } |
1827 | |
1828 | void setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(bool PP = true) { |
1829 | TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = PP; |
1830 | } |
1831 | |
1832 | public: |
1833 | friend class ASTReader; |
1834 | friend class ASTWriter; |
1835 | |
1836 | Type(const Type &) = delete; |
1837 | Type(Type &&) = delete; |
1838 | Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete; |
1839 | Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete; |
1840 | |
1841 | TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); } |
1842 | |
1843 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1844 | bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; } |
1845 | |
1846 | /// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter |
1847 | /// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates. |
1848 | /// |
1849 | /// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the |
1850 | /// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the |
1851 | /// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T': |
1852 | /// |
1853 | /// \code |
1854 | /// template<typename ...T> |
1855 | /// struct X { |
1856 | /// typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack. |
1857 | /// }; |
1858 | /// \endcode |
1859 | /// |
1860 | /// Note that this routine does not specify which |
1861 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const { |
1862 | return TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack; |
1863 | } |
1864 | |
1865 | /// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further |
1866 | /// qualification. |
1867 | bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const { |
1868 | return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0); |
1869 | } |
1870 | |
1871 | /// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type. |
1872 | /// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() |
1873 | /// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&). |
1874 | QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const; |
1875 | |
1876 | /// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1): |
1877 | /// object types, function types, and incomplete types. |
1878 | |
1879 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete type. |
1880 | /// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to |
1881 | /// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this |
1882 | /// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required. |
1883 | /// |
1884 | /// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration |
1885 | /// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C |
1886 | /// class), will be set to the declaration. |
1887 | bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const; |
1888 | |
1889 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete or object |
1890 | /// type, in other words, not a function type. |
1891 | bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const { |
1892 | return !isFunctionType(); |
1893 | } |
1894 | |
1895 | /// Determine whether this type is an object type. |
1896 | bool isObjectType() const { |
1897 | // C++ [basic.types]p8: |
1898 | // An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a |
1899 | // function type, not a reference type, and not a void type. |
1900 | return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType(); |
1901 | } |
1902 | |
1903 | /// Return true if this is a literal type |
1904 | /// (C++11 [basic.types]p10) |
1905 | bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1906 | |
1907 | /// Test if this type is a standard-layout type. |
1908 | /// (C++0x [basic.type]p9) |
1909 | bool isStandardLayoutType() const; |
1910 | |
1911 | /// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates |
1912 | /// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
1913 | |
1914 | /// Returns true if the type is a builtin type. |
1915 | bool isBuiltinType() const; |
1916 | |
1917 | /// Test for a particular builtin type. |
1918 | bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const; |
1919 | |
1920 | /// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but |
1921 | /// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within |
1922 | /// Clang. All such types are BuiltinTypes. |
1923 | bool isPlaceholderType() const; |
1924 | const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const; |
1925 | |
1926 | /// Test for a specific placeholder type. |
1927 | bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const; |
1928 | |
1929 | /// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see |
1930 | /// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType. |
1931 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const; |
1932 | |
1933 | /// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1934 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1935 | bool isIntegerType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum) |
1936 | bool isEnumeralType() const; |
1937 | |
1938 | /// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type. |
1939 | bool isScopedEnumeralType() const; |
1940 | bool isBooleanType() const; |
1941 | bool isCharType() const; |
1942 | bool isWideCharType() const; |
1943 | bool isChar8Type() const; |
1944 | bool isChar16Type() const; |
1945 | bool isChar32Type() const; |
1946 | bool isAnyCharacterType() const; |
1947 | bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1948 | |
1949 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type. |
1950 | bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const; |
1951 | |
1952 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type. |
1953 | bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
1954 | |
1955 | /// Floating point categories. |
1956 | bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double) |
1957 | /// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1958 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1959 | bool isComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) |
1960 | bool isAnyComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int. |
1961 | bool isFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex) |
1962 | bool isHalfType() const; // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half) |
1963 | bool isFloat16Type() const; // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661 |
1964 | bool isFloat128Type() const; |
1965 | bool isRealType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer) |
1966 | bool isArithmeticType() const; // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating) |
1967 | bool isVoidType() const; // C99 6.2.5p19 |
1968 | bool isScalarType() const; // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers) |
1969 | bool isAggregateType() const; |
1970 | bool isFundamentalType() const; |
1971 | bool isCompoundType() const; |
1972 | |
1973 | // Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified |
1974 | // type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
1975 | bool isFunctionType() const; |
1976 | bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); } |
1977 | bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); } |
1978 | bool isPointerType() const; |
1979 | bool isAnyPointerType() const; // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer |
1980 | bool isBlockPointerType() const; |
1981 | bool isVoidPointerType() const; |
1982 | bool isReferenceType() const; |
1983 | bool isLValueReferenceType() const; |
1984 | bool isRValueReferenceType() const; |
1985 | bool isFunctionPointerType() const; |
1986 | bool isFunctionReferenceType() const; |
1987 | bool isMemberPointerType() const; |
1988 | bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const; |
1989 | bool isMemberDataPointerType() const; |
1990 | bool isArrayType() const; |
1991 | bool isConstantArrayType() const; |
1992 | bool isIncompleteArrayType() const; |
1993 | bool isVariableArrayType() const; |
1994 | bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const; |
1995 | bool isRecordType() const; |
1996 | bool isClassType() const; |
1997 | bool isStructureType() const; |
1998 | bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const; |
1999 | bool isInterfaceType() const; |
2000 | bool isStructureOrClassType() const; |
2001 | bool isUnionType() const; |
2002 | bool isComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC _Complex integer type. |
2003 | bool isVectorType() const; // GCC vector type. |
2004 | bool isExtVectorType() const; // Extended vector type. |
2005 | bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const; // value-dependent address space qualifier |
2006 | bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const; // pointer to ObjC object |
2007 | bool isObjCRetainableType() const; // ObjC object or block pointer |
2008 | bool isObjCLifetimeType() const; // (array of)* retainable type |
2009 | bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const; // (pointer to)* lifetime type |
2010 | bool isObjCNSObjectType() const; // __attribute__((NSObject)) |
2011 | bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const; // __attribute__((objc_independent_class)) |
2012 | // FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type |
2013 | // for the common case. |
2014 | bool isObjCObjectType() const; // NSString or typeof(*(id)0) |
2015 | bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; // NSString<foo> |
2016 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const; // id<foo> |
2017 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const; // Class<foo> |
2018 | bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const; |
2019 | bool isObjCIdType() const; // id |
2020 | bool isDecltypeType() const; |
2021 | /// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained |
2022 | /// qualifier? |
2023 | /// |
2024 | /// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this |
2025 | /// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified |
2026 | /// with __unsafe_unretained? |
2027 | bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const { |
2028 | return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained); |
2029 | } |
2030 | |
2031 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an |
2032 | /// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id |
2033 | /// <NSCopying>. |
2034 | /// |
2035 | /// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types, |
2036 | /// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or |
2037 | /// null for 'id. |
2038 | bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx, |
2039 | const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const; |
2040 | |
2041 | bool isObjCClassType() const; // Class |
2042 | |
2043 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an |
2044 | /// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>. |
2045 | /// |
2046 | /// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound |
2047 | /// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class |
2048 | /// object for a subclass of NSFoo". |
2049 | bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const; |
2050 | |
2051 | bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const; |
2052 | bool isObjCSelType() const; // Class |
2053 | bool isObjCBuiltinType() const; // 'id' or 'Class' |
2054 | bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const; |
2055 | bool isCARCBridgableType() const; |
2056 | bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const; // C++ template type parameter |
2057 | bool isNullPtrType() const; // C++11 std::nullptr_t |
2058 | bool isNothrowT() const; // C++ std::nothrow_t |
2059 | bool isAlignValT() const; // C++17 std::align_val_t |
2060 | bool isStdByteType() const; // C++17 std::byte |
2061 | bool isAtomicType() const; // C11 _Atomic() |
2062 | |
2063 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
2064 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2065 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2066 | |
2067 | bool isImageType() const; // Any OpenCL image type |
2068 | |
2069 | bool isSamplerT() const; // OpenCL sampler_t |
2070 | bool isEventT() const; // OpenCL event_t |
2071 | bool isClkEventT() const; // OpenCL clk_event_t |
2072 | bool isQueueT() const; // OpenCL queue_t |
2073 | bool isReserveIDT() const; // OpenCL reserve_id_t |
2074 | |
2075 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
2076 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2077 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2078 | // Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension |
2079 | bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const; |
2080 | bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const; // Any OpenCL extension type |
2081 | |
2082 | bool isPipeType() const; // OpenCL pipe type |
2083 | bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const; // Any OpenCL specific type |
2084 | |
2085 | /// Determines if this type, which must satisfy |
2086 | /// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather |
2087 | /// than implicitly __strong. |
2088 | bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const; |
2089 | |
2090 | /// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent. |
2091 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const; |
2092 | |
2093 | enum ScalarTypeKind { |
2094 | STK_CPointer, |
2095 | STK_BlockPointer, |
2096 | STK_ObjCObjectPointer, |
2097 | STK_MemberPointer, |
2098 | STK_Bool, |
2099 | STK_Integral, |
2100 | STK_Floating, |
2101 | STK_IntegralComplex, |
2102 | STK_FloatingComplex, |
2103 | STK_FixedPoint |
2104 | }; |
2105 | |
2106 | /// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it. |
2107 | ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const; |
2108 | |
2109 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition |
2110 | /// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
2111 | bool isDependentType() const { return TypeBits.Dependent; } |
2112 | |
2113 | /// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type, |
2114 | /// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the |
2115 | /// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that |
2116 | /// template parameter). |
2117 | bool isInstantiationDependentType() const { |
2118 | return TypeBits.InstantiationDependent; |
2119 | } |
2120 | |
2121 | /// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that |
2122 | /// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been |
2123 | /// deduced. |
2124 | bool isUndeducedType() const; |
2125 | |
2126 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
2127 | bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { return TypeBits.VariablyModified; } |
2128 | |
2129 | /// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type |
2130 | /// with a definite size. |
2131 | bool hasSizedVLAType() const; |
2132 | |
2133 | /// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type. |
2134 | bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const; |
2135 | |
2136 | bool isOverloadableType() const; |
2137 | |
2138 | /// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier. |
2139 | bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const; |
2140 | |
2141 | bool canDecayToPointerType() const; |
2142 | |
2143 | /// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer. This includes |
2144 | /// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface, |
2145 | /// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t. |
2146 | bool hasPointerRepresentation() const; |
2147 | |
2148 | /// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the |
2149 | /// purpose of GC'ability |
2150 | bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const; |
2151 | |
2152 | /// Determine whether this type has an integer representation |
2153 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector. |
2154 | bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2155 | |
2156 | /// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation |
2157 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector. |
2158 | bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2159 | |
2160 | /// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation |
2161 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector. |
2162 | bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2163 | |
2164 | /// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation |
2165 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof. |
2166 | bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const; |
2167 | |
2168 | // Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the |
2169 | // specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to |
2170 | // the best type we can. |
2171 | const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const; |
2172 | /// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext. |
2173 | const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const; |
2174 | const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type. |
2175 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const; |
2176 | |
2177 | // The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType |
2178 | // for object declared using an interface. |
2179 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const; |
2180 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const; |
2181 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const; |
2182 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; |
2183 | |
2184 | /// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either |
2185 | /// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2186 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2187 | CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2188 | |
2189 | /// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to. |
2190 | RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const; |
2191 | |
2192 | /// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either |
2193 | /// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2194 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2195 | TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const; |
2196 | |
2197 | /// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the |
2198 | /// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to. |
2199 | /// |
2200 | /// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does |
2201 | /// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL. |
2202 | const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2203 | |
2204 | /// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2205 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2206 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2207 | DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const; |
2208 | |
2209 | /// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2210 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2211 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2212 | AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const { |
2213 | return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType()); |
2214 | } |
2215 | |
2216 | /// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto' |
2217 | /// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested |
2218 | /// function type within a pointer to function type or similar). |
2219 | bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const; |
2220 | |
2221 | /// Member-template getAs<specific type>'. Look through sugar for |
2222 | /// an instance of \<specific type>. This scheme will eventually |
2223 | /// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above. |
2224 | /// |
2225 | /// There are some specializations of this member template listed |
2226 | /// immediately following this class. |
2227 | template <typename T> const T *getAs() const; |
2228 | |
2229 | /// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds |
2230 | /// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>. |
2231 | /// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some |
2232 | /// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type> |
2233 | /// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>. |
2234 | template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const; |
2235 | |
2236 | /// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards |
2237 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2238 | const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2239 | |
2240 | /// Member-template castAs<specific type>. Look through sugar for |
2241 | /// the underlying instance of \<specific type>. |
2242 | /// |
2243 | /// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has |
2244 | /// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must* |
2245 | /// have the intended type, and this method will never return null. |
2246 | template <typename T> const T *castAs() const; |
2247 | |
2248 | /// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards |
2249 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2250 | const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2251 | |
2252 | /// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it |
2253 | /// (looking through top-level type sugar). |
2254 | bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const; |
2255 | |
2256 | /// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type |
2257 | /// qualifiers. This should never be used when type qualifiers |
2258 | /// are meaningful. |
2259 | const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const; |
2260 | |
2261 | /// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array, |
2262 | /// potentially with type qualifiers missing. |
2263 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2264 | const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const; |
2265 | |
2266 | /// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type. |
2267 | /// If this is an array type, return the array element type. |
2268 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2269 | const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const; |
2270 | |
2271 | /// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block |
2272 | /// pointer, this returns the respective pointee. |
2273 | QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2274 | |
2275 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type, |
2276 | /// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers. |
2277 | const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const; |
2278 | |
2279 | /// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion |
2280 | bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2 |
2281 | |
2282 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2283 | /// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..], |
2284 | /// or an enum decl which has a signed representation. |
2285 | bool isSignedIntegerType() const; |
2286 | |
2287 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2288 | /// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool], |
2289 | /// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation. |
2290 | bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const; |
2291 | |
2292 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an |
2293 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type. |
2294 | bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2295 | |
2296 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an |
2297 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type. |
2298 | bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2299 | |
2300 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to |
2301 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. |
2302 | bool isFixedPointType() const; |
2303 | |
2304 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type. |
2305 | bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const; |
2306 | |
2307 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2308 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2309 | bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2310 | |
2311 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2312 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2313 | bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2314 | |
2315 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according |
2316 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2317 | bool isSignedFixedPointType() const; |
2318 | |
2319 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according |
2320 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2321 | bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const; |
2322 | |
2323 | /// Return true if this is not a variable sized type, |
2324 | /// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3. It is not legal to call this on |
2325 | /// incomplete types. |
2326 | bool isConstantSizeType() const; |
2327 | |
2328 | /// Returns true if this type can be represented by some |
2329 | /// set of type specifiers. |
2330 | bool isSpecifierType() const; |
2331 | |
2332 | /// Determine the linkage of this type. |
2333 | Linkage getLinkage() const; |
2334 | |
2335 | /// Determine the visibility of this type. |
2336 | Visibility getVisibility() const { |
2337 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility(); |
2338 | } |
2339 | |
2340 | /// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code. |
2341 | bool isVisibilityExplicit() const { |
2342 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit(); |
2343 | } |
2344 | |
2345 | /// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type. |
2346 | LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const; |
2347 | |
2348 | /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency |
2349 | /// checking. Should always return true. |
2350 | bool isLinkageValid() const; |
2351 | |
2352 | /// Determine the nullability of the given type. |
2353 | /// |
2354 | /// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type |
2355 | /// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will |
2356 | /// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring. |
2357 | Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const; |
2358 | |
2359 | /// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability |
2360 | /// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type. |
2361 | /// |
2362 | /// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether |
2363 | /// this type can have nullability because it is dependent. |
2364 | bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const; |
2365 | |
2366 | /// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member |
2367 | /// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context. |
2368 | /// |
2369 | /// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the |
2370 | /// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is |
2371 | /// expected to be of some object or object pointer type. |
2372 | /// |
2373 | /// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a |
2374 | /// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension, |
2375 | /// category, or method within. |
2376 | /// |
2377 | /// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for |
2378 | /// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described |
2379 | /// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no |
2380 | /// substitution is required. |
2381 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> |
2382 | getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const; |
2383 | |
2384 | /// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type |
2385 | /// parameters. |
2386 | bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const; |
2387 | |
2388 | const char *getTypeClassName() const; |
2389 | |
2390 | QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const { |
2391 | return CanonicalType; |
2392 | } |
2393 | |
2394 | CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h |
2395 | void dump() const; |
2396 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const; |
2397 | }; |
2398 | |
2399 | /// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar |
2400 | /// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type. |
2401 | template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const; |
2402 | |
2403 | /// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any |
2404 | /// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a |
2405 | /// non-sugared type. |
2406 | template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const; |
2407 | |
2408 | /// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar |
2409 | /// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type. |
2410 | template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const; |
2411 | |
2412 | // We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to |
2413 | // worry about preserving child type decoration. |
2414 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) |
2415 | #define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \ |
2416 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \ |
2417 | return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2418 | } \ |
2419 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \ |
2420 | return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2421 | } |
2422 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
2423 | |
2424 | /// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'. Builtin |
2425 | /// types are always canonical and have a literal name field. |
2426 | class BuiltinType : public Type { |
2427 | public: |
2428 | enum Kind { |
2429 | // OpenCL image types |
2430 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id, |
2431 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2432 | // OpenCL extension types |
2433 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id, |
2434 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2435 | // SVE Types |
2436 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2437 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" |
2438 | // All other builtin types |
2439 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2440 | #define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id |
2441 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" |
2442 | }; |
2443 | |
2444 | private: |
2445 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2446 | |
2447 | BuiltinType(Kind K) |
2448 | : Type(Builtin, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/(K == Dependent), |
2449 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/(K == Dependent), |
2450 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
2451 | /*Unexpanded parameter pack=*/false) { |
2452 | BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K; |
2453 | } |
2454 | |
2455 | public: |
2456 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); } |
2457 | StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
2458 | |
2459 | const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const { |
2460 | // The StringRef is null-terminated. |
2461 | StringRef str = getName(Policy); |
2462 | assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')((!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0') ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\\0'" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 2462, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2463 | return str.data(); |
2464 | } |
2465 | |
2466 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2467 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2468 | |
2469 | bool isInteger() const { |
2470 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128; |
2471 | } |
2472 | |
2473 | bool isSignedInteger() const { |
2474 | return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128; |
2475 | } |
2476 | |
2477 | bool isUnsignedInteger() const { |
2478 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128; |
2479 | } |
2480 | |
2481 | bool isFloatingPoint() const { |
2482 | return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128; |
2483 | } |
2484 | |
2485 | /// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type. |
2486 | static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) { |
2487 | return K >= Overload; |
2488 | } |
2489 | |
2490 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type |
2491 | /// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed |
2492 | /// expression. |
2493 | bool isPlaceholderType() const { |
2494 | return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind()); |
2495 | } |
2496 | |
2497 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than |
2498 | /// Overload. Most placeholder types require only syntactic |
2499 | /// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g. |
2500 | /// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and |
2501 | /// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis. |
2502 | /// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information |
2503 | /// from their context, like whether the context expects a |
2504 | /// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need |
2505 | /// special treatment. |
2506 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
2507 | return getKind() > Overload; |
2508 | } |
2509 | |
2510 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; } |
2511 | }; |
2512 | |
2513 | /// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11. This supports the C99 complex |
2514 | /// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions. |
2515 | class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2516 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2517 | |
2518 | QualType ElementType; |
2519 | |
2520 | ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2521 | : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->isDependentType(), |
2522 | Element->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2523 | Element->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2524 | Element->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2525 | ElementType(Element) {} |
2526 | |
2527 | public: |
2528 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2529 | |
2530 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2531 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2532 | |
2533 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2534 | Profile(ID, getElementType()); |
2535 | } |
2536 | |
2537 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) { |
2538 | ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2539 | } |
2540 | |
2541 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; } |
2542 | }; |
2543 | |
2544 | /// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types. |
2545 | class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2546 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2547 | |
2548 | QualType Inner; |
2549 | |
2550 | ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType) |
2551 | : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->isDependentType(), |
2552 | InnerType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2553 | InnerType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2554 | InnerType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2555 | Inner(InnerType) {} |
2556 | |
2557 | public: |
2558 | QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; } |
2559 | |
2560 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2561 | QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); } |
2562 | |
2563 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2564 | Profile(ID, getInnerType()); |
2565 | } |
2566 | |
2567 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) { |
2568 | Inner.Profile(ID); |
2569 | } |
2570 | |
2571 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; } |
2572 | }; |
2573 | |
2574 | /// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators. |
2575 | class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2576 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2577 | |
2578 | QualType PointeeType; |
2579 | |
2580 | PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2581 | : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2582 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2583 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2584 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2585 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2586 | |
2587 | public: |
2588 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2589 | |
2590 | /// Returns true if address spaces of pointers overlap. |
2591 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules for pointers to different |
2592 | /// address spaces (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of overlapping |
2593 | /// address spaces. |
2594 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
2595 | /// address spaces overlap iff they are they same. |
2596 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
2597 | /// __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant. |
2598 | bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(const PointerType &other) const { |
2599 | Qualifiers thisQuals = PointeeType.getQualifiers(); |
2600 | Qualifiers otherQuals = other.getPointeeType().getQualifiers(); |
2601 | // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another |
2602 | return thisQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(otherQuals) || |
2603 | otherQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(thisQuals); |
2604 | } |
2605 | |
2606 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2607 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2608 | |
2609 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2610 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2611 | } |
2612 | |
2613 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2614 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2615 | } |
2616 | |
2617 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; } |
2618 | }; |
2619 | |
2620 | /// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic |
2621 | /// engine for arbitrary reasons. For example, array and function types can |
2622 | /// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted. |
2623 | class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2624 | QualType OriginalTy; |
2625 | QualType AdjustedTy; |
2626 | |
2627 | protected: |
2628 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2629 | |
2630 | AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy, |
2631 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2632 | : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->isDependentType(), |
2633 | OriginalTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2634 | OriginalTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2635 | OriginalTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2636 | OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {} |
2637 | |
2638 | public: |
2639 | QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; } |
2640 | QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2641 | |
2642 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2643 | QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2644 | |
2645 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2646 | Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy); |
2647 | } |
2648 | |
2649 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) { |
2650 | ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2651 | ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2652 | } |
2653 | |
2654 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2655 | return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; |
2656 | } |
2657 | }; |
2658 | |
2659 | /// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type. |
2660 | class DecayedType : public AdjustedType { |
2661 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2662 | |
2663 | inline |
2664 | DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical); |
2665 | |
2666 | public: |
2667 | QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); } |
2668 | |
2669 | inline QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2670 | |
2671 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; } |
2672 | }; |
2673 | |
2674 | /// Pointer to a block type. |
2675 | /// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as |
2676 | /// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2677 | class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2678 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2679 | |
2680 | // Block is some kind of pointer type |
2681 | QualType PointeeType; |
2682 | |
2683 | BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls) |
2684 | : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2685 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2686 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2687 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2688 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2689 | |
2690 | public: |
2691 | // Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2692 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2693 | |
2694 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2695 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2696 | |
2697 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2698 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2699 | } |
2700 | |
2701 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2702 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2703 | } |
2704 | |
2705 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2706 | return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer; |
2707 | } |
2708 | }; |
2709 | |
2710 | /// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType |
2711 | class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2712 | QualType PointeeType; |
2713 | |
2714 | protected: |
2715 | ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2716 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2717 | : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->isDependentType(), |
2718 | Referencee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2719 | Referencee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2720 | Referencee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2721 | PointeeType(Referencee) { |
2722 | ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue; |
2723 | ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType(); |
2724 | } |
2725 | |
2726 | public: |
2727 | bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; } |
2728 | bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; } |
2729 | |
2730 | QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; } |
2731 | |
2732 | QualType getPointeeType() const { |
2733 | // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay? |
2734 | const ReferenceType *T = this; |
2735 | while (T->isInnerRef()) |
2736 | T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>(); |
2737 | return T->PointeeType; |
2738 | } |
2739 | |
2740 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2741 | Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue()); |
2742 | } |
2743 | |
2744 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
2745 | QualType Referencee, |
2746 | bool SpelledAsLValue) { |
2747 | ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2748 | ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue); |
2749 | } |
2750 | |
2751 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2752 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference || |
2753 | T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2754 | } |
2755 | }; |
2756 | |
2757 | /// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2758 | class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2759 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2760 | |
2761 | LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2762 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2763 | : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, |
2764 | SpelledAsLValue) {} |
2765 | |
2766 | public: |
2767 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2768 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2769 | |
2770 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2771 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference; |
2772 | } |
2773 | }; |
2774 | |
2775 | /// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2776 | class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2777 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2778 | |
2779 | RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef) |
2780 | : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {} |
2781 | |
2782 | public: |
2783 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2784 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2785 | |
2786 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2787 | return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2788 | } |
2789 | }; |
2790 | |
2791 | /// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members. |
2792 | /// |
2793 | /// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions. |
2794 | class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2795 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2796 | |
2797 | QualType PointeeType; |
2798 | |
2799 | /// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a |
2800 | /// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too. |
2801 | const Type *Class; |
2802 | |
2803 | MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2804 | : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr, |
2805 | Cls->isDependentType() || Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2806 | (Cls->isInstantiationDependentType() || |
2807 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType()), |
2808 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2809 | (Cls->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() || |
2810 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())), |
2811 | PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {} |
2812 | |
2813 | public: |
2814 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2815 | |
2816 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2817 | /// function type rather than a data-member type. |
2818 | bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const { |
2819 | return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2820 | } |
2821 | |
2822 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2823 | /// data type rather than a function type. |
2824 | bool isMemberDataPointer() const { |
2825 | return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2826 | } |
2827 | |
2828 | const Type *getClass() const { return Class; } |
2829 | CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2830 | |
2831 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2832 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2833 | |
2834 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2835 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass()); |
2836 | } |
2837 | |
2838 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee, |
2839 | const Type *Class) { |
2840 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2841 | ID.AddPointer(Class); |
2842 | } |
2843 | |
2844 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2845 | return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer; |
2846 | } |
2847 | }; |
2848 | |
2849 | /// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators. |
2850 | class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2851 | public: |
2852 | /// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4]) |
2853 | /// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array |
2854 | /// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]). |
2855 | /// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters. |
2856 | enum ArraySizeModifier { |
2857 | Normal, Static, Star |
2858 | }; |
2859 | |
2860 | private: |
2861 | /// The element type of the array. |
2862 | QualType ElementType; |
2863 | |
2864 | protected: |
2865 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2866 | |
2867 | // C++ [temp.dep.type]p1: |
2868 | // A type is dependent if it is... |
2869 | // - an array type constructed from any dependent type or whose |
2870 | // size is specified by a constant expression that is |
2871 | // value-dependent, |
2872 | ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, |
2873 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
2874 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) |
2875 | : Type(tc, can, et->isDependentType() || tc == DependentSizedArray, |
2876 | et->isInstantiationDependentType() || tc == DependentSizedArray, |
2877 | (tc == VariableArray || et->isVariablyModifiedType()), |
2878 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack), |
2879 | ElementType(et) { |
2880 | ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals = tq; |
2881 | ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier = sm; |
2882 | } |
2883 | |
2884 | public: |
2885 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2886 | |
2887 | ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const { |
2888 | return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier); |
2889 | } |
2890 | |
2891 | Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const { |
2892 | return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2893 | } |
2894 | |
2895 | unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const { |
2896 | return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals; |
2897 | } |
2898 | |
2899 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2900 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray || |
2901 | T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray || |
2902 | T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray || |
2903 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
2904 | } |
2905 | }; |
2906 | |
2907 | /// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size. |
2908 | /// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a |
2909 | /// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404. |
2910 | class ConstantArrayType : public ArrayType { |
2911 | llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type. |
2912 | |
2913 | ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size, |
2914 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2915 | : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, |
2916 | et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2917 | Size(size) {} |
2918 | |
2919 | protected: |
2920 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2921 | |
2922 | ConstantArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, |
2923 | const llvm::APInt &size, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2924 | : ArrayType(tc, et, can, sm, tq, et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2925 | Size(size) {} |
2926 | |
2927 | public: |
2928 | const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; } |
2929 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2930 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2931 | |
2932 | /// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of |
2933 | // an array with the given element type and number of elements. |
2934 | static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context, |
2935 | QualType ElementType, |
2936 | const llvm::APInt &NumElements); |
2937 | |
2938 | /// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size |
2939 | /// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array. |
2940 | static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context); |
2941 | |
2942 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2943 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSize(), |
2944 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2945 | } |
2946 | |
2947 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, |
2948 | const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
2949 | unsigned TypeQuals) { |
2950 | ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2951 | ID.AddInteger(ArraySize.getZExtValue()); |
2952 | ID.AddInteger(SizeMod); |
2953 | ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals); |
2954 | } |
2955 | |
2956 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2957 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray; |
2958 | } |
2959 | }; |
2960 | |
2961 | /// Represents a C array with an unspecified size. For example 'int A[]' has |
2962 | /// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is |
2963 | /// unspecified. |
2964 | class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType { |
2965 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2966 | |
2967 | IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, |
2968 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2969 | : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq, |
2970 | et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) {} |
2971 | |
2972 | public: |
2973 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
2974 | |
2975 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2976 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2977 | |
2978 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2979 | return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray; |
2980 | } |
2981 | |
2982 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2983 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(), |
2984 | getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2985 | } |
2986 | |
2987 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, |
2988 | ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) { |
2989 | ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2990 | ID.AddInteger(SizeMod); |
2991 | ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals); |
2992 | } |
2993 | }; |
2994 | |
2995 | /// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an |
2996 | /// integer-constant-expression. For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'. |
2997 | /// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such. |
2998 | /// |
2999 | /// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and |
3000 | /// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean |
3001 | /// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type |
3002 | /// dynamically: |
3003 | /// |
3004 | /// void foo(int x) { |
3005 | /// int Y[x]; |
3006 | /// ++x; |
3007 | /// int Z[x]; |
3008 | /// } |
3009 | class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3010 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3011 | |
3012 | /// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within |
3013 | /// a function block. |
3014 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3015 | |
3016 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3017 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3018 | |
3019 | VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e, |
3020 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3021 | SourceRange brackets) |
3022 | : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, |
3023 | et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
3024 | SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {} |
3025 | |
3026 | public: |
3027 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3028 | |
3029 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3030 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3031 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3032 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3033 | } |
3034 | |
3035 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3036 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3037 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3038 | |
3039 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3040 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3041 | |
3042 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3043 | return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray; |
3044 | } |
3045 | |
3046 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3047 | llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3047); |
3048 | } |
3049 | }; |
3050 | |
3051 | /// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression. |
3052 | /// |
3053 | /// For example: |
3054 | /// \code |
3055 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3056 | /// class array { |
3057 | /// T data[Size]; |
3058 | /// }; |
3059 | /// \endcode |
3060 | /// |
3061 | /// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is |
3062 | /// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will |
3063 | /// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType. |
3064 | class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3065 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3066 | |
3067 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3068 | |
3069 | /// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the |
3070 | /// size of the array. |
3071 | /// |
3072 | /// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array |
3073 | /// type will have its size deduced from an initializer. |
3074 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3075 | |
3076 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3077 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3078 | |
3079 | DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can, |
3080 | Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3081 | SourceRange brackets); |
3082 | |
3083 | public: |
3084 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3085 | |
3086 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3087 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3088 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3089 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3090 | } |
3091 | |
3092 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3093 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3094 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3095 | |
3096 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3097 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3098 | |
3099 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3100 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
3101 | } |
3102 | |
3103 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3104 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), |
3105 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr()); |
3106 | } |
3107 | |
3108 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3109 | QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
3110 | unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E); |
3111 | }; |
3112 | |
3113 | /// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space |
3114 | /// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a |
3115 | /// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType. |
3116 | /// |
3117 | /// For example: |
3118 | /// \code |
3119 | /// template<typename T, int AddrSpace> |
3120 | /// class AddressSpace { |
3121 | /// typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type; |
3122 | /// } |
3123 | /// \endcode |
3124 | class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3125 | friend class ASTContext; |
3126 | |
3127 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3128 | Expr *AddrSpaceExpr; |
3129 | QualType PointeeType; |
3130 | SourceLocation loc; |
3131 | |
3132 | DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType, |
3133 | QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr, |
3134 | SourceLocation loc); |
3135 | |
3136 | public: |
3137 | Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; } |
3138 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
3139 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3140 | |
3141 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3142 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3143 | |
3144 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3145 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace; |
3146 | } |
3147 | |
3148 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3149 | Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr()); |
3150 | } |
3151 | |
3152 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3153 | QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr); |
3154 | }; |
3155 | |
3156 | /// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is |
3157 | /// dependent. |
3158 | /// |
3159 | /// For example: |
3160 | /// \code |
3161 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3162 | /// class vector { |
3163 | /// typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type; |
3164 | /// } |
3165 | /// \endcode |
3166 | class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3167 | friend class ASTContext; |
3168 | |
3169 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3170 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3171 | |
3172 | /// The element type of the array. |
3173 | QualType ElementType; |
3174 | |
3175 | SourceLocation loc; |
3176 | |
3177 | DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3178 | QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
3179 | |
3180 | public: |
3181 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3182 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3183 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3184 | |
3185 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3186 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3187 | |
3188 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3189 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector; |
3190 | } |
3191 | |
3192 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3193 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr()); |
3194 | } |
3195 | |
3196 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3197 | QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr); |
3198 | }; |
3199 | |
3200 | |
3201 | /// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using |
3202 | /// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in |
3203 | /// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration. |
3204 | /// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the |
3205 | /// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements. |
3206 | class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3207 | public: |
3208 | enum VectorKind { |
3209 | /// not a target-specific vector type |
3210 | GenericVector, |
3211 | |
3212 | /// is AltiVec vector |
3213 | AltiVecVector, |
3214 | |
3215 | /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel' |
3216 | AltiVecPixel, |
3217 | |
3218 | /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...' |
3219 | AltiVecBool, |
3220 | |
3221 | /// is ARM Neon vector |
3222 | NeonVector, |
3223 | |
3224 | /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector |
3225 | NeonPolyVector |
3226 | }; |
3227 | |
3228 | protected: |
3229 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3230 | |
3231 | /// The element type of the vector. |
3232 | QualType ElementType; |
3233 | |
3234 | VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType, |
3235 | VectorKind vecKind); |
3236 | |
3237 | VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, |
3238 | QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind); |
3239 | |
3240 | public: |
3241 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3242 | unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; } |
3243 | |
3244 | static bool isVectorSizeTooLarge(unsigned NumElements) { |
3245 | return NumElements > VectorTypeBitfields::MaxNumElements; |
3246 | } |
3247 | |
3248 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3249 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3250 | |
3251 | VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3252 | return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3253 | } |
3254 | |
3255 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3256 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(), |
3257 | getTypeClass(), getVectorKind()); |
3258 | } |
3259 | |
3260 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
3261 | unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass, |
3262 | VectorKind VecKind) { |
3263 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3264 | ID.AddInteger(NumElements); |
3265 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
3266 | ID.AddInteger(VecKind); |
3267 | } |
3268 | |
3269 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3270 | return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3271 | } |
3272 | }; |
3273 | |
3274 | /// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent. |
3275 | //// |
3276 | /// For example: |
3277 | /// \code |
3278 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3279 | /// class vector { |
3280 | /// typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type; |
3281 | /// } |
3282 | /// \endcode |
3283 | class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3284 | friend class ASTContext; |
3285 | |
3286 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3287 | QualType ElementType; |
3288 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3289 | SourceLocation Loc; |
3290 | |
3291 | DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3292 | QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr, |
3293 | SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind); |
3294 | |
3295 | public: |
3296 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3297 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3298 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; } |
3299 | VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3300 | return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3301 | } |
3302 | |
3303 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3304 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3305 | |
3306 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3307 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector; |
3308 | } |
3309 | |
3310 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3311 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind()); |
3312 | } |
3313 | |
3314 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3315 | QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr, |
3316 | VectorType::VectorKind VecKind); |
3317 | }; |
3318 | |
3319 | /// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using |
3320 | /// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements. |
3321 | /// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This |
3322 | /// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing |
3323 | /// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL |
3324 | /// Shading Language). |
3325 | class ExtVectorType : public VectorType { |
3326 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3327 | |
3328 | ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType) |
3329 | : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {} |
3330 | |
3331 | public: |
3332 | static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3333 | switch (c) { |
3334 | default: return -1; |
3335 | case 'x': case 'r': return 0; |
3336 | case 'y': case 'g': return 1; |
3337 | case 'z': case 'b': return 2; |
3338 | case 'w': case 'a': return 3; |
3339 | } |
3340 | } |
3341 | |
3342 | static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3343 | switch (c) { |
3344 | default: return -1; |
3345 | case '0': return 0; |
3346 | case '1': return 1; |
3347 | case '2': return 2; |
3348 | case '3': return 3; |
3349 | case '4': return 4; |
3350 | case '5': return 5; |
3351 | case '6': return 6; |
3352 | case '7': return 7; |
3353 | case '8': return 8; |
3354 | case '9': return 9; |
3355 | case 'A': |
3356 | case 'a': return 10; |
3357 | case 'B': |
3358 | case 'b': return 11; |
3359 | case 'C': |
3360 | case 'c': return 12; |
3361 | case 'D': |
3362 | case 'd': return 13; |
3363 | case 'E': |
3364 | case 'e': return 14; |
3365 | case 'F': |
3366 | case 'f': return 15; |
3367 | } |
3368 | } |
3369 | |
3370 | static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) { |
3371 | if (isNumericAccessor) |
3372 | return getNumericAccessorIdx(c); |
3373 | else |
3374 | return getPointAccessorIdx(c); |
3375 | } |
3376 | |
3377 | bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const { |
3378 | if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1) |
3379 | return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements(); |
3380 | return false; |
3381 | } |
3382 | |
3383 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3384 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3385 | |
3386 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3387 | return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3388 | } |
3389 | }; |
3390 | |
3391 | /// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators. This is the common base |
3392 | /// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType. |
3393 | class FunctionType : public Type { |
3394 | // The type returned by the function. |
3395 | QualType ResultType; |
3396 | |
3397 | public: |
3398 | /// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply |
3399 | /// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType |
3400 | /// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the |
3401 | /// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType. |
3402 | /// |
3403 | /// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some |
3404 | /// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that |
3405 | /// affects how the function is called. For example, the ARC ns_consumed |
3406 | /// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default) |
3407 | /// or +1 (ns_consumed). This must be reflected in the function type, |
3408 | /// but isn't really a change to the parameter type. |
3409 | /// |
3410 | /// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is |
3411 | /// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt |
3412 | /// to destructure types. For example, template argument deduction will |
3413 | /// not be able to match a parameter declared as |
3414 | /// T (*)(U) |
3415 | /// against an argument of type |
3416 | /// void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id) |
3417 | /// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will |
3418 | /// not produce the latter. |
3419 | class ExtParameterInfo { |
3420 | enum { |
3421 | ABIMask = 0x0F, |
3422 | IsConsumed = 0x10, |
3423 | HasPassObjSize = 0x20, |
3424 | IsNoEscape = 0x40, |
3425 | }; |
3426 | unsigned char Data = 0; |
3427 | |
3428 | public: |
3429 | ExtParameterInfo() = default; |
3430 | |
3431 | /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter. |
3432 | ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); } |
3433 | ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const { |
3434 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3435 | copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind); |
3436 | return copy; |
3437 | } |
3438 | |
3439 | /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC? |
3440 | /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type. |
3441 | bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); } |
3442 | ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const { |
3443 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3444 | if (consumed) |
3445 | copy.Data |= IsConsumed; |
3446 | else |
3447 | copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed; |
3448 | return copy; |
3449 | } |
3450 | |
3451 | bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; } |
3452 | ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const { |
3453 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3454 | Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize; |
3455 | return Copy; |
3456 | } |
3457 | |
3458 | bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; } |
3459 | ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const { |
3460 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3461 | if (NoEscape) |
3462 | Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape; |
3463 | else |
3464 | Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape; |
3465 | return Copy; |
3466 | } |
3467 | |
3468 | unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; } |
3469 | static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) { |
3470 | ExtParameterInfo result; |
3471 | result.Data = data; |
3472 | return result; |
3473 | } |
3474 | |
3475 | friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3476 | return lhs.Data == rhs.Data; |
3477 | } |
3478 | |
3479 | friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3480 | return lhs.Data != rhs.Data; |
3481 | } |
3482 | }; |
3483 | |
3484 | /// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for |
3485 | /// making a call. |
3486 | /// |
3487 | /// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in |
3488 | /// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the |
3489 | /// same bit-pattern. |
3490 | /// |
3491 | // If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both, |
3492 | // constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is |
3493 | // * Operator== |
3494 | // * getFoo |
3495 | // * withFoo |
3496 | // * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo. |
3497 | // * ASTContext::getFooType |
3498 | // * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes |
3499 | // * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile |
3500 | // * FunctionProtoType::Profile |
3501 | // * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto |
3502 | // * AST read and write |
3503 | // * Codegen |
3504 | class ExtInfo { |
3505 | friend class FunctionType; |
3506 | |
3507 | // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 12, |
3508 | // you'll need to adjust both the Bits field below and |
3509 | // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields. |
3510 | |
3511 | // | CC |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck| |
3512 | // |0 .. 4| 5 | 6 | 7 |8 .. 10| 11 | |
3513 | // |
3514 | // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1. |
3515 | enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F }; |
3516 | enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 }; |
3517 | enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 }; |
3518 | enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 }; |
3519 | enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 }; |
3520 | enum { |
3521 | RegParmMask = ~(CallConvMask | NoReturnMask | ProducesResultMask | |
3522 | NoCallerSavedRegsMask | NoCfCheckMask), |
3523 | RegParmOffset = 8 |
3524 | }; // Assumed to be the last field |
3525 | uint16_t Bits = CC_C; |
3526 | |
3527 | ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {} |
3528 | |
3529 | public: |
3530 | // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you |
3531 | // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example). |
3532 | ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc, |
3533 | bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck) { |
3534 | assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")(((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3534, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3535 | Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) | |
3536 | (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) | |
3537 | (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) | |
3538 | (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) | |
3539 | (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0); |
3540 | } |
3541 | |
3542 | // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a |
3543 | // function known to use defaults. |
3544 | ExtInfo() = default; |
3545 | |
3546 | // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part |
3547 | // of the canonical type. |
3548 | ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {} |
3549 | |
3550 | bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; } |
3551 | bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; } |
3552 | bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; } |
3553 | bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; } |
3554 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return (Bits >> RegParmOffset) != 0; } |
3555 | |
3556 | unsigned getRegParm() const { |
3557 | unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset; |
3558 | if (RegParm > 0) |
3559 | --RegParm; |
3560 | return RegParm; |
3561 | } |
3562 | |
3563 | CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); } |
3564 | |
3565 | bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3566 | return Bits == Other.Bits; |
3567 | } |
3568 | bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3569 | return Bits != Other.Bits; |
3570 | } |
3571 | |
3572 | // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use |
3573 | // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects. |
3574 | |
3575 | ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const { |
3576 | if (noReturn) |
3577 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask); |
3578 | else |
3579 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask); |
3580 | } |
3581 | |
3582 | ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const { |
3583 | if (producesResult) |
3584 | return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask); |
3585 | else |
3586 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask); |
3587 | } |
3588 | |
3589 | ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const { |
3590 | if (noCallerSavedRegs) |
3591 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3592 | else |
3593 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3594 | } |
3595 | |
3596 | ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const { |
3597 | if (noCfCheck) |
3598 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask); |
3599 | else |
3600 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask); |
3601 | } |
3602 | |
3603 | ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const { |
3604 | assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")((RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RegParm < 7 && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3604, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3605 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) | |
3606 | ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset)); |
3607 | } |
3608 | |
3609 | ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const { |
3610 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc); |
3611 | } |
3612 | |
3613 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
3614 | ID.AddInteger(Bits); |
3615 | } |
3616 | }; |
3617 | |
3618 | /// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an |
3619 | /// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType |
3620 | /// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types. |
3621 | struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; }; |
3622 | |
3623 | /// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in |
3624 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the |
3625 | /// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update |
3626 | /// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here. |
3627 | struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields { |
3628 | /// The number of types in the exception specification. |
3629 | /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to |
3630 | /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here. |
3631 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
3632 | }; |
3633 | |
3634 | protected: |
3635 | FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, |
3636 | QualType Canonical, bool Dependent, |
3637 | bool InstantiationDependent, |
3638 | bool VariablyModified, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, |
3639 | ExtInfo Info) |
3640 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified, |
3641 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack), |
3642 | ResultType(res) { |
3643 | FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits; |
3644 | } |
3645 | |
3646 | Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const { |
3647 | return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals); |
3648 | } |
3649 | |
3650 | public: |
3651 | QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; } |
3652 | |
3653 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); } |
3654 | unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); } |
3655 | |
3656 | /// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn |
3657 | /// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function |
3658 | /// type. |
3659 | bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); } |
3660 | |
3661 | CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); } |
3662 | ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); } |
3663 | |
3664 | static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0, |
3665 | "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of " |
3666 | "the fast qualifiers."); |
3667 | |
3668 | bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); } |
3669 | bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); } |
3670 | bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); } |
3671 | |
3672 | /// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of |
3673 | /// this type. |
3674 | QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
3675 | return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
3676 | } |
3677 | |
3678 | static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC); |
3679 | |
3680 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3681 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto || |
3682 | T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
3683 | } |
3684 | }; |
3685 | |
3686 | /// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has |
3687 | /// no information available about its arguments. |
3688 | class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3689 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3690 | |
3691 | FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info) |
3692 | : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical, |
3693 | /*Dependent=*/false, /*InstantiationDependent=*/false, |
3694 | Result->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
3695 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false, Info) {} |
3696 | |
3697 | public: |
3698 | // No additional state past what FunctionType provides. |
3699 | |
3700 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3701 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3702 | |
3703 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3704 | Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo()); |
3705 | } |
3706 | |
3707 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType, |
3708 | ExtInfo Info) { |
3709 | Info.Profile(ID); |
3710 | ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3711 | } |
3712 | |
3713 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3714 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto; |
3715 | } |
3716 | }; |
3717 | |
3718 | /// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g. |
3719 | /// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'. 'void' is represented as having no |
3720 | /// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have |
3721 | /// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the |
3722 | /// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of |
3723 | /// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see |
3724 | /// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType. |
3725 | class FunctionProtoType final |
3726 | : public FunctionType, |
3727 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
3728 | private llvm::TrailingObjects< |
3729 | FunctionProtoType, QualType, FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, |
3730 | FunctionType::ExceptionType, Expr *, FunctionDecl *, |
3731 | FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> { |
3732 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3733 | friend TrailingObjects; |
3734 | |
3735 | // FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of |
3736 | // which optional. They are in order: |
3737 | // |
3738 | // * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types. |
3739 | // Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType, |
3740 | // these will be the only trailing objects. |
3741 | // |
3742 | // * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields |
3743 | // (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields): |
3744 | // a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if |
3745 | // hasExtraBitfields() is true. |
3746 | // |
3747 | // * Optionally exactly one of: |
3748 | // * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType, |
3749 | // * a single Expr *, |
3750 | // * a pair of FunctionDecl *, |
3751 | // * a single FunctionDecl * |
3752 | // used to store information about the various types of exception |
3753 | // specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details. |
3754 | // |
3755 | // * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding |
3756 | // an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and |
3757 | // only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true. |
3758 | // |
3759 | // * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't |
3760 | // be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only |
3761 | // if hasExtQualifiers() is true. |
3762 | // |
3763 | // The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data |
3764 | // related to the exception specification since it contains the number |
3765 | // of exception types. |
3766 | // |
3767 | // We put the ExtParameterInfos last. If all were equal, it would make |
3768 | // more sense to put these before the exception specification, because |
3769 | // it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch |
3770 | // required to skip the exception specification. However, all is not |
3771 | // equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features, |
3772 | // and it's better not to burden the more common paths. |
3773 | |
3774 | public: |
3775 | /// Holds information about the various types of exception specification. |
3776 | /// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is |
3777 | /// used to group together the various bits of information about the |
3778 | /// exception specification. |
3779 | struct ExceptionSpecInfo { |
3780 | /// The kind of exception specification this is. |
3781 | ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None; |
3782 | |
3783 | /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types. |
3784 | ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions; |
3785 | |
3786 | /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification. |
3787 | Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr; |
3788 | |
3789 | /// The function whose exception specification this is, for |
3790 | /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated. |
3791 | FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr; |
3792 | |
3793 | /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated |
3794 | /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated. |
3795 | FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr; |
3796 | |
3797 | ExceptionSpecInfo() = default; |
3798 | |
3799 | ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {} |
3800 | }; |
3801 | |
3802 | /// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not |
3803 | /// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together |
3804 | /// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype. |
3805 | struct ExtProtoInfo { |
3806 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo; |
3807 | bool Variadic : 1; |
3808 | bool HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
3809 | Qualifiers TypeQuals; |
3810 | RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None; |
3811 | ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec; |
3812 | const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr; |
3813 | |
3814 | ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3815 | |
3816 | ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC) |
3817 | : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3818 | |
3819 | ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) { |
3820 | ExtProtoInfo Result(*this); |
3821 | Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI; |
3822 | return Result; |
3823 | } |
3824 | }; |
3825 | |
3826 | private: |
3827 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const { |
3828 | return getNumParams(); |
3829 | } |
3830 | |
3831 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const { |
3832 | return hasExtraBitfields(); |
3833 | } |
3834 | |
3835 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const { |
3836 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType; |
3837 | } |
3838 | |
3839 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const { |
3840 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr; |
3841 | } |
3842 | |
3843 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const { |
3844 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
3845 | } |
3846 | |
3847 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const { |
3848 | return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0; |
3849 | } |
3850 | |
3851 | /// Determine whether there are any argument types that |
3852 | /// contain an unexpanded parameter pack. |
3853 | static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray, |
3854 | unsigned numArgs) { |
3855 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx) |
3856 | if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
3857 | return true; |
3858 | |
3859 | return false; |
3860 | } |
3861 | |
3862 | FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params, |
3863 | QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi); |
3864 | |
3865 | /// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to |
3866 | /// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind |
3867 | /// of trailing objects related to the exception specification. |
3868 | struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder { |
3869 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
3870 | unsigned NumExprPtr; |
3871 | unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
3872 | }; |
3873 | |
3874 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
3875 | /// related to the exception specification. |
3876 | static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder |
3877 | getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) { |
3878 | switch (EST) { |
3879 | case EST_None: |
3880 | case EST_DynamicNone: |
3881 | case EST_MSAny: |
3882 | case EST_BasicNoexcept: |
3883 | case EST_Unparsed: |
3884 | case EST_NoThrow: |
3885 | return {0, 0, 0}; |
3886 | |
3887 | case EST_Dynamic: |
3888 | return {NumExceptions, 0, 0}; |
3889 | |
3890 | case EST_DependentNoexcept: |
3891 | case EST_NoexceptFalse: |
3892 | case EST_NoexceptTrue: |
3893 | return {0, 1, 0}; |
3894 | |
3895 | case EST_Uninstantiated: |
3896 | return {0, 0, 2}; |
3897 | |
3898 | case EST_Unevaluated: |
3899 | return {0, 0, 1}; |
3900 | } |
3901 | llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad exception specification kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3901); |
3902 | } |
3903 | |
3904 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
3905 | /// related to the exception specification. |
3906 | ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const { |
3907 | return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions()); |
3908 | } |
3909 | |
3910 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
3911 | static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) { |
3912 | // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception |
3913 | // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. |
3914 | return EST == EST_Dynamic; |
3915 | } |
3916 | |
3917 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
3918 | bool hasExtraBitfields() const { |
3919 | return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3920 | } |
3921 | |
3922 | bool hasExtQualifiers() const { |
3923 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals; |
3924 | } |
3925 | |
3926 | public: |
3927 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; } |
3928 | |
3929 | QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const { |
3930 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")((i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"invalid parameter index\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3930, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3931 | return param_type_begin()[i]; |
3932 | } |
3933 | |
3934 | ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const { |
3935 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
3936 | } |
3937 | |
3938 | ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const { |
3939 | ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
3940 | EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo(); |
3941 | EPI.Variadic = isVariadic(); |
3942 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn(); |
3943 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
3944 | EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals(); |
3945 | EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier(); |
3946 | if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
3947 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = exceptions(); |
3948 | } else if (isComputedNoexcept(EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type)) { |
3949 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr(); |
3950 | } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) { |
3951 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
3952 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate(); |
3953 | } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Unevaluated) { |
3954 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
3955 | } |
3956 | EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull(); |
3957 | return EPI; |
3958 | } |
3959 | |
3960 | /// Get the kind of exception specification on this function. |
3961 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
3962 | return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>( |
3963 | FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType); |
3964 | } |
3965 | |
3966 | /// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec. |
3967 | bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; } |
3968 | |
3969 | /// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec. |
3970 | bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const { |
3971 | return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3972 | } |
3973 | |
3974 | /// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec. |
3975 | bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const { |
3976 | return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3977 | } |
3978 | |
3979 | /// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec. |
3980 | bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
3981 | |
3982 | /// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception |
3983 | /// spec. |
3984 | bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
3985 | |
3986 | /// Return the number of types in the exception specification. |
3987 | unsigned getNumExceptions() const { |
3988 | return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic |
3989 | ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>() |
3990 | ->NumExceptionType |
3991 | : 0; |
3992 | } |
3993 | |
3994 | /// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions(). |
3995 | QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const { |
3996 | assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")((i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumExceptions() && \"Invalid exception number!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3996, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3997 | return exception_begin()[i]; |
3998 | } |
3999 | |
4000 | /// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer |
4001 | /// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form). |
4002 | Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const { |
4003 | if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType())) |
4004 | return nullptr; |
4005 | return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); |
4006 | } |
4007 | |
4008 | /// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't |
4009 | /// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because |
4010 | /// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception |
4011 | /// specification is represented by this type. |
4012 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const { |
4013 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated && |
4014 | getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated) |
4015 | return nullptr; |
4016 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0]; |
4017 | } |
4018 | |
4019 | /// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception |
4020 | /// specification, this is the function whose exception specification |
4021 | /// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for |
4022 | /// this type. |
4023 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const { |
4024 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated) |
4025 | return nullptr; |
4026 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1]; |
4027 | } |
4028 | |
4029 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4030 | /// specification. |
4031 | CanThrowResult canThrow() const; |
4032 | |
4033 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4034 | /// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns |
4035 | /// \c ResultIfDependent. |
4036 | bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const { |
4037 | return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot; |
4038 | } |
4039 | |
4040 | /// Whether this function prototype is variadic. |
4041 | bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; } |
4042 | |
4043 | /// Determines whether this function prototype contains a |
4044 | /// parameter pack at the end. |
4045 | /// |
4046 | /// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be |
4047 | /// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic |
4048 | /// function. |
4049 | bool isTemplateVariadic() const; |
4050 | |
4051 | /// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type. |
4052 | bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; } |
4053 | |
4054 | Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const { |
4055 | if (hasExtQualifiers()) |
4056 | return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>(); |
4057 | else |
4058 | return getFastTypeQuals(); |
4059 | } |
4060 | |
4061 | /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type. |
4062 | RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const { |
4063 | return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier); |
4064 | } |
4065 | |
4066 | using param_type_iterator = const QualType *; |
4067 | using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>; |
4068 | |
4069 | param_type_range param_types() const { |
4070 | return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
4071 | } |
4072 | |
4073 | param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const { |
4074 | return getTrailingObjects<QualType>(); |
4075 | } |
4076 | |
4077 | param_type_iterator param_type_end() const { |
4078 | return param_type_begin() + getNumParams(); |
4079 | } |
4080 | |
4081 | using exception_iterator = const QualType *; |
4082 | |
4083 | ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const { |
4084 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end()); |
4085 | } |
4086 | |
4087 | exception_iterator exception_begin() const { |
4088 | return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>( |
4089 | getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>()); |
4090 | } |
4091 | |
4092 | exception_iterator exception_end() const { |
4093 | return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions(); |
4094 | } |
4095 | |
4096 | /// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters |
4097 | /// of this function type? |
4098 | bool hasExtParameterInfos() const { |
4099 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos; |
4100 | } |
4101 | |
4102 | ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const { |
4103 | assert(hasExtParameterInfos())((hasExtParameterInfos()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("hasExtParameterInfos()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4103, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4104 | return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(), |
4105 | getNumParams()); |
4106 | } |
4107 | |
4108 | /// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter |
4109 | /// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters |
4110 | /// carry it. This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos. |
4111 | const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const { |
4112 | if (!hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4113 | return nullptr; |
4114 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(); |
4115 | } |
4116 | |
4117 | ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const { |
4118 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4118, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4119 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4120 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I]; |
4121 | return ExtParameterInfo(); |
4122 | } |
4123 | |
4124 | ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const { |
4125 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4125, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4126 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4127 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI(); |
4128 | return ParameterABI::Ordinary; |
4129 | } |
4130 | |
4131 | bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const { |
4132 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4132, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4133 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4134 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed(); |
4135 | return false; |
4136 | } |
4137 | |
4138 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4139 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4140 | |
4141 | void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS, |
4142 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
4143 | |
4144 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4145 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
4146 | } |
4147 | |
4148 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx); |
4149 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result, |
4150 | param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs, |
4151 | const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context, |
4152 | bool Canonical); |
4153 | }; |
4154 | |
4155 | /// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped |
4156 | /// typename using declaration, e.g. |
4157 | /// using typename Base<T>::foo; |
4158 | /// |
4159 | /// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type. |
4160 | class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type { |
4161 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4162 | |
4163 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl; |
4164 | |
4165 | UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) |
4166 | : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), true, true, false, |
4167 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
4168 | Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl*>(D)) {} |
4169 | |
4170 | public: |
4171 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4172 | |
4173 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4174 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4175 | |
4176 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4177 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing; |
4178 | } |
4179 | |
4180 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4181 | return Profile(ID, Decl); |
4182 | } |
4183 | |
4184 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4185 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) { |
4186 | ID.AddPointer(D); |
4187 | } |
4188 | }; |
4189 | |
4190 | class TypedefType : public Type { |
4191 | TypedefNameDecl *Decl; |
4192 | |
4193 | protected: |
4194 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4195 | |
4196 | TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType can) |
4197 | : Type(tc, can, can->isDependentType(), |
4198 | can->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4199 | can->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4200 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
4201 | Decl(const_cast<TypedefNameDecl*>(D)) { |
4202 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4202, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4203 | } |
4204 | |
4205 | public: |
4206 | TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4207 | |
4208 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4209 | QualType desugar() const; |
4210 | |
4211 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; } |
4212 | }; |
4213 | |
4214 | /// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written |
4215 | /// as a macro invocation. |
4216 | class MacroQualifiedType : public Type { |
4217 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4218 | |
4219 | QualType UnderlyingTy; |
4220 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII; |
4221 | |
4222 | MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy, |
4223 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII) |
4224 | : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->isDependentType(), |
4225 | UnderlyingTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4226 | UnderlyingTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4227 | UnderlyingTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4228 | UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) { |
4229 | assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4230, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
4230 | "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4230, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4231 | } |
4232 | |
4233 | public: |
4234 | const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; } |
4235 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; } |
4236 | |
4237 | /// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to |
4238 | /// it. |
4239 | QualType getModifiedType() const; |
4240 | |
4241 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4242 | QualType desugar() const; |
4243 | |
4244 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4245 | return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified; |
4246 | } |
4247 | }; |
4248 | |
4249 | /// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension). |
4250 | class TypeOfExprType : public Type { |
4251 | Expr *TOExpr; |
4252 | |
4253 | protected: |
4254 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4255 | |
4256 | TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType()); |
4257 | |
4258 | public: |
4259 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; } |
4260 | |
4261 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4262 | QualType desugar() const; |
4263 | |
4264 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4265 | bool isSugared() const; |
4266 | |
4267 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; } |
4268 | }; |
4269 | |
4270 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4271 | /// `typeof(expr)` types. |
4272 | /// |
4273 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4274 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4275 | /// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes. |
4276 | class DependentTypeOfExprType |
4277 | : public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4278 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4279 | |
4280 | public: |
4281 | DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E) |
4282 | : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {} |
4283 | |
4284 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4285 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4286 | } |
4287 | |
4288 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4289 | Expr *E); |
4290 | }; |
4291 | |
4292 | /// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension. |
4293 | class TypeOfType : public Type { |
4294 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4295 | |
4296 | QualType TOType; |
4297 | |
4298 | TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can) |
4299 | : Type(TypeOf, can, T->isDependentType(), |
4300 | T->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4301 | T->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4302 | T->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4303 | TOType(T) { |
4304 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4304, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4305 | } |
4306 | |
4307 | public: |
4308 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; } |
4309 | |
4310 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4311 | QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); } |
4312 | |
4313 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4314 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4315 | |
4316 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; } |
4317 | }; |
4318 | |
4319 | /// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11). |
4320 | class DecltypeType : public Type { |
4321 | Expr *E; |
4322 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4323 | |
4324 | protected: |
4325 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4326 | |
4327 | DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType()); |
4328 | |
4329 | public: |
4330 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; } |
4331 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4332 | |
4333 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4334 | QualType desugar() const; |
4335 | |
4336 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4337 | bool isSugared() const; |
4338 | |
4339 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; } |
4340 | }; |
4341 | |
4342 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4343 | /// decltype(expr) types. |
4344 | /// |
4345 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4346 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4347 | /// of this class via DecltypeType nodes. |
4348 | class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4349 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4350 | |
4351 | public: |
4352 | DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E); |
4353 | |
4354 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4355 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4356 | } |
4357 | |
4358 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4359 | Expr *E); |
4360 | }; |
4361 | |
4362 | /// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another. |
4363 | class UnaryTransformType : public Type { |
4364 | public: |
4365 | enum UTTKind { |
4366 | EnumUnderlyingType |
4367 | }; |
4368 | |
4369 | private: |
4370 | /// The untransformed type. |
4371 | QualType BaseType; |
4372 | |
4373 | /// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType. |
4374 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4375 | |
4376 | UTTKind UKind; |
4377 | |
4378 | protected: |
4379 | friend class ASTContext; |
4380 | |
4381 | UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind, |
4382 | QualType CanonicalTy); |
4383 | |
4384 | public: |
4385 | bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); } |
4386 | QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4387 | |
4388 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4389 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
4390 | |
4391 | UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; } |
4392 | |
4393 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4394 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform; |
4395 | } |
4396 | }; |
4397 | |
4398 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4399 | /// __underlying_type(type) types. |
4400 | /// |
4401 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4402 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4403 | /// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes. |
4404 | class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType, |
4405 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4406 | public: |
4407 | DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType, |
4408 | UTTKind UKind); |
4409 | |
4410 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4411 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind()); |
4412 | } |
4413 | |
4414 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType, |
4415 | UTTKind UKind) { |
4416 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4417 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind); |
4418 | } |
4419 | }; |
4420 | |
4421 | class TagType : public Type { |
4422 | friend class ASTReader; |
4423 | |
4424 | /// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any |
4425 | /// TagDecl that declares the entity. |
4426 | TagDecl *decl; |
4427 | |
4428 | protected: |
4429 | TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can); |
4430 | |
4431 | public: |
4432 | TagDecl *getDecl() const; |
4433 | |
4434 | /// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined. |
4435 | bool isBeingDefined() const; |
4436 | |
4437 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4438 | return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record; |
4439 | } |
4440 | }; |
4441 | |
4442 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4443 | /// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes. |
4444 | class RecordType : public TagType { |
4445 | protected: |
4446 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4447 | |
4448 | explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D) |
4449 | : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4450 | explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D) |
4451 | : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4452 | |
4453 | public: |
4454 | RecordDecl *getDecl() const { |
4455 | return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4456 | } |
4457 | |
4458 | /// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field |
4459 | /// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false. |
4460 | bool hasConstFields() const; |
4461 | |
4462 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4463 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4464 | |
4465 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; } |
4466 | }; |
4467 | |
4468 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4469 | /// to detect TagType objects of enums. |
4470 | class EnumType : public TagType { |
4471 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4472 | |
4473 | explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D) |
4474 | : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4475 | |
4476 | public: |
4477 | EnumDecl *getDecl() const { |
4478 | return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4479 | } |
4480 | |
4481 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4482 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4483 | |
4484 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; } |
4485 | }; |
4486 | |
4487 | /// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied. |
4488 | /// |
4489 | /// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed |
4490 | /// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the |
4491 | /// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type |
4492 | /// which the type is canonically equivalent to. |
4493 | /// |
4494 | /// For example, in the following attributed type: |
4495 | /// int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16))) |
4496 | /// - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t |
4497 | /// - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t) |
4498 | /// - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int) |
4499 | class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4500 | public: |
4501 | using Kind = attr::Kind; |
4502 | |
4503 | private: |
4504 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4505 | |
4506 | QualType ModifiedType; |
4507 | QualType EquivalentType; |
4508 | |
4509 | AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified, |
4510 | QualType equivalent) |
4511 | : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->isDependentType(), |
4512 | equivalent->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4513 | equivalent->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4514 | equivalent->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4515 | ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) { |
4516 | AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind; |
4517 | } |
4518 | |
4519 | public: |
4520 | Kind getAttrKind() const { |
4521 | return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind); |
4522 | } |
4523 | |
4524 | QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; } |
4525 | QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; } |
4526 | |
4527 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4528 | QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); } |
4529 | |
4530 | /// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier? |
4531 | /// |
4532 | /// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for |
4533 | /// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers. |
4534 | /// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability, |
4535 | /// address spaces, and ARC ownership. The value of the object is still |
4536 | /// largely described by the modified type. |
4537 | /// |
4538 | /// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to |
4539 | /// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any |
4540 | /// formalizable way to the original type. For example, calling convention |
4541 | /// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers. |
4542 | /// |
4543 | /// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical |
4544 | /// type. |
4545 | bool isQualifier() const; |
4546 | |
4547 | bool isMSTypeSpec() const; |
4548 | |
4549 | bool isCallingConv() const; |
4550 | |
4551 | llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const; |
4552 | |
4553 | /// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given |
4554 | /// nullability kind. |
4555 | static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) { |
4556 | switch (kind) { |
4557 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: |
4558 | return attr::TypeNonNull; |
4559 | |
4560 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: |
4561 | return attr::TypeNullable; |
4562 | |
4563 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: |
4564 | return attr::TypeNullUnspecified; |
4565 | } |
4566 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown nullability kind." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4566); |
4567 | } |
4568 | |
4569 | /// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given |
4570 | /// type, if it's there. |
4571 | /// |
4572 | /// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an |
4573 | /// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through |
4574 | /// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed |
4575 | /// to the underlying modified type. |
4576 | /// |
4577 | /// \returns the top-level nullability, if present. |
4578 | static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T); |
4579 | |
4580 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4581 | Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType); |
4582 | } |
4583 | |
4584 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind, |
4585 | QualType modified, QualType equivalent) { |
4586 | ID.AddInteger(attrKind); |
4587 | ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4588 | ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4589 | } |
4590 | |
4591 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4592 | return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed; |
4593 | } |
4594 | }; |
4595 | |
4596 | class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4597 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4598 | |
4599 | // Helper data collector for canonical types. |
4600 | struct CanonicalTTPTInfo { |
4601 | unsigned Depth : 15; |
4602 | unsigned ParameterPack : 1; |
4603 | unsigned Index : 16; |
4604 | }; |
4605 | |
4606 | union { |
4607 | // Info for the canonical type. |
4608 | CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo; |
4609 | |
4610 | // Info for the non-canonical type. |
4611 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl; |
4612 | }; |
4613 | |
4614 | /// Build a non-canonical type. |
4615 | TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon) |
4616 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, /*Dependent=*/true, |
4617 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
4618 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
4619 | Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4620 | TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {} |
4621 | |
4622 | /// Build the canonical type. |
4623 | TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP) |
4624 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0), |
4625 | /*Dependent=*/true, |
4626 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
4627 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, PP) { |
4628 | CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D; |
4629 | CanTTPTInfo.Index = I; |
4630 | CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP; |
4631 | } |
4632 | |
4633 | const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const { |
4634 | QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4635 | return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo; |
4636 | } |
4637 | |
4638 | public: |
4639 | unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; } |
4640 | unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; } |
4641 | bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; } |
4642 | |
4643 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const { |
4644 | return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl; |
4645 | } |
4646 | |
4647 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const; |
4648 | |
4649 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4650 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4651 | |
4652 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4653 | Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl()); |
4654 | } |
4655 | |
4656 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth, |
4657 | unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack, |
4658 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) { |
4659 | ID.AddInteger(Depth); |
4660 | ID.AddInteger(Index); |
4661 | ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack); |
4662 | ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl); |
4663 | } |
4664 | |
4665 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4666 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm; |
4667 | } |
4668 | }; |
4669 | |
4670 | /// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template |
4671 | /// type parameter. |
4672 | /// |
4673 | /// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have |
4674 | /// been replaced with these. They are used solely to record that a |
4675 | /// type was originally written as a template type parameter; |
4676 | /// therefore they are never canonical. |
4677 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4678 | friend class ASTContext; |
4679 | |
4680 | // The original type parameter. |
4681 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4682 | |
4683 | SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon) |
4684 | : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->isDependentType(), |
4685 | Canon->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4686 | Canon->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4687 | Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4688 | Replaced(Param) {} |
4689 | |
4690 | public: |
4691 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4692 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4693 | return Replaced; |
4694 | } |
4695 | |
4696 | /// Gets the type that was substituted for the template |
4697 | /// parameter. |
4698 | QualType getReplacementType() const { |
4699 | return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4700 | } |
4701 | |
4702 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4703 | QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); } |
4704 | |
4705 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4706 | Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType()); |
4707 | } |
4708 | |
4709 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4710 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4711 | QualType Replacement) { |
4712 | ID.AddPointer(Replaced); |
4713 | ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4714 | } |
4715 | |
4716 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4717 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm; |
4718 | } |
4719 | }; |
4720 | |
4721 | /// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template |
4722 | /// type parameter pack. |
4723 | /// |
4724 | /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs |
4725 | /// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template |
4726 | /// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type |
4727 | /// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack |
4728 | /// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself |
4729 | /// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into |
4730 | /// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding |
4731 | /// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType |
4732 | /// at the current pack substitution index. |
4733 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4734 | friend class ASTContext; |
4735 | |
4736 | /// The original type parameter. |
4737 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4738 | |
4739 | /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this |
4740 | /// parameter pack is instantiated with. |
4741 | const TemplateArgument *Arguments; |
4742 | |
4743 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, |
4744 | QualType Canon, |
4745 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4746 | |
4747 | public: |
4748 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); } |
4749 | |
4750 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4751 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4752 | return Replaced; |
4753 | } |
4754 | |
4755 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
4756 | return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs; |
4757 | } |
4758 | |
4759 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4760 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4761 | |
4762 | TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const; |
4763 | |
4764 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
4765 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4766 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4767 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4768 | |
4769 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4770 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack; |
4771 | } |
4772 | }; |
4773 | |
4774 | /// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by |
4775 | /// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced |
4776 | /// class template types, and (eventually) constrained type names from the C++ |
4777 | /// Concepts TS. |
4778 | /// |
4779 | /// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before |
4780 | /// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is |
4781 | /// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In |
4782 | /// the latter case, it is also a dependent type. |
4783 | class DeducedType : public Type { |
4784 | protected: |
4785 | DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, bool IsDependent, |
4786 | bool IsInstantiationDependent, bool ContainsParameterPack) |
4787 | : Type(TC, |
4788 | // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type? |
4789 | DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0) |
4790 | : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(), |
4791 | IsDependent, IsInstantiationDependent, |
4792 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, ContainsParameterPack) { |
4793 | if (!DeducedAsType.isNull()) { |
4794 | if (DeducedAsType->isDependentType()) |
4795 | setDependent(); |
4796 | if (DeducedAsType->isInstantiationDependentType()) |
4797 | setInstantiationDependent(); |
4798 | if (DeducedAsType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
4799 | setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(); |
4800 | } |
4801 | } |
4802 | |
4803 | public: |
4804 | bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); } |
4805 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
4806 | |
4807 | /// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's |
4808 | /// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type. |
4809 | QualType getDeducedType() const { |
4810 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType(); |
4811 | } |
4812 | bool isDeduced() const { |
4813 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType(); |
4814 | } |
4815 | |
4816 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4817 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto || |
4818 | T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
4819 | } |
4820 | }; |
4821 | |
4822 | /// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type. |
4823 | class AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4824 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4825 | |
4826 | AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
4827 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent, bool IsDeducedAsPack) |
4828 | : DeducedType(Auto, DeducedAsType, IsDeducedAsDependent, |
4829 | IsDeducedAsDependent, IsDeducedAsPack) { |
4830 | AutoTypeBits.Keyword = (unsigned)Keyword; |
4831 | } |
4832 | |
4833 | public: |
4834 | bool isDecltypeAuto() const { |
4835 | return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto; |
4836 | } |
4837 | |
4838 | AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
4839 | return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword; |
4840 | } |
4841 | |
4842 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4843 | Profile(ID, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(), |
4844 | containsUnexpandedParameterPack()); |
4845 | } |
4846 | |
4847 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Deduced, |
4848 | AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, bool IsDependent, bool IsPack) { |
4849 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4850 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)Keyword); |
4851 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); |
4852 | ID.AddBoolean(IsPack); |
4853 | } |
4854 | |
4855 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4856 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto; |
4857 | } |
4858 | }; |
4859 | |
4860 | /// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type. |
4861 | class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType, |
4862 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4863 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4864 | |
4865 | /// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced. |
4866 | TemplateName Template; |
4867 | |
4868 | DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, |
4869 | QualType DeducedAsType, |
4870 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent) |
4871 | : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType, |
4872 | IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isDependent(), |
4873 | IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isInstantiationDependent(), |
4874 | Template.containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4875 | Template(Template) {} |
4876 | |
4877 | public: |
4878 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing. |
4879 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;} |
4880 | |
4881 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4882 | Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType()); |
4883 | } |
4884 | |
4885 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template, |
4886 | QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) { |
4887 | Template.Profile(ID); |
4888 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4889 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); |
4890 | } |
4891 | |
4892 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4893 | return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
4894 | } |
4895 | }; |
4896 | |
4897 | /// Represents a type template specialization; the template |
4898 | /// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template |
4899 | /// template parameter. A template which cannot be resolved to one of |
4900 | /// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope |
4901 | /// specifier, is instead represented as a |
4902 | /// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType. |
4903 | /// |
4904 | /// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar", |
4905 | /// typically for a \c RecordType. For example, a class template |
4906 | /// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for |
4907 | /// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>> |
4908 | /// |
4909 | /// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or |
4910 | /// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the |
4911 | /// type may also be canonical. |
4912 | /// |
4913 | /// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of |
4914 | /// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the |
4915 | /// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias |
4916 | /// template. |
4917 | class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType |
4918 | : public Type, |
4919 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4920 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4921 | |
4922 | /// The name of the template being specialized. This is |
4923 | /// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a |
4924 | /// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a |
4925 | /// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a |
4926 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a |
4927 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the |
4928 | /// replacement must, recursively, be one of these). |
4929 | TemplateName Template; |
4930 | |
4931 | TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T, |
4932 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
4933 | QualType Canon, |
4934 | QualType Aliased); |
4935 | |
4936 | public: |
4937 | /// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent. |
4938 | static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
4939 | bool &InstantiationDependent); |
4940 | |
4941 | static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &, |
4942 | bool &InstantiationDependent); |
4943 | |
4944 | /// True if this template specialization type matches a current |
4945 | /// instantiation in the context in which it is found. |
4946 | bool isCurrentInstantiation() const { |
4947 | return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal()); |
4948 | } |
4949 | |
4950 | /// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias |
4951 | /// template that has been substituted. |
4952 | /// |
4953 | /// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias |
4954 | /// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when |
4955 | /// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias |
4956 | /// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g., |
4957 | /// |
4958 | /// \code |
4959 | /// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S; |
4960 | /// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>; |
4961 | /// template<typename... Ts> struct X { |
4962 | /// typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias |
4963 | /// }; |
4964 | /// \endcode |
4965 | bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; } |
4966 | |
4967 | /// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias |
4968 | /// template. |
4969 | QualType getAliasedType() const { |
4970 | assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")((isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeAlias() && \"not a type alias template specialization\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4970, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4971 | return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end()); |
4972 | } |
4973 | |
4974 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
4975 | |
4976 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
4977 | iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h |
4978 | |
4979 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing. |
4980 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; } |
4981 | |
4982 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
4983 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
4984 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1); |
4985 | } |
4986 | |
4987 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
4988 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
4989 | return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
4990 | } |
4991 | |
4992 | /// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type. |
4993 | /// \pre \c isArgType(Arg) |
4994 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
4995 | |
4996 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
4997 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
4998 | } |
4999 | |
5000 | bool isSugared() const { |
5001 | return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias(); |
5002 | } |
5003 | |
5004 | QualType desugar() const { |
5005 | return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
5006 | } |
5007 | |
5008 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
5009 | Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx); |
5010 | if (isTypeAlias()) |
5011 | getAliasedType().Profile(ID); |
5012 | } |
5013 | |
5014 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T, |
5015 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5016 | const ASTContext &Context); |
5017 | |
5018 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5019 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization; |
5020 | } |
5021 | }; |
5022 | |
5023 | /// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>' |
5024 | /// enclosing the template arguments. |
5025 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5026 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5027 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5028 | |
5029 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5030 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
5031 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5032 | |
5033 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5034 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, |
5035 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5036 | |
5037 | /// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class |
5038 | /// template partial specialization. Used to record that a type was |
5039 | /// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the |
5040 | /// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType. |
5041 | /// |
5042 | /// Injected class name types are always dependent. Template |
5043 | /// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes. |
5044 | /// |
5045 | /// Injected class name types are always canonical. This works |
5046 | /// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type |
5047 | /// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same |
5048 | /// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template |
5049 | /// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name |
5050 | /// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated |
5051 | /// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization |
5052 | /// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate |
5053 | /// according to the rules of the language). |
5054 | class InjectedClassNameType : public Type { |
5055 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5056 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
5057 | friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not |
5058 | // currently suitable for AST reading, too much |
5059 | // interdependencies. |
5060 | |
5061 | CXXRecordDecl *Decl; |
5062 | |
5063 | /// The template specialization which this type represents. |
5064 | /// For example, in |
5065 | /// template <class T> class A { ... }; |
5066 | /// this is A<T>, whereas in |
5067 | /// template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... }; |
5068 | /// this is A<B<X,Y> >. |
5069 | /// |
5070 | /// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type, |
5071 | /// and always dependent. |
5072 | QualType InjectedType; |
5073 | |
5074 | InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST) |
5075 | : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/true, |
5076 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5077 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
5078 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
5079 | Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) { |
5080 | assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))((isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5080, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5081 | assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())((!TST.hasQualifiers()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!TST.hasQualifiers()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5081, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5082 | assert(TST->isDependentType())((TST->isDependentType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("TST->isDependentType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5082, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5083 | } |
5084 | |
5085 | public: |
5086 | QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; } |
5087 | |
5088 | const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const { |
5089 | return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr()); |
5090 | } |
5091 | |
5092 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
5093 | return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName(); |
5094 | } |
5095 | |
5096 | CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const; |
5097 | |
5098 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5099 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5100 | |
5101 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5102 | return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName; |
5103 | } |
5104 | }; |
5105 | |
5106 | /// The kind of a tag type. |
5107 | enum TagTypeKind { |
5108 | /// The "struct" keyword. |
5109 | TTK_Struct, |
5110 | |
5111 | /// The "__interface" keyword. |
5112 | TTK_Interface, |
5113 | |
5114 | /// The "union" keyword. |
5115 | TTK_Union, |
5116 | |
5117 | /// The "class" keyword. |
5118 | TTK_Class, |
5119 | |
5120 | /// The "enum" keyword. |
5121 | TTK_Enum |
5122 | }; |
5123 | |
5124 | /// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or |
5125 | /// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier. |
5126 | enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword { |
5127 | /// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5128 | ETK_Struct, |
5129 | |
5130 | /// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5131 | ETK_Interface, |
5132 | |
5133 | /// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5134 | ETK_Union, |
5135 | |
5136 | /// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5137 | ETK_Class, |
5138 | |
5139 | /// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5140 | ETK_Enum, |
5141 | |
5142 | /// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g., |
5143 | /// \c typename T::type. |
5144 | ETK_Typename, |
5145 | |
5146 | /// No keyword precedes the qualified type name. |
5147 | ETK_None |
5148 | }; |
5149 | |
5150 | /// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword. |
5151 | /// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class. |
5152 | /// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing |
5153 | /// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations. |
5154 | class TypeWithKeyword : public Type { |
5155 | protected: |
5156 | TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc, |
5157 | QualType Canonical, bool Dependent, |
5158 | bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified, |
5159 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) |
5160 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified, |
5161 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) { |
5162 | TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword; |
5163 | } |
5164 | |
5165 | public: |
5166 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
5167 | return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword); |
5168 | } |
5169 | |
5170 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword. |
5171 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5172 | |
5173 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind. |
5174 | /// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5175 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5176 | |
5177 | /// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword. |
5178 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag); |
5179 | |
5180 | /// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind. |
5181 | /// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword |
5182 | /// which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5183 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5184 | |
5185 | static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5186 | |
5187 | static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5188 | |
5189 | static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) { |
5190 | return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind)); |
5191 | } |
5192 | |
5193 | class CannotCastToThisType {}; |
5194 | static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *); |
5195 | }; |
5196 | |
5197 | /// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type |
5198 | /// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, |
5199 | /// or both. |
5200 | /// |
5201 | /// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the |
5202 | /// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers. |
5203 | /// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written |
5204 | /// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information. |
5205 | class ElaboratedType final |
5206 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5207 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
5208 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> { |
5209 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5210 | friend TrailingObjects; |
5211 | |
5212 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5213 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5214 | |
5215 | /// The type that this qualified name refers to. |
5216 | QualType NamedType; |
5217 | |
5218 | /// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored |
5219 | /// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain |
5220 | /// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none. |
5221 | |
5222 | ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5223 | QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) |
5224 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType, |
5225 | NamedType->isDependentType(), |
5226 | NamedType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
5227 | NamedType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5228 | NamedType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5229 | NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) { |
5230 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false; |
5231 | if (OwnedTagDecl) { |
5232 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true; |
5233 | *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl; |
5234 | } |
5235 | assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5237, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5236 | "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5237, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5237 | "and name qualifier both null.")((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5237, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5238 | } |
5239 | |
5240 | public: |
5241 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5242 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5243 | |
5244 | /// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id. |
5245 | QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; } |
5246 | |
5247 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
5248 | QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); } |
5249 | |
5250 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
5251 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5252 | |
5253 | /// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this |
5254 | /// type, or nullptr if there is none. |
5255 | TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const { |
5256 | return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() |
5257 | : nullptr; |
5258 | } |
5259 | |
5260 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5261 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl()); |
5262 | } |
5263 | |
5264 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5265 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType, |
5266 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) { |
5267 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5268 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5269 | NamedType.Profile(ID); |
5270 | ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl); |
5271 | } |
5272 | |
5273 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; } |
5274 | }; |
5275 | |
5276 | /// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is |
5277 | /// dependent. |
5278 | /// |
5279 | /// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a |
5280 | /// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a |
5281 | /// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a |
5282 | /// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a |
5283 | /// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we |
5284 | /// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier). |
5285 | /// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility |
5286 | /// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until |
5287 | /// instantiation. |
5288 | class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5289 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5290 | |
5291 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5292 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5293 | |
5294 | /// The type that this typename specifier refers to. |
5295 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5296 | |
5297 | DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5298 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType) |
5299 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, /*Dependent=*/true, |
5300 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5301 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
5302 | NNS->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5303 | NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {} |
5304 | |
5305 | public: |
5306 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5307 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5308 | |
5309 | /// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier. |
5310 | /// |
5311 | /// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the |
5312 | /// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier, |
5313 | /// e.g., "typename T::type". |
5314 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { |
5315 | return Name; |
5316 | } |
5317 | |
5318 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5319 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5320 | |
5321 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5322 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name); |
5323 | } |
5324 | |
5325 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5326 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) { |
5327 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5328 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5329 | ID.AddPointer(Name); |
5330 | } |
5331 | |
5332 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5333 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName; |
5334 | } |
5335 | }; |
5336 | |
5337 | /// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be |
5338 | /// resolved, e.g. |
5339 | /// A<T>::template B<T> |
5340 | class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType |
5341 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5342 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5343 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5344 | |
5345 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5346 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5347 | |
5348 | /// The identifier of the template. |
5349 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5350 | |
5351 | DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5352 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5353 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5354 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5355 | QualType Canon); |
5356 | |
5357 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
5358 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5359 | } |
5360 | |
5361 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
5362 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5363 | } |
5364 | |
5365 | public: |
5366 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5367 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; } |
5368 | |
5369 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5370 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5371 | return getArgBuffer(); |
5372 | } |
5373 | |
5374 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5375 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5376 | return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5377 | } |
5378 | |
5379 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5380 | |
5381 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
5382 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5383 | } |
5384 | |
5385 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
5386 | |
5387 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
5388 | iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h |
5389 | |
5390 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5391 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5392 | |
5393 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
5394 | Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}); |
5395 | } |
5396 | |
5397 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5398 | const ASTContext &Context, |
5399 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5400 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
5401 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5402 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
5403 | |
5404 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5405 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization; |
5406 | } |
5407 | }; |
5408 | |
5409 | /// Represents a pack expansion of types. |
5410 | /// |
5411 | /// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack |
5412 | /// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more |
5413 | /// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion |
5414 | /// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of |
5415 | /// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the |
5416 | /// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The |
5417 | /// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded |
5418 | /// parameter packs. |
5419 | /// |
5420 | /// \code |
5421 | /// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple; |
5422 | /// |
5423 | /// template<typename ...Types> |
5424 | /// struct tuple_of_references { |
5425 | /// typedef tuple<Types&...> type; |
5426 | /// }; |
5427 | /// \endcode |
5428 | /// |
5429 | /// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a |
5430 | /// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&. |
5431 | class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5432 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5433 | |
5434 | /// The pattern of the pack expansion. |
5435 | QualType Pattern; |
5436 | |
5437 | PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon, |
5438 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) |
5439 | : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, /*Dependent=*/Pattern->isDependentType(), |
5440 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5441 | /*VariablyModified=*/Pattern->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5442 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
5443 | Pattern(Pattern) { |
5444 | PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions = |
5445 | NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0; |
5446 | } |
5447 | |
5448 | public: |
5449 | /// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the |
5450 | /// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the |
5451 | /// pack expansion itself. |
5452 | QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; } |
5453 | |
5454 | /// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
5455 | /// generate, if known. |
5456 | Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const { |
5457 | if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions) |
5458 | return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1; |
5459 | return None; |
5460 | } |
5461 | |
5462 | bool isSugared() const { return !Pattern->isDependentType(); } |
5463 | QualType desugar() const { return isSugared() ? Pattern : QualType(this, 0); } |
5464 | |
5465 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5466 | Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions()); |
5467 | } |
5468 | |
5469 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern, |
5470 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { |
5471 | ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
5472 | ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue()); |
5473 | if (NumExpansions) |
5474 | ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions); |
5475 | } |
5476 | |
5477 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5478 | return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion; |
5479 | } |
5480 | }; |
5481 | |
5482 | /// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can |
5483 | /// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class. |
5484 | template <class T> |
5485 | class ObjCProtocolQualifiers { |
5486 | protected: |
5487 | ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default; |
5488 | |
5489 | ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const { |
5490 | return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage(); |
5491 | } |
5492 | |
5493 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() { |
5494 | return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5495 | } |
5496 | |
5497 | void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) { |
5498 | static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N); |
5499 | } |
5500 | |
5501 | void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) { |
5502 | setNumProtocols(protocols.size()); |
5503 | assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5504, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5504 | "bitfield overflow in protocol count")((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5504, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5505 | if (!protocols.empty()) |
5506 | memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(), |
5507 | protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*)); |
5508 | } |
5509 | |
5510 | public: |
5511 | using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *; |
5512 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
5513 | |
5514 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
5515 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); } |
5516 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); } |
5517 | |
5518 | bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; } |
5519 | |
5520 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if |
5521 | /// there are none. |
5522 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
5523 | return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl(); |
5524 | } |
5525 | |
5526 | /// Fetch a protocol by index. |
5527 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
5528 | assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")((I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumProtocols() && \"Out-of-range protocol access\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5528, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5529 | return qual_begin()[I]; |
5530 | } |
5531 | |
5532 | /// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers. |
5533 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const { |
5534 | return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols()); |
5535 | } |
5536 | }; |
5537 | |
5538 | /// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take |
5539 | /// a list of protocols. |
5540 | class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type, |
5541 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>, |
5542 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5543 | friend class ASTContext; |
5544 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>; |
5545 | |
5546 | /// The number of protocols stored on this type. |
5547 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
5548 | |
5549 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl; |
5550 | |
5551 | /// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the |
5552 | /// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically |
5553 | /// and uniqued. |
5554 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5555 | |
5556 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5557 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5558 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5559 | return NumProtocols; |
5560 | } |
5561 | |
5562 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5563 | NumProtocols = N; |
5564 | } |
5565 | |
5566 | ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D, |
5567 | QualType can, |
5568 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5569 | |
5570 | public: |
5571 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5572 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
5573 | |
5574 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5575 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam; |
5576 | } |
5577 | |
5578 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5579 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5580 | const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl, |
5581 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5582 | |
5583 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; } |
5584 | }; |
5585 | |
5586 | /// Represents a class type in Objective C. |
5587 | /// |
5588 | /// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of |
5589 | /// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of |
5590 | /// protocols. |
5591 | /// |
5592 | /// Given the following declarations: |
5593 | /// \code |
5594 | /// \@class C<T>; |
5595 | /// \@protocol P; |
5596 | /// \endcode |
5597 | /// |
5598 | /// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C. It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType |
5599 | /// with base C and no protocols. |
5600 | /// |
5601 | /// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P]. |
5602 | /// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no |
5603 | /// protocol list. |
5604 | /// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*', |
5605 | /// and protocol list [P]. |
5606 | /// |
5607 | /// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose |
5608 | /// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType |
5609 | /// and no protocols. |
5610 | /// |
5611 | /// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType |
5612 | /// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P]. Eventually |
5613 | /// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source. |
5614 | class ObjCObjectType : public Type, |
5615 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> { |
5616 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>; |
5617 | |
5618 | // ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored |
5619 | // after the ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5620 | // ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored |
5621 | // after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5622 | // |
5623 | // These protocols are those written directly on the type. If |
5624 | // protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need |
5625 | // to get kindof complicated. |
5626 | // |
5627 | // In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically |
5628 | // and uniqued. |
5629 | |
5630 | /// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either. |
5631 | QualType BaseType; |
5632 | |
5633 | /// Cached superclass type. |
5634 | mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool> |
5635 | CachedSuperClassType; |
5636 | |
5637 | QualType *getTypeArgStorage(); |
5638 | const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const { |
5639 | return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage(); |
5640 | } |
5641 | |
5642 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5643 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5644 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5645 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5646 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols; |
5647 | } |
5648 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5649 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N; |
5650 | } |
5651 | |
5652 | protected: |
5653 | enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface }; |
5654 | |
5655 | ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5656 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5657 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5658 | bool isKindOf); |
5659 | |
5660 | ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface) |
5661 | : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), false, false, false, false), |
5662 | BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) { |
5663 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0; |
5664 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0; |
5665 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0; |
5666 | } |
5667 | |
5668 | void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const; |
5669 | |
5670 | public: |
5671 | /// Gets the base type of this object type. This is always (possibly |
5672 | /// sugar for) one of: |
5673 | /// - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the |
5674 | /// user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType) |
5675 | /// - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat) |
5676 | /// - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType) |
5677 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
5678 | |
5679 | bool isObjCId() const { |
5680 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId); |
5681 | } |
5682 | |
5683 | bool isObjCClass() const { |
5684 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass); |
5685 | } |
5686 | |
5687 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5688 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5689 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const { |
5690 | if (!qual_empty()) return false; |
5691 | if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
5692 | return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId || |
5693 | T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass; |
5694 | return false; |
5695 | } |
5696 | bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5697 | bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5698 | |
5699 | /// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type |
5700 | /// really is an interface. |
5701 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const; |
5702 | |
5703 | /// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning |
5704 | /// that it has type arguments. |
5705 | bool isSpecialized() const; |
5706 | |
5707 | /// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments. |
5708 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
5709 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0; |
5710 | } |
5711 | |
5712 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning |
5713 | /// that it has no type arguments. |
5714 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); } |
5715 | |
5716 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
5717 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
5718 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
5719 | |
5720 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically). |
5721 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const; |
5722 | |
5723 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were |
5724 | /// written. |
5725 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
5726 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(), |
5727 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5728 | } |
5729 | |
5730 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written. |
5731 | bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; } |
5732 | |
5733 | /// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically). |
5734 | bool isKindOfType() const; |
5735 | |
5736 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type. |
5737 | /// |
5738 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
5739 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
5740 | /// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if |
5741 | /// there is no superclass. |
5742 | QualType getSuperClassType() const { |
5743 | if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt()) |
5744 | computeSuperClassTypeSlow(); |
5745 | |
5746 | assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")((CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && \"Superclass not set?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5746, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5747 | return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0); |
5748 | } |
5749 | |
5750 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
5751 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
5752 | QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
5753 | |
5754 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5755 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5756 | |
5757 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5758 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject || |
5759 | T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
5760 | } |
5761 | }; |
5762 | |
5763 | /// A class providing a concrete implementation |
5764 | /// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of |
5765 | /// ObjCInterfaceType. Code outside of ASTContext and the core type |
5766 | /// system should not reference this type. |
5767 | class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5768 | friend class ASTContext; |
5769 | |
5770 | // If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage() |
5771 | // will need to be modified. |
5772 | |
5773 | ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5774 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5775 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5776 | bool isKindOf) |
5777 | : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {} |
5778 | |
5779 | public: |
5780 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5781 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5782 | QualType Base, |
5783 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5784 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5785 | bool isKindOf); |
5786 | }; |
5787 | |
5788 | inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() { |
5789 | return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1); |
5790 | } |
5791 | |
5792 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
5793 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
5794 | getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5795 | } |
5796 | |
5797 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
5798 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
5799 | static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1); |
5800 | } |
5801 | |
5802 | /// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design. |
5803 | /// They basically correspond to C++ classes. There are two kinds of interface |
5804 | /// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which |
5805 | /// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`. |
5806 | /// |
5807 | /// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered |
5808 | /// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType: |
5809 | /// - There are no protocol qualifiers. To reinforce this, code which |
5810 | /// tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will |
5811 | /// fail to compile. |
5812 | /// - It is its own base type. That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*, |
5813 | /// T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0). |
5814 | class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType { |
5815 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5816 | friend class ASTReader; |
5817 | friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
5818 | |
5819 | mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl; |
5820 | |
5821 | ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) |
5822 | : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface), |
5823 | Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {} |
5824 | |
5825 | public: |
5826 | /// Get the declaration of this interface. |
5827 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
5828 | |
5829 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5830 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5831 | |
5832 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5833 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
5834 | } |
5835 | |
5836 | // Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this |
5837 | // class. People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are |
5838 | // not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are |
5839 | // guaranteed to have no protocols. |
5840 | enum { |
5841 | qual_iterator, |
5842 | qual_begin, |
5843 | qual_end, |
5844 | getNumProtocols, |
5845 | getProtocol |
5846 | }; |
5847 | }; |
5848 | |
5849 | inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const { |
5850 | QualType baseType = getBaseType(); |
5851 | while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) { |
5852 | if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT)) |
5853 | return T->getDecl(); |
5854 | |
5855 | baseType = ObjT->getBaseType(); |
5856 | } |
5857 | |
5858 | return nullptr; |
5859 | } |
5860 | |
5861 | /// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object. |
5862 | /// |
5863 | /// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is |
5864 | /// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one). In addition, the 'id' and 'Class' |
5865 | /// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>' |
5866 | /// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these. |
5867 | /// |
5868 | /// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes; |
5869 | /// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation. |
5870 | class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5871 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5872 | |
5873 | QualType PointeeType; |
5874 | |
5875 | ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee) |
5876 | : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical, |
5877 | Pointee->isDependentType(), |
5878 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
5879 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5880 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5881 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
5882 | |
5883 | public: |
5884 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. |
5885 | /// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof. |
5886 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
5887 | |
5888 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. Always returns non-null. |
5889 | /// |
5890 | /// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that |
5891 | /// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this |
5892 | /// type and the "outermost" object type. So for: |
5893 | /// \code |
5894 | /// \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q; |
5895 | /// typedef A<P> AP; |
5896 | /// typedef A A1; |
5897 | /// typedef A1<P> A1P; |
5898 | /// typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ; |
5899 | /// \endcode |
5900 | /// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
5901 | /// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
5902 | /// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
5903 | /// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
5904 | /// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
5905 | /// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
5906 | /// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because |
5907 | /// adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the |
5908 | /// old qualifiers (for now). But if it didn't, getObjectType() |
5909 | /// would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over |
5910 | /// qualifiers more complicated). |
5911 | const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const { |
5912 | return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(); |
5913 | } |
5914 | |
5915 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective C |
5916 | /// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface. Any protocol |
5917 | /// qualifiers on the interface are ignored. |
5918 | /// |
5919 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
5920 | const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const; |
5921 | |
5922 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface |
5923 | /// type, gets the declaration for that interface. |
5924 | /// |
5925 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
5926 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const { |
5927 | return getObjectType()->getInterface(); |
5928 | } |
5929 | |
5930 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if |
5931 | /// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols. |
5932 | bool isObjCIdType() const { |
5933 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId(); |
5934 | } |
5935 | |
5936 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type, |
5937 | /// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols. |
5938 | bool isObjCClassType() const { |
5939 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass(); |
5940 | } |
5941 | |
5942 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type, |
5943 | bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const { |
5944 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass(); |
5945 | } |
5946 | |
5947 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of |
5948 | /// protocols. |
5949 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
5950 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId(); |
5951 | } |
5952 | |
5953 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of |
5954 | /// protocols. |
5955 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
5956 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass(); |
5957 | } |
5958 | |
5959 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type. |
5960 | bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); } |
5961 | |
5962 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
5963 | bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); } |
5964 | |
5965 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
5966 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
5967 | return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten(); |
5968 | } |
5969 | |
5970 | /// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments. |
5971 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); } |
5972 | |
5973 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
5974 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
5975 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
5976 | |
5977 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
5978 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const { |
5979 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs(); |
5980 | } |
5981 | |
5982 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
5983 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
5984 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); |
5985 | } |
5986 | |
5987 | /// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type. Provided |
5988 | /// for convenience. This will always iterate over the full set of |
5989 | /// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly. |
5990 | using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator; |
5991 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
5992 | |
5993 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
5994 | |
5995 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { |
5996 | return getObjectType()->qual_begin(); |
5997 | } |
5998 | |
5999 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { |
6000 | return getObjectType()->qual_end(); |
6001 | } |
6002 | |
6003 | bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); } |
6004 | |
6005 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type. |
6006 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
6007 | return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols(); |
6008 | } |
6009 | |
6010 | /// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type. |
6011 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
6012 | return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I); |
6013 | } |
6014 | |
6015 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6016 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6017 | |
6018 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type. |
6019 | /// |
6020 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
6021 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
6022 | /// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a |
6023 | /// null type if there is no superclass. |
6024 | QualType getSuperClassType() const; |
6025 | |
6026 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
6027 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
6028 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals( |
6029 | const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
6030 | |
6031 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6032 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
6033 | } |
6034 | |
6035 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6036 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6037 | } |
6038 | |
6039 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6040 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer; |
6041 | } |
6042 | }; |
6043 | |
6044 | class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6045 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6046 | |
6047 | QualType ValueType; |
6048 | |
6049 | AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical) |
6050 | : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->isDependentType(), |
6051 | ValTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
6052 | ValTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
6053 | ValTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
6054 | ValueType(ValTy) {} |
6055 | |
6056 | public: |
6057 | /// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e. |
6058 | /// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type. |
6059 | QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; } |
6060 | |
6061 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6062 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6063 | |
6064 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6065 | Profile(ID, getValueType()); |
6066 | } |
6067 | |
6068 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6069 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6070 | } |
6071 | |
6072 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6073 | return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic; |
6074 | } |
6075 | }; |
6076 | |
6077 | /// PipeType - OpenCL20. |
6078 | class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6079 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6080 | |
6081 | QualType ElementType; |
6082 | bool isRead; |
6083 | |
6084 | PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead) |
6085 | : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->isDependentType(), |
6086 | elemType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
6087 | elemType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
6088 | elemType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
6089 | ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {} |
6090 | |
6091 | public: |
6092 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
6093 | |
6094 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6095 | |
6096 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6097 | |
6098 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6099 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly()); |
6100 | } |
6101 | |
6102 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) { |
6103 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6104 | ID.AddBoolean(isRead); |
6105 | } |
6106 | |
6107 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6108 | return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe; |
6109 | } |
6110 | |
6111 | bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; } |
6112 | }; |
6113 | |
6114 | /// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers. |
6115 | class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers { |
6116 | public: |
6117 | QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {} |
6118 | |
6119 | /// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an |
6120 | /// unqualified type. The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent |
6121 | /// with those already in the type. |
6122 | const Type *strip(QualType type) { |
6123 | addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6124 | if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6125 | return type.getTypePtrUnsafe(); |
6126 | |
6127 | const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6128 | addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers()); |
6129 | return extQuals->getBaseType(); |
6130 | } |
6131 | |
6132 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6133 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const; |
6134 | |
6135 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6136 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const; |
6137 | }; |
6138 | |
6139 | // Inline function definitions. |
6140 | |
6141 | inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const { |
6142 | SplitQualType desugar = |
6143 | Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split(); |
6144 | desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals); |
6145 | return desugar; |
6146 | } |
6147 | |
6148 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const { |
6149 | return getCommonPtr()->BaseType; |
6150 | } |
6151 | |
6152 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const { |
6153 | return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType); |
6154 | } |
6155 | |
6156 | inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const { |
6157 | if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6158 | return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(), |
6159 | Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers())); |
6160 | |
6161 | const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6162 | Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers(); |
6163 | qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6164 | return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs); |
6165 | } |
6166 | |
6167 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const { |
6168 | Qualifiers Quals; |
6169 | if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6170 | Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers(); |
6171 | Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6172 | return Quals; |
6173 | } |
6174 | |
6175 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const { |
6176 | Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers(); |
6177 | quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6178 | return quals; |
6179 | } |
6180 | |
6181 | inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const { |
6182 | unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6183 | cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6184 | return cvr; |
6185 | } |
6186 | |
6187 | inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const { |
6188 | QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType; |
6189 | return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6190 | } |
6191 | |
6192 | inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const { |
6193 | return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified(); |
6194 | } |
6195 | |
6196 | inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const { |
6197 | if (!isCanonical()) return false; |
6198 | if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false; |
6199 | |
6200 | const Type *T = getTypePtr(); |
6201 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType()) |
6202 | return false; |
6203 | |
6204 | return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T); |
6205 | } |
6206 | |
6207 | inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const { |
6208 | return isLocalConstQualified() || |
6209 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified(); |
6210 | } |
6211 | |
6212 | inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const { |
6213 | return isLocalRestrictQualified() || |
6214 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified(); |
6215 | } |
6216 | |
6217 | |
6218 | inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const { |
6219 | return isLocalVolatileQualified() || |
6220 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified(); |
6221 | } |
6222 | |
6223 | inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const { |
6224 | return hasLocalQualifiers() || |
6225 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers(); |
6226 | } |
6227 | |
6228 | inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const { |
6229 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6230 | return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); |
6231 | |
6232 | return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0); |
6233 | } |
6234 | |
6235 | inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const { |
6236 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6237 | return split(); |
6238 | |
6239 | return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this); |
6240 | } |
6241 | |
6242 | inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() { |
6243 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
6244 | } |
6245 | |
6246 | inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() { |
6247 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
6248 | } |
6249 | |
6250 | inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() { |
6251 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
6252 | } |
6253 | |
6254 | inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
6255 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && \"mask has non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6255, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6256 | static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask, |
6257 | "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!"); |
6258 | |
6259 | // Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers. |
6260 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask); |
6261 | } |
6262 | |
6263 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
6264 | inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const { |
6265 | return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); |
6266 | } |
6267 | |
6268 | /// Return the gc attribute of this type. |
6269 | inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const { |
6270 | return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr(); |
6271 | } |
6272 | |
6273 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const { |
6274 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6275 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD); |
6276 | return false; |
6277 | } |
6278 | |
6279 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const { |
6280 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6281 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD); |
6282 | return false; |
6283 | } |
6284 | |
6285 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const { |
6286 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6287 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD); |
6288 | return false; |
6289 | } |
6290 | |
6291 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) { |
6292 | if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) { |
6293 | if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6294 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6295 | } else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6296 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6297 | |
6298 | return FunctionType::ExtInfo(); |
6299 | } |
6300 | |
6301 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) { |
6302 | return getFunctionExtInfo(*t); |
6303 | } |
6304 | |
6305 | /// Determine whether this type is more |
6306 | /// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int" |
6307 | /// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and |
6308 | /// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile |
6309 | /// int". |
6310 | inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const { |
6311 | Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers(); |
6312 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6313 | return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals)); |
6314 | } |
6315 | |
6316 | /// Determine whether this type is at last |
6317 | /// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile |
6318 | /// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int", |
6319 | /// "int", and "const volatile int". |
6320 | inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const { |
6321 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6322 | |
6323 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void. |
6324 | if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) |
6325 | OtherQuals.removeUnaligned(); |
6326 | |
6327 | return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals); |
6328 | } |
6329 | |
6330 | /// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const |
6331 | /// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const |
6332 | /// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used |
6333 | /// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6: |
6334 | /// |
6335 | /// If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2, |
6336 | /// 8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further |
6337 | /// analysis, the expression designates the object or function |
6338 | /// denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue. |
6339 | inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const { |
6340 | if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6341 | return RefType->getPointeeType(); |
6342 | else |
6343 | return *this; |
6344 | } |
6345 | |
6346 | inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const { |
6347 | return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) || |
6348 | getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); |
6349 | } |
6350 | |
6351 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type. |
6352 | /// |
6353 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental]. |
6354 | inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const { |
6355 | return isVoidType() || |
6356 | isNullPtrType() || |
6357 | // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an |
6358 | // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition. |
6359 | (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType()); |
6360 | } |
6361 | |
6362 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type. |
6363 | /// |
6364 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound]. |
6365 | inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const { |
6366 | // C++0x [basic.compound]p1: |
6367 | // Compound types can be constructed in the following ways: |
6368 | // -- arrays of objects of a given type [...]; |
6369 | return isArrayType() || |
6370 | // -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...]; |
6371 | isFunctionType() || |
6372 | // -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...]; |
6373 | isPointerType() || |
6374 | // -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...] |
6375 | isReferenceType() || |
6376 | // -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...]; |
6377 | isRecordType() || |
6378 | // -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different |
6379 | // types at different times; |
6380 | isUnionType() || |
6381 | // -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...]; |
6382 | isEnumeralType() || |
6383 | // -- pointers to non-static class members, [...]. |
6384 | isMemberPointerType(); |
6385 | } |
6386 | |
6387 | inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const { |
6388 | return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType); |
6389 | } |
6390 | |
6391 | inline bool Type::isPointerType() const { |
6392 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6393 | } |
6394 | |
6395 | inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const { |
6396 | return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
6397 | } |
6398 | |
6399 | inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const { |
6400 | return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6401 | } |
6402 | |
6403 | inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const { |
6404 | return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6405 | } |
6406 | |
6407 | inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const { |
6408 | return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6409 | } |
6410 | |
6411 | inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const { |
6412 | return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6413 | } |
6414 | |
6415 | inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const { |
6416 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6417 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6418 | else |
6419 | return false; |
6420 | } |
6421 | |
6422 | inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const { |
6423 | if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6424 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6425 | else |
6426 | return false; |
6427 | } |
6428 | |
6429 | inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const { |
6430 | return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6431 | } |
6432 | |
6433 | inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const { |
6434 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6435 | return T->isMemberFunctionPointer(); |
6436 | else |
6437 | return false; |
6438 | } |
6439 | |
6440 | inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const { |
6441 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6442 | return T->isMemberDataPointer(); |
6443 | else |
6444 | return false; |
6445 | } |
6446 | |
6447 | inline bool Type::isArrayType() const { |
6448 | return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6449 | } |
6450 | |
6451 | inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const { |
6452 | return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6453 | } |
6454 | |
6455 | inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const { |
6456 | return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6457 | } |
6458 | |
6459 | inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const { |
6460 | return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6461 | } |
6462 | |
6463 | inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const { |
6464 | return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6465 | } |
6466 | |
6467 | inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const { |
6468 | return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType); |
6469 | } |
6470 | |
6471 | inline bool Type::isRecordType() const { |
6472 | return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType); |
6473 | } |
6474 | |
6475 | inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const { |
6476 | return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType); |
6477 | } |
6478 | |
6479 | inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const { |
6480 | return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType); |
6481 | } |
6482 | |
6483 | inline bool Type::isVectorType() const { |
6484 | return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6485 | } |
6486 | |
6487 | inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const { |
6488 | return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6489 | } |
6490 | |
6491 | inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const { |
6492 | return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType); |
6493 | } |
6494 | |
6495 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const { |
6496 | return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6497 | } |
6498 | |
6499 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const { |
6500 | return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6501 | } |
6502 | |
6503 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const { |
6504 | return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) || |
6505 | isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6506 | } |
6507 | |
6508 | inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const { |
6509 | return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType); |
6510 | } |
6511 | |
6512 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
6513 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6514 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); |
6515 | return false; |
6516 | } |
6517 | |
6518 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
6519 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6520 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType(); |
6521 | return false; |
6522 | } |
6523 | |
6524 | inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const { |
6525 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6526 | return OPT->isObjCIdType(); |
6527 | return false; |
6528 | } |
6529 | |
6530 | inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const { |
6531 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6532 | return OPT->isObjCClassType(); |
6533 | return false; |
6534 | } |
6535 | |
6536 | inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const { |
6537 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6538 | return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel); |
6539 | return false; |
6540 | } |
6541 | |
6542 | inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const { |
6543 | return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType(); |
6544 | } |
6545 | |
6546 | inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const { |
6547 | return isa<DecltypeType>(this); |
6548 | } |
6549 | |
6550 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
6551 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6552 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6553 | } |
6554 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6555 | |
6556 | inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const { |
6557 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler); |
6558 | } |
6559 | |
6560 | inline bool Type::isEventT() const { |
6561 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent); |
6562 | } |
6563 | |
6564 | inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const { |
6565 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent); |
6566 | } |
6567 | |
6568 | inline bool Type::isQueueT() const { |
6569 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue); |
6570 | } |
6571 | |
6572 | inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const { |
6573 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID); |
6574 | } |
6575 | |
6576 | inline bool Type::isImageType() const { |
6577 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() || |
6578 | return |
6579 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6580 | false; // end boolean or operation |
6581 | } |
6582 | |
6583 | inline bool Type::isPipeType() const { |
6584 | return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType); |
6585 | } |
6586 | |
6587 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
6588 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6589 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6590 | } |
6591 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6592 | |
6593 | inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const { |
6594 | #define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \ |
6595 | isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() || |
6596 | return |
6597 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6598 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6599 | } |
6600 | |
6601 | inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const { |
6602 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() || |
6603 | return |
6604 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6605 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6606 | } |
6607 | |
6608 | inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const { |
6609 | return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() || |
6610 | isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType(); |
6611 | } |
6612 | |
6613 | inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const { |
6614 | return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType); |
6615 | } |
6616 | |
6617 | inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const { |
6618 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
6619 | if (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K) |
6620 | return true; |
6621 | return false; |
6622 | } |
6623 | |
6624 | inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const { |
6625 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6626 | return BT->isPlaceholderType(); |
6627 | return false; |
6628 | } |
6629 | |
6630 | inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const { |
6631 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6632 | if (BT->isPlaceholderType()) |
6633 | return BT; |
6634 | return nullptr; |
6635 | } |
6636 | |
6637 | inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const { |
6638 | assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))((BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6638, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6639 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6640 | return (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K); |
6641 | return false; |
6642 | } |
6643 | |
6644 | inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
6645 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6646 | return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType(); |
6647 | return false; |
6648 | } |
6649 | |
6650 | inline bool Type::isVoidType() const { |
6651 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6652 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Void; |
6653 | return false; |
6654 | } |
6655 | |
6656 | inline bool Type::isHalfType() const { |
6657 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6658 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half; |
6659 | // FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not. |
6660 | return false; |
6661 | } |
6662 | |
6663 | inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const { |
6664 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6665 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float16; |
6666 | return false; |
6667 | } |
6668 | |
6669 | inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const { |
6670 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6671 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128; |
6672 | return false; |
6673 | } |
6674 | |
6675 | inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const { |
6676 | if (const auto *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
6677 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
6678 | return false; |
6679 | } |
6680 | |
6681 | bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *); |
6682 | bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *); |
6683 | |
6684 | inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const { |
6685 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6686 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
6687 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
6688 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6689 | // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types. |
6690 | // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types. |
6691 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) && |
6692 | !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl()); |
6693 | } |
6694 | return false; |
6695 | } |
6696 | |
6697 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const { |
6698 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6699 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
6700 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
6701 | } |
6702 | return false; |
6703 | } |
6704 | |
6705 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const { |
6706 | return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType(); |
6707 | } |
6708 | |
6709 | inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
6710 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6711 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
6712 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
6713 | } |
6714 | return false; |
6715 | } |
6716 | |
6717 | inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
6718 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType(); |
6719 | } |
6720 | |
6721 | inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const { |
6722 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6723 | return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
6724 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) || |
6725 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract && |
6726 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) || |
6727 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
6728 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) || |
6729 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract && |
6730 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract)); |
6731 | } |
6732 | return false; |
6733 | } |
6734 | |
6735 | inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const { |
6736 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType(); |
6737 | } |
6738 | |
6739 | inline bool Type::isScalarType() const { |
6740 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6741 | return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void && |
6742 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
6743 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
6744 | // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined. Incomplete enums |
6745 | // are not treated as scalar types. |
6746 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
6747 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6748 | isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6749 | isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6750 | isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) || |
6751 | isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6752 | } |
6753 | |
6754 | inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const { |
6755 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6756 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
6757 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
6758 | |
6759 | // Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an |
6760 | // enumeration type in the sense required here. |
6761 | if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
6762 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
6763 | |
6764 | return false; |
6765 | } |
6766 | |
6767 | inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const { |
6768 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6769 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool; |
6770 | return false; |
6771 | } |
6772 | |
6773 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const { |
6774 | auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType(); |
6775 | return DT && !DT->isDeduced(); |
6776 | } |
6777 | |
6778 | /// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define |
6779 | /// an overloaded operator. |
6780 | inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const { |
6781 | return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType(); |
6782 | } |
6783 | |
6784 | /// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type. |
6785 | inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const { |
6786 | return isFunctionType() || isArrayType(); |
6787 | } |
6788 | |
6789 | inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const { |
6790 | return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() || |
6791 | isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType()); |
6792 | } |
6793 | |
6794 | inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const { |
6795 | return isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
6796 | } |
6797 | |
6798 | inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const { |
6799 | const Type *type = this; |
6800 | while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
6801 | type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr(); |
6802 | return type; |
6803 | } |
6804 | |
6805 | inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const { |
6806 | const Type *type = this; |
6807 | if (type->isAnyPointerType()) |
6808 | return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); |
6809 | else if (type->isArrayType()) |
6810 | return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); |
6811 | return type; |
6812 | } |
6813 | |
6814 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers into a |
6815 | /// diagnostic with <<. |
6816 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
6817 | Qualifiers Q) { |
6818 | DB.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
6819 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
6820 | return DB; |
6821 | } |
6822 | |
6823 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers |
6824 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
6825 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
6826 | Qualifiers Q) { |
6827 | PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
6828 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
6829 | return PD; |
6830 | } |
6831 | |
6832 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's into a |
6833 | /// diagnostic with <<. |
6834 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
6835 | QualType T) { |
6836 | DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
6837 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
6838 | return DB; |
6839 | } |
6840 | |
6841 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's |
6842 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
6843 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
6844 | QualType T) { |
6845 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
6846 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
6847 | return PD; |
6848 | } |
6849 | |
6850 | // Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does |
6851 | // not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type. |
6852 | template <typename T> |
6853 | using TypeIsArrayType = |
6854 | std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value || |
6855 | std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>; |
6856 | |
6857 | // Member-template getAs<specific type>'. |
6858 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const { |
6859 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
6860 | "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!"); |
6861 | |
6862 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
6863 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
6864 | return Ty; |
6865 | |
6866 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
6867 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
6868 | return nullptr; |
6869 | |
6870 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
6871 | // losing all typedef information. |
6872 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
6873 | } |
6874 | |
6875 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const { |
6876 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!"); |
6877 | |
6878 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
6879 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
6880 | return Ty; |
6881 | |
6882 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
6883 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
6884 | return nullptr; |
6885 | |
6886 | // Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the |
6887 | // type. |
6888 | const Type *Ty = this; |
6889 | while (Ty) { |
6890 | if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty)) |
6891 | Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr(); |
6892 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty)) |
6893 | Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
6894 | else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) |
6895 | Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
6896 | else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)) |
6897 | Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
6898 | else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty)) |
6899 | Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
6900 | else |
6901 | break; |
6902 | } |
6903 | |
6904 | // Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>, |
6905 | // since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type. |
6906 | return dyn_cast<T>(Ty); |
6907 | } |
6908 | |
6909 | inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
6910 | // If this is directly an array type, return it. |
6911 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) |
6912 | return arr; |
6913 | |
6914 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
6915 | if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) |
6916 | return nullptr; |
6917 | |
6918 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
6919 | // losing all typedef information. |
6920 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
6921 | } |
6922 | |
6923 | template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const { |
6924 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
6925 | "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!"); |
6926 | |
6927 | if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty; |
6928 | assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))((isa<T>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<T>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6928, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6929 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
6930 | } |
6931 | |
6932 | inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
6933 | assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))((isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6933, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6934 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr; |
6935 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
6936 | } |
6937 | |
6938 | DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr, |
6939 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
6940 | : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) { |
6941 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
6942 | QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType(); |
6943 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted); |
6944 | assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))((isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6944, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6945 | #endif |
6946 | } |
6947 | |
6948 | QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const { |
6949 | QualType Decayed = getDecayedType(); |
6950 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed); |
6951 | return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType(); |
6952 | } |
6953 | |
6954 | // Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented |
6955 | // as a scaled integer. |
6956 | // TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an |
6957 | // APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale. |
6958 | void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val, |
6959 | unsigned Scale); |
6960 | |
6961 | } // namespace clang |
6962 | |
6963 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |